The Life of a Political Operative

Ever wonder what life is really like for those who work to support a politician’s career? In September 2022, Hannah McCarthy sat down with Huma Abedin for a show called Writers on a New England Stage. This is an excerpt from their conversation. Huma discusses her memoir, Both/And, and describes what it's like to work alongside and advise a former First Lady, Secretary of State and presidential nominee. You can catch the whole conversation at nhpr.org.

 
 

Transcript

Hannah McCarthy: You're listening to Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy. I had the great pleasure in September of 2022 of hosting writers on a New England stage at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. This episode is an excerpt of a conversation I had with Huma Abedin, longtime aide and adviser to Hillary Clinton, about Huma's book Both/And. Huma gave us a peek into the life of an indispensable adviser of a prominent politician, including stories from the campaign trail. How much time and devotion it really takes and how her life growing up in Saudi Arabia granted her a unique perspective in her role. So here's Huma Abedin, four writers on a New England stage. Hello, everybody. Thank you so much for [00:01:00] joining us here tonight. It is a pleasure and privilege to be here. And thank you so much, Huma Abedin, for joining us tonight. I am so glad that you were here. Now, first things first. You know, I host a show called Civics 101. I always try to get out the question right off the bat of what someone does for work. Now, you spent so much of your career in this all consuming public service job. What are you doing right now?

 

Huma Abedin: Well, I'm having a really good time. Let me start with that. First of all, I'm having definitely an emotional moment being here because. For those of you who knew who I am or know something about my life, I've been in politics for the last decade, 25 years, 26 in September. And when the gentleman picked me up at the airport in Boston, he's like, Have you been to New Hampshire before? And I almost said, I think I've spent more time in New Hampshire than I have in Kalamazoo, Michigan, where I was born. Definitely have. By the way, aside [00:02:00] from being here with you, I'm able to find a little more rebalance in my life. I'm a mom of a ten year old going on 17 year old little boy goes by very quickly. We just optioned the book to be made into a television series. So Freida Pinto is making it into a show. And I'm actually flying to Los Angeles tomorrow and for a few other things. But so I'm very excited about that sort of turning because I know a lot of people I used to love to read when I was little and but I know a lot of people won't read the book and might watch it on the screen.

 

Huma Abedin: So I'm excited about that. And I'm working on this production company with Hillary and Chelsea. We just had two projects. We have lots of projects going on, but this is really become a new passion project and so one is called Gutsy and it's on Apple. Tv+ Some of you may have already watched it, but it's it's it was based on a book that Hillary [00:03:00] and Chelsea wrote, and I was one of the producers for this show. And really for me, this notion of shifting from politics and public service after the 2016 election, kind of this forced kind of shift to sort of reimagine what you're going to do when you grow up. At least that's what I've had to do. And so it's shifting a little bit to storytelling and really enjoying it and and figuring out what else I want to do in my life. And I'm lucky to have a lot of opportunities.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now, one of my favorite parts of this whole book is the beginning, which I actually thought was all too brief a description of your childhood. And as you said, you grew up in Kalamazoo, Michigan. You were born there, and then shortly thereafter you were transplanted to Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. And I was reading through your book, and at a moment I put it down and I murmured to myself, This woman comes from remarkable people. For those in the audience who perhaps have not read your book or don't know your story, who are your parents?

 

Huma Abedin: I'm a product [00:04:00] of two immigrants, an Indian father, a Pakistani mother. And for us, for them, really, education was a religion. They were Fulbright scholars, and they came to the United States in the sixties and they met at the University of Pennsylvania. They were both meant to go back to their home countries to marry people they were betrothed to, but they fell in love and they got married and they moved. My father was a political scientist. My mother is a sociologist, and they said, Well, move over. We both can get jobs. So we moved to Michigan, which is where I was born and when I was two. And this is one of the first lines that I wrote in the book when I sat to write. When I was two, my father was diagnosed with renal failure. And in 1977, in Kalamazoo, Michigan, essentially, the doctor said to him, you should, you know, you probably have 5 to 10 years, so you should get your affairs in order. And I think about it in my father was my age when you [00:05:00] know now my age now when he was given this diagnosis. And it's one of the first it was the first line I wrote when I sat down to write the book, which is my father was told he was dying. And so he went out and he lived. And two months later we moved to Saudi Arabia for a one year sabbatical, and we just embarked on this great adventure. Hannah I mean, it was this my parents were so curious about one of the things they really wanted us to number one, even though my father always said, you know, your eyes are at the front of your head for a reason is to look forward.

 

Huma Abedin: He really wanted us to learn history and learn about other cultures and places and spaces. That's why the book is called Both. And I mean, this notion of you can be both. And my parents came from two countries that were at war and India and Pakistan. They couldn't go back and live there, which is why they got asylum in this country. But I feel like that curiosity, that sense of kind of wonder and joy about learning and respecting others places and spaces is a real gift they gave us. So [00:06:00] a combination of moderation was very important in our family and discipline was really important. But at the end of the day, it was like, We don't care what you do as long as you're educated. You can grow up and be and do whatever you want. And so here, you know, I walked into the White House 21 and had this incredible kind of really, you know, sense of my parents identity. They raised us as and maybe only a child of immigrants can really say this. And every time you say it, you get emotional. And I certainly do. But this notion I mean, we were raised as Americans and most. And faith was a very big part of my childhood. But to travel around the world and to land at airports everywhere, from Turkey to Japan to, you name it, and to land and have that blue passport, I mean that you you carry this great sense of pride at the country that you represented and that we represented. [00:07:00] And so I brought all that experience to me when I walked into the White House to work for Hillary.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And when your family moved to Saudi Arabia, you're in a very different culture. And you also emphasize that your parents constantly raised you with a sense that you had choices.

 

Huma Abedin: Yes.

 

Hannah McCarthy: That you were going to be able to be autonomous in your life. How were they able to reinforce that despite a culture that maybe didn't always reflect that?

 

Huma Abedin: My mother tells the story that the first time my father says, we're going to go to Saudi Arabia and I was to my mother is like, do they even have diapers in that country? Like, what are we doing? And I think about it. I mean, she landed, you know, this is pre the world of, you know, cell phones and, you know, obviously, you know, computers and Internet. I mean, she was so isolated and so alone and women could not drive and she had to veil herself when she went outside. I mean, it was socially it was a very, very challenging environment. She didn't speak the language. She taught herself Arabic [00:08:00] to communicate with her Saudi students at the university. It was really difficult. And I think it's one of the reasons I did turn to writing and my imagination. And and I created these worlds in my head. And my parents always told us, you can do whatever you wanted. But it was. It was not easy. I mean, certainly it was not easy. And I really commend my mother and my father. But this they made everything kind of this little adventure. And and we got to leave a lot to, I think, know, people often say to me, look, how how did you deal with that, not being able to drive and having to be so in such a conservative environment. I mean, I knew I had a way out. I mean, every we traveled so much and I knew I was going to come home to the United States in the summers and eventually move back here. I love that I was able to do both worlds. And one of the things I did love about growing up in Saudi Arabia was this notion, and we [00:09:00] call it the Ummah, which is basically translates to the community that ever present community. And what I loved about that kind of environment was that there was always a sense of support and you felt like you were part of something much bigger than yourself. Yeah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now I'd love to jump back to how you got to the White House to begin with. Yeah, I know that you you start off with an internship in the Clinton administration and you were required to work 15 hours a week.

 

Huma Abedin: Oh, yes.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And you did not?

 

Huma Abedin: Yeah, I did not. Yeah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: How quickly did you know that you were the right person for this kind of job?

 

Huma Abedin: Oh, God. I never knew. I was not. I didn't know. All I knew was I loved it. I you know, I went to university in Washington because I wanted to become Christiane Amanpour, and I'd seen her eye and turn on the TV. Cnn International had just arrived in 1992 during the first, you know, Operation Desert Storm in the first Gulf War, second Gulf War, depending on your perspective. But and just saw this woman [00:10:00] reporting from Baghdad, and she just was first of all, she looked like she came from my part of the world. She was so smart. She was so, you know, I saw her as sort of this, you know, truth seeker. And I just admired her so much. And so I went to study journalism and then got this internship by accident in the White House. I had a friend who was interning for Mike McCurry, and she says, Well, that's how you become Christiane Amanpour, go intern for Mike McCurry. I apply for the internship. I get it. Don't get a job in the press office. I get a job in the first lady's policy office because of my background. And I remember calling my mother and saying, Mom, I don't know how am I going to come become Christiane Amanpour in the first lady's policy office? And she said, well, you know, sometimes planning doesn't work out, but maybe Plan B will be, you know, pretty good. And and she was right. And even though I was raised by a father who said a good life is a balanced life, I did not follow that advice.

 

Huma Abedin: I just fell in love with the work. I just I, I very careful about how I use [00:11:00] that word that I really became addicted to it. And I was never the best at anything. I mean, there are so many stories in the book of my constant failures. I mean, and, and the attitude in this White House was basically like they tossed you into the deep end and you you either sank or you swam. And and all I knew I was never the best. I mean, I was I was not the smartest. I was not the prettiest. I was not the easiest of anything. All I knew is that I was prepared to outwork everybody else. And and I think that's one of the reasons I mean, I really I mean, I really did succeed. And there's a couple of, you know, crazy stories in the book. Like the very first speech I had to staff Hillary four, and I was super nervous. And I you know, here she is, the first lady. I'm this kid. No one's really told me what to do. And I, like, carry her speech. And I put it on stage and and she goes on stage and I'm at the back of the room because that's what you're supposed to do as a staff person, be invisible. And then [00:12:00] she's sitting on stage and all of a sudden she does this. And I thought, okay, this must be really bad. And I approached the stage and she leans over and she says, I don't have the right speech.

 

Huma Abedin: And it was the first time that I felt that from like the tip of my toes, like fire up into my head thinking. But that that's the moment when, you know, you either, like, completely fall apart or you say, which is what I said. For the very first time that night, I said, I got it. I didn't have it, definitely didn't have it. But I ran out to the car and sure enough, open the limousine. And there is, while I've been carrying my pristine copy of the speech, there is a speech like with all notes that she had edited the speech on the whole ride from the White House to the venue. And I run up, and by the time I get back to the stage, she's already at the podium and she readjusts the pages, delivers the speech. I expect it to be fired. By the way, when we walked off the stage and this tells you so much about Hillary, and I suspect there are people in the audience [00:13:00] who've actually met her and spent some time with her. And the very first thing she says to me is, you should ride in the limousine with me from now on. And it was her way of acknowledging that for this relationship to work when you are the primary person. You needed to know everything that that. And that's how she solved. And that was my first time in a limousine, and it's been 26 years. So it was all kinds of crazy adventures like that. But I survived.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And I have to know the Civics 101 in me has to know. When you were described as a top adviser, an aide to Hillary Clinton. What does that mean? What were you doing on a daily basis? What was your job?

 

Huma Abedin: You know, and that's, I think, one of the challenges of having such an amorphous job. I mean, it really became this kind of air traffic controller. I mean, so much of it, you know, I always said that in the 2008, if I was the manager of anything, I was the manager [00:14:00] of sanity, because so much of it on a daily basis, you're just juggling 100 balls. You know what what do you tell her when how to take somebody through a day, how you deal with your hosts, how you figure out what the right thing to say is. So it's actually it is very hard to describe the job that somebody like somebody like I did, but in part was a sense of getting ultimately your message across every single day, trying to think long term, trying to think short term. So it's it really is a little bit of everything. But it is it's it's hard to describe. I mean, for me, I wanted her to be able to go out there and just do the best job that she can. And then we are you know, we're the feet beneath the duck, you know, just paddling to make sure that everything is is smooth.

 

Huma Abedin: And also, for me, a big part of it, I tell young people who work for me now and you're who do what we call advance. I know everyone here knows what advance is. I had to describe what an advance person is when I was in Saudi Arabia earlier. But I [00:15:00] would say to my I say to my staff now, when you go somewhere and you're negotiating for event, it doesn't matter if you work for Hillary, if you work for Barack Obama or if you work for Microsoft, if somebody has a bad experience, they're not going to say, You, Jane Smith, are terrible. They're going to say Hillary Clinton sucks or Microsoft suck you. You know, so, so much of it is you really are an ambassador for what you represent. And that's at least how I was raised. And so you can see even 25 years later, I still struggle to figure out how to describe what the job is that I did.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah. And I wonder, having spent so much of your young adult years utterly devoted to this individual in this cause and this party, how were you able to preserve yourself?

 

Huma Abedin: Well, you know, I was I lived a very I didn't I lived a very for those of you who, as you if you read, end up writing the book, I mean, I, I everything was work. I mean, I didn't have relationships. I didn't see my family. I didn't I actually write [00:16:00] about the fork in the road moment that when 1997 I get a call, I'm at a family wedding in Manhattan, this fairy tale wedding. And my cousin was getting married. And I get a phone call from the White House and and my supervisor calls and says, Do you want to go to Argentina to advance a trip for the first lady and the president? I was so green, I didn't even know what it meant. And it meant I would have to miss the wedding. I would leave in the middle of of the of the wedding and get on a plane and go to Buenos Aires. And I didn't even stop to think of it. And I that's my fork in the road moment. I mean, I had one path right in front of me, you know, the snow, this future of family and kids and, you know, or this. And I didn't even know what was down this other road. No, no idea. All I knew is I wanted it. And and so for me, I spent two decades of of work being my priority. And I really and I, I wouldn't change [00:17:00] a thing, but having a rebalance, I mean, my diet was horrible. I mean, I literally had like 15 cups of coffee a day. I survived on snack bars and then I'd go to dinner and I would have, you know, two orders of entrees and four desserts. You know, it was it was a really unhealthy it was a really physically unhealthy ex existence. So I'm healthier now at 47 than I was at 37, for sure.

 

Hannah McCarthy: You're listening to an excerpt from my conversation with Huma Abedin, for Writers on a New England Stage. There's plenty more coming after this quick break. But first, hello. You're listening to this podcast. Thank you. Seriously, our job here at Civics 1 to 1 is to answer your questions, respond to your needs, and this ever complicated tangle of American government and politics. And we hope that you turn to us with the confidence that you'll actually get something substantial out of a listen if you do and you have the ability. I'm asking you to take a moment. Go to Civics101podcast.org [00:18:00] and consider making a contribution to the show. This is public radio. It belongs to you. And it exists because of your donations. Got a little extra goodwill. Cash burning a hole in your pocket. We are a really great place to put that cash. I promise we will do good. Work with it. All right, that's it. And thanks for listening. This is civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy. This episode is an edited version of my conversation with longtime Hillary Clinton, top aide and advisor Huma Abedin for Writers on a New England stage at the Music Hall in Portsmouth. In part because this conversation happened in New Hampshire, Huma wanted to share the ground breaking, or, as she might tell it, glass ceiling shattering moment that presidential candidate Hillary Clinton won the New Hampshire primary. And no, I'm not talking about 2016. I'm talking about the first time around. I'm talking about [00:19:00] 2008.

 

Huma Abedin: It was one mile down the road where she made history. I like I actually see that. I mean, it's it's just not honored more in some ways because that so this is I'm taking us back to for those of us who remember the 2008 presidential election, I certainly do. It's seared into my memory. But when Hillary Clinton got in and it was a very, very crowded primary, you know, she was the front runner and that she it came with all the advantages and the disadvantages of her being the front runner. And, you know, for those for those of you to remember, I mean, Joe Biden was running and John Edwards was running. I mean, it was a it was a big and we knew we had research when she got in into the campaign that it was going to be hard for a woman. It's one of the reasons why she didn't you know, she did the whole I'm in it to win it and kind of running as the most qualified candidate. And here was then-Senator Barack Obama, just [00:20:00] just this extraordinary, inspiring, you know, brilliant candidate. And so we're off to the races. And we worked really hard, invested a lot of time in Iowa. And and then she has this stunning loss, I mean, stunning loss where she didn't come second, but she came third. After John Edwards. So Barack Obama won and John Edwards came second and Hillary came third.

 

Huma Abedin: And the entire time leading up to this very, very long, very, very brutal campaign schedule. Like we were reeling. And I recount the story in the book of of of how shocked we all were. So immediately she does her concession speech, which she had not anticipated giving in Iowa. And we immediately get on a plane. And so we land in New Hampshire 3:00 in the morning, January 7th, 2008. And we are basically preparing to lose. I mean, it's now like we just didn't know what was going to happen in New Hampshire at that point. [00:21:00] At that point, oh, my God, Like everything went south. And so here we are about 11 points down in New Hampshire. And I remember slogging through that first day and ending up at a rally, if I remember correctly, in Manchester, and Wes Clark, who had run for president himself. We show up at an event and we're all kind of super depressed. And I said, you know, and he comes off stage and he's like really energized. And he said, General, how does it feel? And I because I was my normal question, I was like, why did I ask him? And he puts his hands on my shoulder and he says, Huma. She is going to win here. You can just feel it. And I'm looking at him like he's crazy. And but he did. I mean, he had been in New Hampshire, and it was something that you just you just can't you can't explain it.

 

Huma Abedin: But if you're in politics or you, you know, you can feel so. Gave us kind of a little a little bump. But one of the reasons I share the story is, you know, the day had been so long and we get up [00:22:00] at 5:00 in the morning and we basically got this message from our campaign manager, which is you should be prepared to lose here and which nobody knew at the time, obviously publicly weren't saying this, obviously. And we end up at Cafe Espresso down the road in Portsmouth. And I was on the bus because we had just gotten this devastating news. And I got on the phone with a few of her campaign advisers and to figure out what are we going to do, like what New Hampshire and South Carolina and Nevada and all this. And I get a knock on the door. Somebody comes running out and knocks on the bus door and says, We need you. She's crying. And I literally look at this advanced person. I mean, who is crying? What are you talking about? Because you cannot show emotion as a woman. Oh, my God. In politics. And long story short, a woman had had got up at the cafe and said, you know, this must be so hard. How do you do it? Marianne? [00:23:00] Yes, yes.

 

Huma Abedin: I mean, she does. And I really I mean, Marianne should get credit. I mean, it was that moment, that just human moment of how that was the people forget. The question was, how do you do it? This must be so hard. And it was I mean, as cheesy as people might think, this is I mean, she basically said, I do it because I care. I mean, I know I have this enormously privileged life and I see all these problems in our country. I know I can fix it. And that was it. And that moment, that brief moment, that emotional moment. Thank you, Marianne. And it really changed the tide. And so that I mean, sure enough, fast forward to everyone knows history here. She won she won New Hampshire. And it was extraordinary. It was nobody. And she did that. And this state did that for her. And the [00:24:00] very next morning, the first question she just got asked is, how do you explain your failures as opposed to how do you explain she made history that night, by the way, no one has done it since. Nobody no woman has done it since. And I that's why I have such a. And so we both of us have such deep. I'm sorry I'm rambling about this, but such deep kind of gratitude and affection and and love and because it was done here.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, well, this I think this is a great question because you actually you speak to how how very much public service and being a civil servant felt like you're calling and felt like the ultimate thing to devote yourself to a member of the audience asks, How do you envision the future of public service poll workers, teachers, voter registrars, etc.?

 

Huma Abedin: I think that it is all about passing that passion on to young people, which is why I'm happy to hear that. You say that college students are that you've spoken to are really motivated because, I [00:25:00] mean, I even see it in New York when I go vote in Manhattan. And poll workers are always, you know, it's always older, like how I want to make it exciting to young people to be part of take them along for the ride. It's and show you know, I write in the book about really getting to a very, very low, very, very bad place in my life. And, you know, post 2016. And I for some part felt very responsible for her loss. And and this notion of really being prepared to just you know, I had some very dark thoughts and that was that wasn't so long ago was in 2019. And I wrote the book when the book a lot of the writing the book was therapy. I tell all young people, by the way, to write their story. I mean, I think that act of writing is and storytelling is so, so powerful. And frankly, being in politics, what is being in politics, it's telling a story, right? [00:26:00] Ultimately, it's telling a story. And to now be this person in 2022 and to feel this much joy and satisfaction and sense of just possibility and and hope is I mean, like, if I can do that, I really do feel like it's it's it's possible for for anybody. And so maybe politics isn't my future. But I, I do feel very hopeful about the future and about our country. And I just think a big part of it is this is just being in community together again and and having conversations and not yelling and screaming at each other.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I do. I have to ask you, because I think so many young people really don't think politicians care at all about them, in part because they can't vote under certain age. Right. Their demographic maybe doesn't matter. Are they at all wrong?

 

Huma Abedin: I think some people are in it just for the platform. Absolutely. I mean, I would you know, but I think there are there are [00:27:00] there are so many candidates, forget running for president, you know, state, local elections who are doing some incredible, incredible things. And I think they should all be honored as secretaries of state and gubernatorial candidates and House candidates. There's a lot of good work and good people and well intentioned public servants out there who should be honored.

 

Hannah McCarthy: State and local government, everybody. That's where it's at.

 

Huma Abedin: Yeah, 100%. Yeah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Huma Abedin, thank you so very much.

 

Huma Abedin: So much. Thank you all so much.

 

Speaker3:

 

Hannah McCarthy: This has been an excerpt from my conversation with Huma Abedin, longtime Hillary Clinton aide and adviser and author of the book both. And this conversation was recorded live before an audience at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire for Writers on a New England Stage in partnership with New Hampshire [00:28:00] Public Radio. A longer version of this conversation will be available at npr.org. A big thank you to everyone who helped put that show together. The musical executive Director Tina Sawtelle. New Hampshire Public Radio President and CEO Jim Schachter. New Hampshire public Radio producer Sarah Plourde, the Music Hall production manager. Zhana Morris. The Music Hall Live Sound and recording engineer. Ian Martin, musical director and band Bob Lord and Dreadnought and the Music Hall literary producer Brittany Wasson. This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy. Nick Capodice is my co-host. Christina Phillips is our executive producer. Jacqui Fulton is our producer and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

The Lavender Scare

You've probably heard about the Red Scare - the panic around the perceived threat of communism during the Cold War. But the Lavender Scare is lesser known. This was a time when the federal government investigated, persecuted and fired thousands of LGBTQ+ employees, calling them security risks and threats to the country. 

In this episode of Civics 101, we dive into the origin and timeline of the Lavender Scare, and meet the man who pushed back, and in doing so, started a movement. We also talk about the ripple effects we're still seeing today, with Dr. Lillian Faderman,  author of Woman: The American History of an Idea, and David K. Johnson, author of The Lavender Scare: The Cold War Persecution of Gays and Lesbians in the Federal Government, which became the basis for a documentary film that was broadcast nationwide on PBS.

Transcript:

Note: The following transcript was AI-generated and may contain errors.

Hannah McCarthy: Just a quick note. This episode includes outdated language that is offensive. Hey, Nick. Can you describe for our listeners the video that I'm showing you right now?

Nick Capodice: Yeah. So you've got people picketing in front of Independence Hall in Philadelphia. And they look like sort of clean-cut people. They're well groomed. And they also have signs, signs that say things like sexual preference is irrelevant to employment. And homosexual citizens want equal treatment as human beings. But it's kind of eerie. And because nobody's saying anything, there's no chanting. There's no yelling.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, this is a silent protest. The group protesting is part of the Mattachine Society. The founder and leader of the silent protest is that guy wearing the suit and the tie with the pocket square. Talking to a reporter. That's Frank Kameny.

Archive: I have lived for eight months on $0.20 worth of food a day when I had the 27th. This is at a time when people in my profession were in higher demand than they had been in all of human history. And I could not get a job specifically because I was a felon.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: Frank Kameny was very rare in his fighting back against the federal government and his being fired from his job. What usually happened when a homosexual, as we were all called, was fired from his job or her job is that that person would sort of slink off into silence and hope that nobody would find out help, that it could be kept as quiet as possible. Frank Kameny refused to be quiet, and on top of his refusing to be quiet himself, he encouraged other homosexuals to protest their firing.

Archive: And I am not alone. I know many people who have done the same. I see careers ruined, lives destroyed for no other reason. These were people with a great deal to offer to society simply because society is prejudiced against them and will not allow them equality of opportunity.

Hannah McCarthy: This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: And today we are talking about something called the Lavender Scare. This was a time when the federal government investigated, persecuted and fired thousands of LGBTQ+ employees, calling them security risks and threats to the country.

Archive: American. Beatniks, homosexuals that time.

Hannah McCarthy: But this moral panic had the unintended effect of fueling the gay rights movement, and it paved the way for federal protections for LGBTQ+ employees.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: Lavender Scare actually began in the late 1940s.

Hannah McCarthy: This is Dr. Lillian Federman.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: I'm a historian. I'm most interested in lesbian history, women's history, and LGBTQ history.

Hannah McCarthy: Her latest book was published in 2022. It's called Women The American History of an Idea.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: The Red Scare. It was a period of paranoia when witch hunting of so-called communists began.

Archive: The world is divided into two factions. On the one side, the forces of freedom. On the other, the forces of communism. In recognizing a communist, physical appearance counts for nothing. If he openly declares himself to be a communist, we take his word for it. But there are other communists who don't show their real faces, who work more silently.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: And eventually it leapt over into witch hunting of homosexuals, as we were all called at that time. Whether we were lesbian or gay or bisexual or trans, which was not a term at that time, transgender. And these same kind of witch hunting that was applied to suspected communists was also applied to suspected homosexuals, first on the federal level and then in various states, and then among private employers as well.

Nick Capodice: Okay, So we've mentioned the Red Scare before on the show. That was the hysteria that happened during the Cold War around fears of communism spreading in the United States. So red and red scare, that refers to the color of the Soviet flag and communist allegiance. But what's the meaning behind the lavender scare?

Prof. David Johnson: Well, it wasn't called that at the time. It's a term historians have used since, only starting in the in the nineties, when people like myself and other historians started looking at the phenomenon.

Hannah McCarthy: This is David Johnson. He wrote the definitive book on the Lavender Scare, and there's a 2017 PBS documentary based on this book.

Prof. David Johnson: But Lavender has has long been associated with homosexuality. There are different theories about why that is. Some link it back to as far back as the ancient Greeks. That's that the lesbian poet Sappho associated violet with homosexuality. The other explanation is that lavender is a mixture of colors. It's red and blue or pink and blue. So it's like male/female colors. And homosexuality is often associated with with some sort of gender inversion. But it was fairly widely known in the fifties that lavender they talked about the lavender lands in the State Department. The Cold War is seen as a as a moral crusade, right. Against atheistic communism. That's an attack on the family. And gay people, of course, are also seen as immoral and an anti family. There's that sort of moral connection in the popular imagination. They're also both seen as as psychologically disturbed. Mccarthy talks about anyone who's attracted to communism. There must be something wrong with him. They must be mentally twisted in some way.

Hannah McCarthy: Senator Joseph McCarthy played a big role in this moral crusade. We're going to talk more about Joseph McCarthy in a bit. But this attitude wasn't coming out of left field. Bigotry had permeated almost every facet of American society. If someone was not white, Protestant, part of a nuclear family, middle to upper class or straight, then they were viewed as the other and faced all kinds of discrimination. Here's Dr. Lillian Federman again.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: The LGBTQ community really suffered great threats and great discrimination to the churches. Without exception, virtually, we were all sinners to the medical health profession. We were all crazies. Until 1973, homosexuality was considered a mental disorder and was in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, which was virtually the Bible of mental health professionals.

Hannah McCarthy: Licensed doctors tried to, quote, cure patients with everything from electroshock therapy to lobotomies. The stakes were just that high. So people lived double lives. They didn't want to risk the exposure.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: To the federal government. We were all subversives. We were open to blackmail, and we would give away federal secrets. And we weren't loyal to this country because of that.

Nick Capodice: So the government justified the persecution of gay federal employees because Russians or communists could blackmail them. Is that where this is headed?

Hannah McCarthy: That was the idea. That was the crux of the government's argument.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: If you were a homosexual, it was against the law in every single State of the Union, and you would be susceptible to blackmail by the Reds and you would give away the secrets of the federal government. This was true even if they were secretaries working in a federal job or truck drivers working for the federal government, they were still considered threats to the safety of the country, which was nonsense. Of course, there was never any evidence that a homosexual was blackmailed into giving up the federal secrets.

Hannah McCarthy: And here's where we come back to Joseph McCarthy. He was a Republican senator from Wisconsin who had been flying under the radar after taking office in 1946. But then he gave a speech that put him right in the national spotlight.

Prof. David Johnson: This kind of rise to power is when he makes a claim. At a speech in Wheeling, West Virginia, in February 1950, he has a list of 205 card carrying communists currently working in the State Department with the knowledge of the secretary of state.

Archive: The president's own loyalty board found 284 unfit for service. He said, We only discharge 79 and we at that time called upon the president, the Secretary of State, to tell us who the 205 were and why they were kept on.

Prof. David Johnson: That captures the media attention they want. They want to see the list and they want to know who's on this list.

Nick Capodice: Was there any truth in McCarthy's claims?

Hannah McCarthy: Not according to the person actually in charge of the State Department at the time.

Prof. David Johnson: The secretary of state, Dean Acheson, is asked about this. He says, oh, no, no. Communists here in the State Department have been fired and they haven't found any. It's all good. Nothing to see here.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, in the meantime, the press was also pushing Joseph McCarthy to give more details about the 205 people on the list.

Archive: How do you still maintain, in view of what you've learned since that there are 205 or any similar number of communists working in the State Department today? Let's get our figures straight.

Hannah McCarthy: But McCarthy's claims kept shifting.

Archive: Unfortunately, I cannot get the names, but I do have in my hand the names of 57 individuals who were either communists were certainly loyal to the Communist Party.

Prof. David Johnson: First there's 205, then there's 87, later there's 57. And first they're card carrying communists, and then later they're loyalty risks or security risks. The language keeps changing.

Hannah McCarthy: A week after McCarthy's speech in Wheeling. Secretary of State Acheson attended a hearing on Capitol Hill. He was officially there to talk about the budget, but a senior senator from New Hampshire named Styles Bridges started asking questions mainly about security risks. These questions led Acheson to eventually reveal some things.

Prof. David Johnson: He admits that while we have fired 202 people we consider to be security risks. And then his aide finally admits, Well, and almost half of those 91 of them were homosexuals. And it's that revelation really that sets off the lavender scare. The reaction could have been, Oh, great, you know, you found these people and you got rid of them, you know? Right. But that's not how a moral panic works. People were like, well, where did those 91 go? Did they did they go to other government agencies? And how many of these homosexuals are working in the Department of Commerce? And and and why were they hired to begin with in the State Department? So it seems to corroborate McCarthy's otherwise groundless charges.

Nick Capodice: So, in other words, because neither government officials nor the public were satisfied with the firings, because these potential threats may still be in the government, McCarthy's seemed all the more justified in his hunt. So what did the government do? You had the public up in arms. There is a so called moral panic. I imagine the newspapers are having a field day with this covering like mad. How does the government respond?

Hannah McCarthy: The response came from the House of Representatives in the form of a series of congressional investigations.

Nick Capodice: Well, the Red Scare was known for its congressional investigations.

Hannah McCarthy: Yes, perhaps best known for those conducted by the House un-American Activities Committee or who back.

Archive: The growing menace of communism arouses the House of Representatives un-American Activities Committee. Among the well-informed witnesses testifying is J. Edgar Hoover, head of the Federal Bureau of Investigation. Mr. Hoover speaks with authority on the subject. The Communist Party of the United States is a fifth column, if there ever was one. It is far better organized than were the Nazis in occupied countries prior to their capitulation.

Hannah McCarthy: Who act was created in 1938 as a special committee of the US House of Representatives. Its primary mission was to look into fascist and communist activity in the United States, and this committee used some fairly ruthless tactics. If a witness didn't comply or answer questions, they could be found in contempt of Congress and sent to jail. People who are asked to testify before, who act often refused, taking the Fifth Amendment and staying silent, which is a constitutional right, by the way. But this was often looked upon as an admission of guilt.

Archive: What do you mean by that? Are you now a member of the committee? You like to come to the ballot box when I vote and take out the ballot and see, Mr. Chairman, I respectfully suggest the witness be directed to answer the question. You are directed to answer the question. I invoke the Fifth Amendment and forget it. I respectfully suggest the witness be directed to answer the question whether if he gave us a truthful answer, he would be supplying information which might be used against him in a criminal proceeding.

Hannah McCarthy: And taking the Fifth didn't stop their careers or reputations from being left in tatters. Hundreds of people were jailed, thousands were fired and blacklisted, which, by the way, it means a person's name was put on a list of names of people who should not be hired. And there are a lot of well-known people who were affected by this. Lucille Ball, W.E.B. Dubois, Albert Einstein. That's just a few of them. So in 1950, the Senate passed a resolution asking its committee on expenditures to look into how many and this is the actual quote. Homosexuals or other sex perverts worked for the federal government.

Nick Capodice: Wow.

Hannah McCarthy: I should note that although McCarthy is the senator who kicked off the Lavender scare at that point, he kind of took a back seat. He was on the committees, but a whole new set of lawmakers stepped into the limelight to demand a, quote, pervert purge. And this was not new and neither was the idea of targeting LGBTQ+ individuals. In 1947, the US Park Police had what was called the, quote, sex perversion elimination campaign. Men were arrested if they seemed suspicious and their personal information was put in a. And again, this is a real quote pervert file.

Archive: This 19 year old service man left his girlfriend on the beach to go to a men's room in a park nearby where he knew that he could find a homosexual contact. The men's room was under a police surveillance. Anybody going to hear about this? My parents. Your parents don't know of this, but your community commander will probably find out about.

Nick Capodice: All right. Let me recap this timeline real quick. World War Two is over. Americans are scared of Russia. There's a suspicion of communists working in the government. Mccarthy says he has a list of communists in the government. The connection to gay government workers is made. And this leads to the Senate responding by creating a resolution to look into, quote, employment of homosexuals and other sex perverts in the government. And then these Lavender Scare hearings began. So what happened?

Prof. David Johnson: They call in witnesses. They call in police officers, vice officers, government security officials, the head of the CIA, which is then a newly formed organization. And ask all of them, are gay people a threat to national security or are they vulnerable to blackmail? And they all say absolutely, yes, yes, yes, yes. They're capable, are vulnerable to blackmail and therefore a threat to national security.

Nick Capodice: Really? Was there any pushback to that claim?

Hannah McCarthy: Well, the chief counsel of the investigation, his name was Francis Flanagan. He did ask for evidence.

Prof. David Johnson: Do you have any proof of this? Do you have. Can you give us an example? And nobody could. They couldn't give any examples. They would occasionally give an example of of a gay person who had been blackmailed in terms of money, asking for money. And then the gay person would go to the police and the police would capture the blackmailer and charge them because that's illegal. Blackmail is illegal. And they would use that as evidence that gay people were vulnerable to blackmail when in fact, it's really evidence that they're not vulnerable to buy. Right. Because they did not fall victim to the blackmail scheme.

Hannah McCarthy: To be clear, during these congressional investigations, evidence was not uncovered that gay federal employees were vulnerable to blackmail. And that did not stop with federal government employees.

Prof. David Johnson: They don't have an example of a single American citizen, gay citizen who has under threat of blackmail, has revealed state secrets. And despite the lack of evidence, the main committee, the WHO committee, publishes a report that says definitively that gay people are vulnerable to blackmail. They're a threat to national security. It now has the imprimatur of the of the US Congress on it, and it seems to be fact.

Hannah McCarthy: David Johnson pointed out that even though the congressional investigations were started by McCarthy and other Republicans, they ended up being a truly bipartisan effort.

Prof. David Johnson: No one no one is standing up and saying this is wrong, that gay people should be able to serve their government. No one is saying that.

Hannah McCarthy: The politics of the Lavender Ccare were not limited to Congress. This period played a big role in the presidential election of 1952.

Prof. David Johnson: And the Republican campaign slogan that year was Eisenhower and Nixon. As the two presidential and vice presidential running mates, their slogan is Let's clean house. Let's get rid of all of these bad people in Washington. Communists, homosexuals. Get them out of Washington. Let's clean house. And because they win hugely in 1952 against Adlai Stevenson, who is effectively gay.

Nick Capodice: Baited, David just said gay baited. Can you explain what gay baiting is?

Hannah McCarthy: It's basically a political tactic where there's an implication that a rival might be gay without providing any proof. There are codes that are used to kind of skirt around it. It's never said outright. Adlai Stevenson was the Democratic nominee for president for the second time.

Prof. David Johnson: He's considered somewhat of an intellectual egghead. He's a former State Department official and he was divorced. And the Republicans made a lot about his divorce and why was he divorced? There were sort of rumors about that. Maybe it was because he was he was gay. Apparently, the FBI even spread rumors that he had been arrested on a on a morals charge, on a on a sex charge.

Nick Capodice: The FBI was getting involved. Why would that even happen?

Hannah McCarthy: Well, the FBI was headed by J. Edgar Hoover.

Nick Capodice: Okay.

Hannah McCarthy: He was a conservative guy and he used his power to meddle in elections. Now, one outcome of this that you might not expect is that this homophobia being weaponized in politics led to something that we now see all the time.

Prof. David Johnson: Eisenhower and Nixon campaigned almost all the time with their wives and sometimes even with their children. And the campaign literature emphasized that they were family men and had pictures of them with their beautiful wives and children, or in the cases of the Eisenhower's, they had to trot out their grandchildren. To make a contrast with Stevenson, who had no wife, and therefore there would be if he were elected, there would be no first lady.

Archive: Both Pat and I have considered it a privilege to talk, to travel over America, to talk many, many times a day, and to work for your election as president of the United States.

Hannah McCarthy: Dwight Eisenhower wins big, and one of the first things he did in office in 1953 was Pass Executive Order 10450 titled Security Requirements for Government Employment.

Prof. David Johnson: Which sets up this new security system in the federal government and a whole list of reasons for excluding people from the civil service. And one of them is sexual perversion, which is perceived as as homosexuality. And that remains in effect from 1953 until 1975. So every civil servant under the Eisenhower security program is subject to an investigation. This new security system puts everyone under the gun of this this investigative apparatus.

Hannah McCarthy: And we will hear more about that investigative apparatus and the man who fought against it after the break.

Nick Capodice: But first, there is all sorts of stuff that we cannot include in our episodes because of time that ends up on the cutting room floor. And if you want to know what that stuff is, you should subscribe to our newsletter. It's called Extra Credit. It comes out every two weeks. It's free, and you can sign up at our website, civics101podcast.org. There also, we have links to our weekly Civics 101 quiz and a Wordle. So check it out.

Hannah McCarthy: We're back and we're talking about the Lavender Scare. This was the persecution of LGBTQ+ federal employees by the US government during and in the wake of the McCarthy era.

Nick Capodice: All right, Hannah, you said that Eisenhower issued this executive order 10450, which directed the heads of federal agencies and the Civil Service Commission to look into federal employees to see if they were security risks. And this is what really kicked things into high gear.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, it did. Government agencies, especially the State Department, immediately ramped up their efforts. They made relationships with other intelligence agencies and worked with local law enforcement to cross-reference their files. They got help with background checks, and they were notified when NSA employees were arrested or charged with wrongdoing. Every government employee had to pass some sort of clearance. In the CIA, it was polygraph tests.

Prof. David Johnson: They would investigate a government employee. They would interview their family, roommates, friends, former professors, coworkers. And if they found any sort of suspicious activity, if they found that they knew other people that the government had identified as known homosexuals, they would be under suspicion if they had been reported to be at gay bars, which were being monitored by the government. You know, that would be a clue. Even if they were if their dress and self presentation were slightly non-conforming. Right. Women were slightly butch or men were slightly effeminate in their you know, in their walk or the kind of clothes they wore. That would set up red flags.

Hannah McCarthy: And when a red flag was raised, like if a fellow employee or manager thought they saw something that was, quote, suspicious, that would lead to a deeper investigation and eventually an interrogation of the suspect.

Prof. David Johnson: So you would be called in by civil service investigators to a room. You'd have to swear an oath. You weren't allowed to see an attorney or have an attorney present. And usually the first question was the Civil Service Commission has information that you are a homosexual. What comment do you care to make? And confronted with that most gay and lesbian civil servants, they would refuse to answer. But then they would ask more questions. Do you know Kate Smith? Do you know John Doe? Do you know these people who the government knew to be known? Homosexuals? Have you ever been to the Redskins lounge? Have you ever been to the Chicken Hut, which were known known gay bars in Washington at the time? And. Most people, when confronted with these kinds of interrogations, they would confess to something small just to kind of satisfy the interrogators. And that would usually be enough. Confessing to being at a gay bar, confessing to knowing other gay people.

Hannah McCarthy: And when someone confessed to something they were asked about, even if it was not true, they were fired, were forced to resign.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: And if you were fired from a job for homosexuality, it was virtually impossible to get another one. And this was true not only if you worked for the federal government, but it really it filtered down into all aspects of employment.

Hannah McCarthy: I think, to better describe the fallout from these investigations. It's a good idea to bring back the person we introduced you to at the very beginning of this episode, the person leading that silent protest, Frank Kameny.

Nick Capodice: This is the guy wearing the suit with the pocket square.

Hannah McCarthy: That's right. He was an astronomer who had studied at Harvard, a super brilliant guy.

Prof. David Johnson: Right at the beginning of the space race with the Soviet Union, when the United States needs astronomers. Government hires Frank Kameny. He's working for the Army Map service. He's helping the Army create accurate maps of the globe, particularly the Soviet Union, where we're aiming our ICBM nuclear missiles.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: But fairly early on, they did a background check, and it was discovered that he was once arrested, accused of illegal sexual activity in San Francisco, and he was fired.

Prof. David Johnson: Frank is a you know, he's a nerdy scientist. He doesn't understand why the government is interested in his sex life. You know, as a scientist, he thinks rationally and about facts. And he knows this has nothing to do with his ability to do his job. And so he kind of thinks it's a mistake. He doesn't know about this whole lavender scare that it started in 1950 and knows nothing about it. So he fights it.

Nick Capodice: How did he fight it?

Hannah McCarthy: He fought it administratively within the appeals process for the civil service.

Prof. David Johnson: First, he writes all kinds of letters to civil service and writes to the president and writes to members of Congress.

Hannah McCarthy: For years, Frank tried every avenue available to appeal his termination. Each appeal was rejected. So Frank took it to the courts. He personally drafted up the legal paperwork, a writ of certiorari to the Supreme Court. But the Supreme Court declined to hear the case.

Prof. David Johnson: At this point, he's literally unemployable because in 1950s Cold War America, if you have a PhD in astronomy, the government is pretty much where you're going to work for or some government contractor where you need a security clearance. And he couldn't get such a job. He's almost starving to death as he struggles with the government.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: He was living on, as he said, frankfurters and boiled eggs, which were cheap. And that was his diet.

Nick Capodice: Sounds awful. Did he ever get his job back?

Hannah McCarthy: No, he never did. David actually described seeing Frank near the end of his life.

Prof. David Johnson: You know, he's kind of disheveled and his teeth are bad. He doesn't really look very good. And part of that is because he was impoverished for much of his life, because he literally couldn't find a job.

Nick Capodice: How many people lost their jobs during the Lavender scare?

Prof. David Johnson: Well, we'll never know definitively. We have some partial figures. The State Department alone, which is kind of where the controversy began and was most intense. And department officials admitted in the 1960s to firing 1400 suspected gay men and lesbians. And that's just the State Department. So extrapolating from that, there were probably between five and 10,000 people who lost their jobs because of the lavender scare. And that doesn't even include there are people who chose not to apply. People who chose not to apply for another job or a promotion because they would be investigated doesn't count applicants who were who were denied jobs because they already had figured out they were gay.

Hannah McCarthy: People ended up switching fields entirely, sometimes getting much lower paid positions because they could not get a job of the same level that they had when they were working for the federal government.

Nick Capodice: You said at the beginning, Hanna, that Frank Kameny helped to bring an end to the Lavender scare, right?

Hannah McCarthy: He did, because although all the mechanisms failed. Frank the appeals process, lawmakers, the Supreme Court, he became an activist.

Prof. David Johnson: And he decides and I'll get other people involved in this struggle. And so he founded the Mattachine Society of of Washington, D.C. They begin a whole new kind of level of activism in the gay community.

Archive: The magazine Society picketed the State Department and got this reaction from Dean Rusk. I understand that we're being picketed by a group of homosexuals. The policy of the department is that we do not employ homosexuals knowingly, and that if we discover homosexuals in our department, we discharge them. There's a department that is concerned with the security of the United States.

Hannah McCarthy: By 1969, they were winning cases in the federal courts.

Prof. David Johnson: The federal courts are saying to the civil service, you can't prove a connection between Frank Kameny or anyone else is off duty conduct as a gay person and their ability to perform their job. You have to stop this.

Hannah McCarthy: Finally, by 1975, the Civil Service Commission, this was an agency that made sure federal employees were hired based on merit instead of nepotism, changed its policy to reflect the federal court's decision. And back to Frank's activism, by the way, he was inspired by Martin Luther King Jr's model of nonviolent civil action.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: And they actually members of the Mattachine Society in Washington attended Martin Luther King's March on Washington in 1963, and they actually said among themselves to each other, Why can't we do this for the gay community? Why can't we have a march on Washington?

Prof. David Johnson: So when magazine of Washington. Folks decide to pick it in 1965. It's a very controversial decision. It's never been done before. They don't know what's going to happen. They're afraid they're going to be attacked. Certainly a lot of them are afraid they'll they'll lose their jobs, whether in the government or elsewhere.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: And this was the first time in history that homosexuals, perhaps LGBTQ people, as we would call them, now, dared to appear in public, holding signs protesting the government's treatment of homosexuals. In 1965, Frank Kameny organized a protest in front of the White House. He organized a protest in front of the State Department. The protest in front of the Pentagon. A protest in Philadelphia, in front of the Liberty Bell.

Hannah McCarthy: That Philadelphia protest became an annual event.

Nick Capodice: But is this is this where pride parades come from?

Hannah McCarthy: It is a precursor to pride parades, but it looked very different. There were no rainbow flags, no floats, no incredibly dressed people. But there was a dress code of sorts.

Prof. David Johnson: They sort of camouflage themselves in a way, and a lot of them are they wear sunglasses, which isn't just a way of hiding a little bit. And they're sort to to dress up. So the men are wearing suits and ties and the women are in dresses and heels. And that was probably Frank Kameny. His idea like, we need to you know, we're claiming we want to be employed by the federal government. We need to look employable. And it's also a sort of politics of respectability. We don't want to be seen as these crazy radicals.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: Not only did they have to dress respectably, but they couldn't behave in what the straight world would consider an outrageous manner. And so there was no holding hands. For instance, they had to march single file. There was no chanting. They just had to carry signs that pointed out how unjust it was for the government to discriminate against homosexuals.

Hannah McCarthy: Frank was a product of his time, and conformity was seen as a way to make gains by being non-threatening. And David Johnson argued that in some ways this is still true today.

Prof. David Johnson: Well, I think in some ways the lavender scare helps explain why it is someone like Pete Buttigieg that emerges as the first openly gay presidential candidate was taken seriously.

Archive: You know, I served under General Dunford, way under General Dunford in Afghanistan.

Prof. David Johnson: Because the lavender scare created so much suspicion about gay people as subversives, as as as suspected communists, as somehow a threat to national security and and to American morality. So it takes a candidate like Pete Buttigieg, who is a veteran of the US military. He's religious. He's married to another man. He now has kids to demonstrate to to skeptical Americans. Right. That gay people are not are not immoral and they're not a threat and they're not these crazy radicals or communists. Right.

Archive: Rush Limbaugh, to whom the president recently awarded the nation's top civilian honor, described you as a 37 year old gay guy, mayor of South Bend, who loves to kiss his husband on the debate stage. Now, there has been bipartisan criticism of him for those remarks. I wanted to give you a chance to respond if you would like to.

Archive: Well, I love my husband. I'm faithful to my husband. On stage, we usually just go for a hug. But I love him very much. And I'm not going to take lectures on family values from the likes of Rush Limbaugh.

Hannah McCarthy: Pete Buttigieg, who was appointed by President Biden as secretary of Transportation, which, by the way, made him the first openly gay cabinet member in U.S. history, has been able to express his love for his husband, Chasten, without being disqualified for public service. And that is a direct result of the LGBTQ+ movement that Frank helped to build.

Nick Capodice: So what happened to that? Executive Order? Order 10450.

Hannah McCarthy: Barack Obama officially repealed Executive Order 10450. On his last day in office. Frank Kameny was standing beside him.

Archive: Doesn't make much sense. But today in America, millions of our fellow citizens wake up and go to work with the awareness that they could lose their job not because of anything they do or fail to do, but because of who they are. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender. And that's wrong. We're here to do what we can to make it right.

Hannah McCarthy: We still do not have federal protections for LGBTQ+ people across the board.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: There are certainly LGBTQ rights ordinances in various municipalities. There are states that prohibit discrimination on the basis of sexual identification or gender identification. There isn't yet federal protection for LGBTQ people. There is a bill, and there from time to time, the bill keeps popping up in Congress and has never managed to pass. But it it would assure protections for LGBTQ people on a federal level, but it doesn't yet exist.

Hannah McCarthy: The Lavender scare was a dark time in American history, but it also helped to pave the way for the gay liberation movement.

Dr. Lillian Faderman: I think the lavender scare is important for young people to know about because I really believe in the adage that if you don't know about history, you're destined to repeat it. And I think we were beginning to see how easily that can happen with don't say, gay bills in in Florida and and Arizona and the censorship of books that deal with LGBTQ subjects. We could come upon bad times again. And it's important to to know how bad times were in the past and to to prepare in case they happen again and to to take from history an inspiration to know that the good times that young LGBTQ people and our allies enjoyed today didn't always exist. They they came about because there was a long fight for our rights. And if times become bad again, I think people have to take inspiration from the history of the past.

Hannah McCarthy: This week's episode was produced by Jackie Fulton and Rebecca Lavoie and hosted by me, Hannah McCarthy and Nick Capodice. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. Music In this episode by Bright Arm Orchestra. Circles Nouvelles Zillow's Echo. Wendy Marchini Crosses Gridded Blue Sessions, Chris Zabriskie, Mary Riddell, Arthur Benson and KUSP. Don't forget to follow us wherever you get your podcasts so that you never miss an episode. And if you're looking for the archive, you can find the entire thing and a bunch of other resources at our website civics101podcast.org. Civic's. 101 is a production of NPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

How the Government Makes a Holiday

There may be only 12 federal holidays, but we come up with hundreds of reasons to celebrate.

How does something go from an annual tradition to a mandated day off? Who decides to make a holiday official? Today we're taking a look at everything from Christmas to National Walk Around Things Day, from our twelve official federal holidays to some day made up by a sock company. Our guides to the holiday season are Jeff Bensch, author of History of American Holidays, and JerriAnne Boggis, Executive Director of the Black Heritage Trail of New Hampshire.

 

Transcript:

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:30] Nick, you know, when you're a journalist, that tends to mean spending every morning clicking through about a dozen or so press releases just to clean out your

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:37] Inbox, yeah, there's a guy who was an extra in Pirates of the Caribbean who I get an email about, like once a month, who's got got an opinion to share about something.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:45] I feel like you should interview him.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:46] I Should.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:47] You just consider it and at least a few times a month, it's something like we hope you're planning to cover a National Diatomaceous Earth Day or National Clean Out Your Virtual Desktop Day.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:59] Last week, I got one that was like, Hey, we know, you know, it's National Peppermint Bark Day.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:04] Everybody knows.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:05] Here's what you should be doing to cover it, and if we have these experts to talk about it, if you're interested.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:09] And I'm always like, who came down from on high and decided that it was National Bubble Wrap Appreciation Day.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:16] I'm going to blame big bubble wrap for that one. Bunch of bubble wrap moguls sitting on their bubble wrap, thrones popping their product.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:25] I have looked into it. Some of these micro holidays, a term that I stole from Atlantic writer Megan Garber, are manufactured by industries to sell things. You're right. Now some are, to my mind, legitimate reminders that draw awareness to illness or social problems or important events. I'm cool with that, and some are just nonsense that has made its way onto the internet like National Walk Around Things Day.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:54] Is that real?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:55] Yeah. Well, I mean, what do you mean? Is it real? None of this is real, and I can only assume the point of National Walk Around Things Day is to celebrate the act of walking around things.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:05] I had no idea you were so passionate about this.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:08] I think it's the arbitrariness. It's not grounded in anything. Or maybe the excuse for selling stuff also really bothers me. Or maybe Nick, maybe five years of National French Dip Day press releases finally broke me.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:22] You're going to forgive me, Hannah. But aren't all holidays made up? I mean, somebody at some point says, this is the special day. Everybody take your kid to the doctor in a red wheelbarrow and eat some plums because it's William Carlos Williams Day.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:38] You wait, you'll get a press release for that tomorrow. But I take your point. Yes, all holidays have to start somewhere. But some holidays really go somewhere. There are holidays that are far more significant, far more real, if you will. So today, to cleanse the palate, Nick, we are going to talk about the holidays that rise all the way up to the powers that be, who proclaim them to be real, who make them official. This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:10] I'm Nick Capodice,

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:12] And today we are covering the 12 count them only 12 federal holidays on the United States calendar.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:20] There's only 12.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:21] Only 12.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:22] And this is the how and the why of becoming official.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:36] Right, and just to start, I want to clarify, calling something a national holiday does not make it a federal holiday.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:42] Correct. In actual fact, the United States does not have national holidays the way that some other countries do.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:50] Well, what do you mean?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:51] Well, you can't have a national holiday in the United States because Congress does not have the constitutional authority to force the 50 states to observe a holiday.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:05:00] It only applies to federal employees.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:02] This is Jeff Bensch, the author of History of American Holidays

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:05:06] And in the early days and only applied to federal employees in Washington, D.C., shortly thereafter applied to all federal employees. And then the banks usually take the day off.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:05:17] But this is something I've always wondered Is a bank holiday the same thing as a federal holiday? Like, do banks somehow fall within the federal employee world because they're regulated by the Federal Reserve?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:28] That is a great question. No banks do not have to close on a federal holiday, but they usually do because they tend to follow the U.S. Federal Reserve calendar. Basically, it's hard to do business when the thing that regulates You takes the day off.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:05:44] It seems like we all tend to follow that calendar, though. Like every year, we get a list of paid holidays from New Hampshire Public Radio. And I'm pretty sure it adds up to about 12.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:05:53] Generally, once the federal government declares a holiday, then the states will tend to ratify it afterwards.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:59] A state holiday is a day made official by state legislatures, and even on these days, with some exceptions from Massachusetts and Rhode Island, private employers are not required to give a paid day off. Sometimes, even a state employer doesn't have to pay a state employee during that day off.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:18] I feel like this is another tried and true example of how does the civics one on one topic work? And the answer is federalism.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:24] Yeah. Per usual, every state can do it differently.

 

Archival: [00:06:27] It's a state holiday today, meaning most government offices will be closed. It's all in remembrance of the Bennington battle...

 

Archival: [00:06:34] The state offices in both Alabama and Mississippi are

 

Archival: [00:06:36] Closed today for Confederate Memorial Day and for our state. It is one of three. Nevada Day is the best because everybody comes together. Everybody enjoys themselves.

 

Archival: [00:06:46] We all have a holiday in Rhode Island and only

 

Archival: [00:06:48] In Rhode Island. It's Victory Day, a state holiday that marks the end of World War Two...

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:06:55] Well, a couple of holidays, you know, states would resist it after the federal throughout history, you know, like Memorial Day, for one, because it started after the Civil War and the southern states were not not into it. It took them a while.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:10] Actually, this makes me think of New Hampshire in particular. I grew up when this argument was happening. Weren't we the last state in the Union to make Martin Luther King Jr. Day a holiday?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:21] New Hampshire is kind of tied with South Carolina. They made it a holiday in 1999 and under a good deal of protest in the Legislature. I should add South Carolina state law gave public employers the option of observing either MLK Day or one of three Confederate holidays now that ended in the year 2000, when MLK Day became a compulsory holiday. But just for the record, Confederate holidays are still, albeit quite controversially celebrated in several states in the U.S., including South Carolina.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:55] Well, that's another prime example of federalism at work, I suppose. State legislatures can enshrine whatever date they want. I'm thinking, for example, those states that opt not to celebrate Columbus Day and celebrate Indigenous Peoples Day instead, right?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:10] Yeah. And that's something that the federal government has also considered doing replacing Columbus Day with Indigenous Peoples Day, which gets to this practice that Jeff mentioned earlier, right, of the federal government copying what a state does. So Labor Day is actually a great example of this.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:08:26] Different labor unions wanted a holiday to celebrate labor and the eight hour workday and then the 40 hour workweek, and after various strikes and riots before then, different groups had created their own Labor Day.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:41] Oregon was the first state to make Labor Day a legal holiday, and that was an 1887. There were 28 states celebrating Labor Day as a state holiday before Congress finally made it a federal holiday in 1894. And in a case like this, it is not like the federal government was a champion of laborers or unions.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:09:01] It was a Pullman strike of 1894 that instigated Labor Day, and there the federal troops came in and that railroad strike was big and it spanned many other labor unions. But the federal troops came in and force the workers back to work and arrested a bunch and all that kind of stuff. But then later on that year, the president Cleveland agreed to make a federal holiday, hoping to win back some of the votes he lost by sending in the federal troops.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:38] So how does a federal holiday end up being signed by a president? I mean, if it carries the force of law, does it work like a bill? Does it go through the legislative process and get signed by the president at the end?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:49] Well, for one thing, presidents sign observations of holidays all the time. But that doesn't make a federal holiday.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:09:56] You might get

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:09:56] A presidential proclamation or executive order that designates it as a holiday. And usually that might only be for one time or for a short period. It's really not an official holiday until it goes through Congress. It's just like any other law.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:20] The most common argument against a federal holiday at the legislative level, by the way, is money. It costs millions of federal dollars to shut down offices, but still pay employees for the day.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:30] And this is another thing where it's like any other bill. It's it's an issue of funding, right? So if all these holidays had to be established by law, that means that when the United States was established as a country, Thanksgiving, for example, was not a federal holiday.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:10:46] There's the act of 1870. There was for holidays, New Year's Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:55] Hold on 1870. So it's basically one hundred years before we had any federal holidays at all.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:01] Yeah, the 1870 Act was passed quote to correspond with similar laws of states around the district and in every state of the Union. Loads of states already had Thanksgiving state holidays, albeit on different days. President Lincoln made it the fourth Thursday in November, years before Congress made it a paid holiday for federal employees.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:11:23] And real quick, I have to ask. I'm fairly sure Christmas is the only federal holiday that is explicitly a religious holiday, right? How is that legal? How can a law force the government to celebrate a religious holiday?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:37] Yeah, I looked into this. There was no significant separation of church and state debate on that 1870 bill when it was in committee, but there has been some debate since it was passed. And one of the best answers I've got is that Christmas passes the lemon test,

 

Nick Capodice: [00:11:54] The lemon test. You now have my attention.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:56] Lemon V. Kurtzman 1971. The Supreme Court establishes a three pronged test for determining whether a statute is in violation of the establishment clause of the Constitution. The statute must have a secular legislative purpose. Its principal or primary effect must be one that neither promotes nor inhibits religion, and it must not foster, quote, excessive government entanglement with religion because there are three other holidays that are secular in that act, and because the passage of Christmas is a federal holiday, in no way compels anybody to practice religion. It merely says the office is closed. Christmas passes.

 

Archival from Lemon v Kurtzman: [00:12:37] It contains no religious classification or gerrymander. It is non preferential. It employs essentially religious means to achieve essentially secular ends without any primary effect of advancing religion, inhibiting religion. And I must refer you there to our brief on entanglement because we have had an inadequate opportunity to discuss the whole question of entanglement.

 

Jeff Bensch: [00:13:02] And then 1968t, we had the Uniform Holiday Act, which sometimes the Uniform Monday Holiday Act. So Washington's Birthday Memorial Day, Columbus Day and Veterans Day were all put on on Mondays.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:15] And anybody who reads a fabulous newsletter will know that people were so mad that Veterans Day had been moved from November 11th that it was eventually switched back.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:25] All right, I've got eight so far, four in the 1870s, four in the 1960s. What are the other four?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:31] The next holiday to show up is a great example of what being a federal holiday actually means, because this holiday is only celebrated by employees in Washington, DC and only every four years. Any guesses?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:47] Yeah, but I didn't know this Inauguration Day is a federal holiday.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:52] Yep, as of 1957. Then comes Columbus Day in '68. MLK Jr. Day in '83. And finally, the very recent Juneteenth, which was made a federal holiday in 2021. And like many others, that is a holiday that has been celebrated since before the federal government had established a single one. Now that it's finally recognized at the federal level, though, what does that mean for this long hallowed holiday? I want to take a look at our most recently established federal holiday to ask what the pros and cons are of making something a federal holiday. I'll have the answer to that question after the break.

 

[00:14:34] There is so much I wanted to put in this episode that simply didn't fit. Like, for example, did you know that if you celebrated Christmas in Massachusetts in 1659, you would be fined five shillings?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:14:47] Oh yeah, those Puritans, they hated Christmas.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:50] They called it Foolstide because there was so much eating and drinking and mocking of authority. And people would go around begging and would sometimes just burst into the homes of the wealthy as well. And speaking of holidays, the Puritans were not a fan, just generally. They only took a few days off. They took off for the Sabbath. Election Day, Harvard commencement day. And then there were the occasional fast and Thanksgiving days. Fast days were also called humiliation days.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:21] Humiliation days.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:21] Well, who wouldn't want to be a Puritan Hannah?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:24] This is good stuff, right? So what do I do with it? Why I put it in our delightful and fun newsletter. Of course, that's where all of the stuff goes. That does not make it into the episode. Like the Isle of Lost Trivia.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:37] The Isle of Misfit trivia. It's called Extra Credit. You get it in your inbox every other Tuesday, and it is the best way to get the B sides of Civics 101. It's also where we put important updates and announcements, and I swear it is very much not annoying,

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:51] Absolutely worthy of space in your inbox.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:53] You can sign up by clicking Subscribe to the newsletter at civics101podcast.org.

 

[00:16:00] When we're not lounging around in our slippers on a cushy paid holiday, we at the Civic 101 team are working our collective backsides off to make this show that we love. So if you love it too, and you're in the position to do so, please consider showing us some support. What with the law and all our public radio station pays us holiday or no, and you can help ensure that they're always going to do so by clicking the donate button at Civics101podcast.org. Ok, back to the stuff that really matters.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:36] All right, we're back. And now that we've covered what a federal holiday is and how it happens, I want to get into the nuance of the thing what happens to a holiday when you make it federal and to do that? We're looking at our most recent one.

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:16:52] So throughout history, Juneteenth has been known by many names Jubilee Day, Freedom Day, Liberation Day, Emancipation Day and today, a national holiday. So Juneteenth is a holiday that's been traditionally celebrated by African-Americans honoring and celebrating what was considered the end of enslavement. On June 19th, 1865.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:33] This is JerriAnne Boggis, longtime friend of the show and the executive director of the Black Heritage Trail of New Hampshire. Now, remember that date June 19th, 1865 a date celebrating the end of enslavement? That is two years after the Emancipation Proclamation of 1863.

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:17:58] And it often surprises people that we still had enslaved people in the Americas even after the Emancipation Proclamation. But it took the army actually marching into Galveston on June 19, 1865, and war then, you know, an additional war to officially enforce the Emancipation Act to free the enslaved people there.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:26] Right. It wasn't as if Lincoln writes this proclamation, and suddenly all enslavers freed their enslaved people.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:32] And it isn't even that all enslaved people were made free in 1865.

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:18:36] The exact date when we could say that all enslaved people were free is not really known because there were pockets of resistance across the country. There's pockets of fighting still enslaved people running away, self emancipating themselves all throughout the southern regions. We just don't know. But that June 19th was celebrated because we had hard evidence and hard facts of that order that came into Galveston from the federal government to enforce and to forcefully enforce the Emancipation Act.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:19:18] When I reached out to JerriAnne to talk about Juneteenth, I knew that the Black Heritage Trail had held educational celebrations of the holiday for years, and I knew that she was present when New Hampshire Governor Chris Sununu signed a law recognizing Juneteenth as a holiday. Though importantly, Nick, not as a paid day off for state employees. Remember, I told you that a state doesn't necessarily pay their employees on these holidays. Yeah, but I wanted to hear what it actually meant to her, to JerriAnne to have Juneteenth recognized at the federal level.

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:19:49] So I think everything comes with a double edged sword. There's always two sides to any coin. I'm really glad that it's been publicly recognized and federally recognized as a holiday because it changes the narrative of American history to say, you know, that all enslaved people were freed with the Emancipation Proclamation. This federal acceptance of this June 19 creates that debunks that myth, right? It serves as a place for that dialog for us to honestly look at what our history is, not a sugar coating of our history, but the reality of what it was and how that affects us today. The other side of the coin as typical typical American fashion that that's problematic and worrisome is that we'll turn it into a consumer event. You know, we'll have Juneteenth sales, you know, like Christmas sales. It'll just be another another marketing opportunity rather than an understanding of of what the holiday is.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:21:11] Yeah. And this makes me mad. This is a personal grudge of mine, and it makes me think of Labor Day in particular. Labor Day is ostensibly a day to commemorate American workers and their long struggle for protections and wages. But for most people, it is now just an end of summer holiday and a great time to get a deal on a car.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:30] And JerriAnne pointed out that even the celebration of Juneteenth has the potential to lose the thread to miss the whole point of remembering the emancipation of America's enslaved.

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:21:41] There's a celebratory feel to it because we are celebrating, but African-Americans are not out of the woods in our country. Racism is still strong, still intact, still affects every segment of our systems. So I think that knowledge needs to be also acknowledged that it's not the mint julep celebration, right? It is a realization of looking at. What's really going on in the country? So this is one of those things where you don't want to critique good folks who are trying to do good things but end up doing bad things, you know, because of a misunderstanding. I think we have to really think about how we celebrate it and what it means. I think event with just white votes doing African-American things doesn't feel genuine.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:40] So, for example, when a community jumps at the opportunity to celebrate Juneteenth this holiday, the federal government has finally said is worthy of recognition. The question is how are they really celebrating it and with whom?

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:22:54] I think some some communities hurriedly pulled together something to celebrate Juneteenth, right? And it was like, Oh my God. And you know, I think I have to put everything in its context to, you know, our last two years with the pandemic, you know, with the George Floyd murder case, our communities were really aware of the lack of diversity, their lack of action. So I think there was this push to understand or do something quickly to say, Oh, no, our community is not racist. Oh no, that wouldn't happening in our town. Or No, we need to figure this out. And in that frenzy created these events without thought.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:42] I want to reiterate JerriAnne is not disappointed that Juneteenth has been made a federal holiday. I asked her if it was a net positive, and she said yes. Of course, the point is really, is Juneteenth going to be just another day off in some states? Ok, for example, Nick, do you actually stop to give thanks on Thanksgiving?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:04] I try, but I sometimes fail.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:24:06] Do you mourn the deaths of hundreds of thousands of U.S. soldiers on Memorial Day? Do you think Americans 50 years from now are going to reflect on our history of enslavement and how it has haunted our society and laws every Juneteenth?

 

JerriAnne Boggis: [00:24:28] I think time will tell just what America will make of this federal holiday. I think that may scare some people to say that Juneteenth may be more celebrated than July 4th. You know, because July 4th is problematic when we think of, you know, a whole percent huge percentage of people being enslaved while we're celebrating July 4th, whereas June 19th, we're looking at a bigger picture, a more inclusive picture and what's out put it in quotes. Freedom is, you know, I'm just really glad that it's there. And I, you know, have big hopes for the celebration and really allowing people to create a different narrative of what America is.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:25:20] It's interesting to think of federal holidays as an opportunity, even if a federal holiday in practice does not apply to the entire nation. Giving an idea or an event federal recognition at the federal level, it's symbolic. It says that the U.S. government agrees that something is worthy of observance. Juneteenth was not made a federal holiday because the government thought everybody needed another day off or that like sock companies needed the excuse to make Juneteenth socks,

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:52] Which you can buy at Wal-Mart. By the way, they do already exist, which is exactly the slippery slope JerriAnne was talking about. Because you're right, Nick, when the federal government creates a federal holiday, that is a political statement, and it gives states and communities the chance to make statements of their own in the way they choose to celebrate both Juneteenth and every holiday.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:23] One last thing, Hannah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:25] Go for it.

 

[00:26:26] I looked it up during the break and guess what today is

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:30] As we're taping this episode, it is December 4th.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:33] Yes, yes. But guess what that means?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:34] I don't want to.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:38] It's National Sock Day. Like for real.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:41] I have to go.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:48] And in a case like this, it is not like the federal government was championing it. How do you say that word? Championing, right?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:56] Yeah, it was championing.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:58] It was not like the federal government was championing labors. So really hard championing, championing.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:27:06] Yeah. Just like a champion of.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:08] Ok.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:11] This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy, with Nick Capodice. Our staff includes Christina Phillips and Jacqui Fulton. Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Music in this episode by Yung Kartz, petrochines, Mello C, Marten Schellekens, Ketsa, Breakmaster Cylinder and Audiobinger. You can find this in all other episodes at our website civics101podcast.org. And if you're looking for more, albeit significantly quieter civics lessons, you can check out the book that Nick and I wrote. It's called A User's Guide to Democracy: How America Works, and it was illustrated by the very wonderful New Yorker cartoonist Tom Toro. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.

 

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Is Santa a Criminal?

Today we answer this question from a listener, "Is Santa a criminal?"

We get to the bottom of the myriad actions of the jolly old elf, and whether he could reasonably be tried for civil and criminal violations, including but not limited to trespassing, breaking and entering, voyeurism, stalking, surveillance, burglary, tax evasion, bad labor practices, emotional distress, and (in one instance) involuntary manslaughter.

Taking us through this complex web of charges is Colin Miller, professor at University of South Carolina School of Law. 

 

Transcript:

Archival: Now you give us the facts of the case. One can be found guilty.Of reckless driving in a number of different ways. Intentional infliction of emotional distress and illegal entry without the homeowners permission.

Archival: Hundreds of thousands of dollars in employment taxes ...We would make such a finding of burdening interstate commerce, presumably because we believe we have the capacity to figure out what is interstate commerce..we'll that's how we do it in the North Pole..well, that's not how we do it here. Santa Claus is FINISHED

Nick Capodice: You're [00:00:30] listening to Civics 101. I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: And today on our podcast that explores the basics of how our democracy works, we answer a listener question. Elijah Grosvenor wrote us and asked, Would Santa be breaking the law when he enters your house through the chimney? Would he be a stalker because he knows everything that you do? In short, Hannah, is Santa a criminal?

Hannah McCarthy: The People versus Santa Claus, [00:01:00] also known as Saint Nick. Kris Kringle Pere Noel.

Nick Capodice: Babbo Natale, Father Christmas.

Hannah McCarthy: Do you remember in The Lion, The Witch and the Wardrobe when Santa just shows up?

Nick Capodice: It was like, Well, I guess Santa is here! And he's got a sword.

Now for your presents. Mrs. Beaver!

Nick Capodice: Gave that Mrs. Beaver a brand new sewing machine, if I recall correctly, anyways. The city fathers may cluck their tongues and cry, What [00:01:30] has this to do with civics? But, Hannah, I swear, this question begs a thorough investigation of how some laws apply to us. We're going to talk about trespassing, burglary, stalking, and also criminal versus civil cases, tort law, the commerce clause. And finally, how a legal professional might defend the jolly old elf were he to be on trial.

Hannah McCarthy: Can we start with that first violation? Santa comes into your house. Is he trespassing?

Nick Capodice: Well, [00:02:00] let's approach the entirety of Santa entering your home. And to do this, we're going to look at at least three possible offenses.

Colin Miller: Right. So trespass would be entering someone else's property without permission. And so on the one hand, you could say, sure, Santa's trespassing, and the other you could say there's implied consent or an implied license.

Hannah McCarthy: Colin Miller!

Nick Capodice: Yeah, that's right. I needed a legal hard hitter for this episode, so I reached out to Colin [00:02:30] Miller. He teaches criminal law and evidence at the University of South Carolina School of Law.

Hannah McCarthy: I have heard Colin say that so many times because I used to edit the podcast that he co-hosted. Undisclosed Addendum. What is an example of implied consent or license?

Colin Miller: Like if I'm having people come into my home to do plumbing work or to do carpentry, etc., If I'm welcoming Santa in even without explicitly doing so, I'm leaving out milk and cookies. I'm welcoming him in. Then in that case, it [00:03:00] wouldn't be trespassing.

Hannah McCarthy: So the act of leaving milk and cookies and writing to Santa earlier that year could be argued as implied consent for his entering your home.

Nick Capodice: Right. And if we're talking trespassing, that's not him just coming into your house. Trespassing is somebody coming into the four corners of your property lot.

Hannah McCarthy: Does that include the air above your house?

Nick Capodice: Oh well, you know, we have to do an episode on who owns the air, who rules [00:03:30] the skies. But as of right now, the US Supreme Court hasn't ruled on a definitive number of feet above your property. That is yours, but it is generally accepted to be anywhere from 80 feet to 500 feet.

Hannah McCarthy: So if you fell from the sky and landed on somebody's house, could that be trespassing?

Colin Miller: Not necessarily. And this is interesting. There's a defense to trespassing called necessity. And so imagine you're flying a hot air balloon and all of a sudden it starts [00:04:00] malfunctioning.

Nick Capodice: I think we're going down! Nigel, we descend!

Colin Miller: And you land on someone's property. That would typically be trespassing. But you claim necessity. I was going to die unless I landed this hot air balloon. So, yeah, if Santa lands the sleigh on top of the house again, assuming there's not consent by the homeowner, which there might be, that could be considered trespassing.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. We've got the sleigh on the roof. Now let's go down the chimney. Is that breaking and entering? [00:04:30]

Nick Capodice: Not anymore. Not in most states.

Colin Miller: So breaking and entering is kind of the old common law crime that's become burglary, although some states still have breaking and entering. And even though it's called breaking and entering, it's not necessarily breaking something as much as moving something like opening a window, etc.. And so my question is, how does Santa operate when he enters the chimney? Is he actually moving something? Is he causing damage or magically is he going down the chimney and not causing damage? So breaking and entering probably [00:05:00] not.

Hannah McCarthy: Wait breaking and entering is not a thing anymore.

Nick Capodice: No, the breaking part has been removed in the majority of our country, so we have to consider Santa as a potential burglar.

Colin Miller: There are still some states that have breaking and entering, but for the most part it's been replaced by burglary. No. So burglary is entering the dwelling of another with the intent to commit a felony or theft inside. Meaning if I break into someone's home and I plan to steal their Monet painting and I'm caught before I [00:05:30] do so I'm still guilty of burglary because I had the intent to steal it. When I enter, Santa is giving gifts. The only thing he's doing in the home would be maybe drinking the milk and cookies. But again, that sort of offered to him, right? He's not taking that without consent that's being given to him by the homeowners.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. Now, this brings us back to the question of the day. Is Santa a criminal? Are these crimes?

Nick Capodice: I'm so glad you asked that, Hannah. I had call and [00:06:00] break down the difference between a civil and a criminal case.

Colin Miller: So criminal law is every state has criminal statutes. They prescribe, prohibit certain behavior, murder, trespassing, arson et cetera. And if the prosecution in a state believes you violated a criminal law and they can prove it beyond a reasonable doubt, they represent the state, the people, and your punishment would be typically imprisonment. It could be a fine, it could be restitution, [00:06:30] etc.. And then the civil system would be I, as an individual, am suing for damages. Monetary damages based upon harm caused to me individually.

Nick Capodice: Trespass can be civil or criminal, and burglary is almost always criminal.

Hannah McCarthy: And what defines a felony?

Nick Capodice: Believe it or not, it is the punishment.

Colin Miller: For criminal violations, we have a dichotomy. We have misdemeanors and we have felonies. And so, for instance, at the federal level, a misdemeanor [00:07:00] is defined as a crime with a maximum punishment of one year or less. So it's a lesser punishment felony. The maximum punishment is more than a year. And so that designation of the severity of the crime.

Hannah McCarthy: So if Santa is found guilty of a criminal violation, he could face fines or imprisonment. But if it's a civil violation, he could be sued.

Nick Capodice: Yes. And this is an area of law that is called tort law.

Hannah McCarthy: Tort?

Nick Capodice: Do you know anybody who went to law school?

Hannah McCarthy: Yes.

Nick Capodice: And [00:07:30] you ever heard somebody say like, oh, I got torts at 5:00 tomorrow?

Hannah McCarthy: Not specifically, but I have heard them talk about tort law. Do you know what tort law is?

Nick Capodice: No, I don't. But I do know somebody who does. And as it is the holiday season, I think we should just give her a quick call.

Hannah McCarthy: Oh, I know who this is.

Cami Capodice: Hey, little brother.

Nick Capodice: This, by the way, is my older, smarter lawyer sister, Cami. Everyone should have a lawyersister. You went to law school, right?

Cami Capodice: I did. I did.

Nick Capodice: Can [00:08:00] you tell us what a tort is?

Cami Capodice: A tort? Yeah. Well, the amateur baker and me wants to say it's a cake. I guess you want the legal definition. Yeah, Well. Well, the legal definition of a tort is an act or omission that gives rise to injury or harm to another. And it amounts to a civil liability as opposed to criminal liability. I think the example that most of your listeners will probably be familiar with is [00:08:30] a car accident, right? Or a slip and fall, something like that.

Nick Capodice: Did you enjoy like studying torts when you were in law school?

Cami Capodice: Yes, it was actually my favorite subject. It's different from a crime. So there is some overlap between torts and crimes, and I'm probably getting a little too in the weeds on that. But when I said civil liability and the definition of tort, what I meant by that was that it's a monetary damages are awarded as opposed to what we think of punitive damages, [00:09:00] like having to go to jail for a crime.

Nick Capodice: Okay. Thank you, Cami for answering my question. I've wanted to know that for a long time.

Cami Capodice: You're most welcome.

Nick Capodice: All right. Love you.

Cami Capodice: Love you, too.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay, so how could Santa be prosecuted under a tort?

Nick Capodice: There is a tort called IIED or an NIED that is intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress.

Colin Miller: So that would not be a criminal act. But yes, [00:09:30] you could have the family of the naughty kid getting coal suing Santa if they could establish that he caused their child's emotional distress.

Hannah McCarthy: I know we got to take a break, but I have one more civil case hypothetical,

Nick Capodice: Shoot.

Hannah McCarthy: It's funny you should say that, because let's say Santa gives a child a bb gun for Christmas.

Hannah McCarthy: This child wrote Santa and asked for it. They maybe [00:10:00] sat on his lap in a department store and asked for it. The kid gets the BB gun, shoots it and knocks his glasses off.

Archival: Oh, no. Where are my glasses?

Hannah McCarthy: Can Santa be considered liable here?

Nick Capodice: No, he cannot. Once a gift is given, it is the property, sole property of the giftee. Now, this hypothetical child could sue the Red Ryder BB gun manufacturing company and say that there were insufficient warnings about recoil. But in this case, Santa is totally off the hook. [00:10:30] And yes, we are going to take a short break, but when we're back, we're going to get into the complicated web of interstate and international commerce when it comes to the man with the bag.

Hannah McCarthy: But first, it is the holiday season

Nick Capodice: A Hickory dock

Hannah McCarthy: And if you are in the giving vein, our show is listener supported and we would be most appreciative of a tax deductible gift which you can make by clicking on the link in our show notes or at the top of our website, civics101podcast.org. [00:11:00]

Hannah McCarthy: We're back. We're repurposing every free music bed we can find that has sleigh bells in it because we are answering a listener's question. Is Santa a criminal? Now, Nick, we've covered the domicile part. But I want to know about another thing our listener brought up. Stalking and voyeurism. [00:11:30]

Colin Miller: Right, Right. Going to find out if you're not here. Nice, right?

Nick Capodice: Again, this is Colin Miller, law professor at the University of South Carolina School of Law.

Colin Miller: Depending on the state again. Right. The stalking is a crime. Voyeurism is a crime. They have all different elements. But Right. If you're having Santa monitoring 24 seven around the year to find out if the kids are naughty or nice, that could constitute voyeurism in terms of stalking. That would be about causing [00:12:00] harm or mental distress, etc., which that's not Santa's goal.

Hannah McCarthy: But again, as we heard earlier, giving a kid goal or nothing at all could be infliction of emotional distress.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, but that that's a bit of a stretch. However, there is a far greater possibility of violation if we look at Santa through the legal lens of surveillance. And we say this all the time in our show, but in this instance, it really matters when we go state to state, we are talking about consent [00:12:30] to be recorded. And since you and I work in radio, we think about this a lot.

Hannah McCarthy: Well, we think about this a lot because as journalists, it's never really a question as to whether or not we should ask for consent. But there is this idea of a one party consent or two party consent state.

Nick Capodice: Right. And journalists or not, here in New Hampshire. We are in what's called a two party consent state. We are one of 13 states that have some manner of two party or all party consent. We have to let the person that we're recording know through words or implication [00:13:00] that we are recording them. Now, the other 37 states are called one party consent states.

Hannah McCarthy: Meaning that if I am in Wisconsin or Georgia or New York, I could record audio or video of someone without their consent.

Nick Capodice: Yes, but your intent matters here. It's against the law to record somebody with an intent to blackmail or commit another crime. And there's a big exception here. You can't be recorded somewhere where you have the, quote, expectation [00:13:30] of privacy.

Hannah McCarthy: Right. Like a store can have a security camera behind the cash register, but not in the changing rooms or the bathroom.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, and I can't set up a camera from my house into my neighbor's bedroom because that would be a violation of their privacy.

Hannah McCarthy: So let's bring this around to Santa. I kind of feel like this one could be the definitive mark against Kris Kringle if he knows when you're sleeping. Is he in your bedroom?

Nick Capodice: My only counterargument to that is that we don't have evidence of illegal surveillance. [00:14:00] You know, he sees you when you're sleeping and he knows when you're awake, but we don't know how. He knows that. We're in another legal realm here. This is one of super powers, and there's not a lot of case law around that.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. Let's move this sleigh along to a very different legal world. Interstate commerce.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. Is Santa's skirting taxes or tariffs by a hauling that sack of toys hither and yon. Because as we've heard before, Hannah, things can get a little dicey whenever you cross [00:14:30] state lines.

Colin Miller: He is obviously crossing state lines and international lines, etc.. But in terms of commerce and commerce clause, he is not seeking compensation unless you unless you consider the milk and cookies, compensation for him giving gifts and showing appreciation. So that would then trigger the Commerce clause and he would have to declare the items that he is bringing in to sell. So yeah, I guess you could have a violation there.

Nick Capodice: And real quick to anybody out there who's heard of the Commerce Clause but isn't exactly sure what it is. Here [00:15:00] is a brief primer.

Colin Miller: Commerce Clause is all about the government regulating interstate commerce. So among the states and this sort of go with the classic Supreme Court case, and this is Wickard versus Filburn, which is a person growing wheat in their backyard. And that was like the Paradigm Commerce Clause case from a century ago that sort of been refined.

Archival: Now, the possession, the regulation of possession is so necessary to the prohibition of marijuana [00:15:30] in interstate commerce, the Congress should be able to reach it just as it was able to reach the growing of wheat in Wickard. That's the question that needs to be answered.

Colin Miller: But yeah, certainly if you were to say in this case that Santa is exchanging gifts for milk and cookies, then in that case he's going to have to deal with customs laws and everything regulating conducting a business internationally and across the states.

Hannah McCarthy: So Santa could be busted for tax evasion. [00:16:00]

Nick Capodice: That's how they got Capone.

Hannah McCarthy: You're not seriously equating Santa to Al Capone?

Nick Capodice: No, I'm not. But it's easy for us to just throw out the milk and cookies as incidental. But they keep coming up. They are part of the implied consent to enter the house, and they could turn his actions into those of a transactional nature.

Hannah McCarthy: How many people does Santa visit?

Nick Capodice: Well, that's a really tough number. There was a great article from the Washington Post that I read called The Breathtaking Scale of Santa Claus's Task on Christmas [00:16:30] Eve, which took into account ages of children across the world, religions, celebration of Christmas, even among those who don't practice Christianity. And their rough estimate is about 530 million children across the world. Now, that's going to be at least a billion cookies and about 3.6 million gallons of milk.

Hannah McCarthy: So Santa's real superpower is the ability to process that much dairy. I'm glad we brought the world wide perspective in here because I have always [00:17:00] wondered who governs the North Pole?

Nick Capodice: Everybody and nobody. Hannah. The North Pole is not land, it is ice. So therefore it is governed by the Law of the Sea. A treaty from 1982 which about 150 countries signed. Every single country that touches the Atlantic Ocean may claim ownership of the North Pole.

Hannah McCarthy: Seriously. So you can't if you're an inland country, you can't claim ownership of the North Pole. That's so silly. [00:17:30]

Nick Capodice: Well, you're owning a little part of the ocean, you know. And this matters when we look into our next issue. Does Santa violate any labor laws?

Colin Miller: It's like in the US we have OSHA, which is about workplace safety. We have FLSA, which is about labor standards. And whether you're, you know, obviously what are elves and how much are they working? Is this child labor around Christmastime? Are they violating labor laws by having them work too long and too hard? What's the workplace [00:18:00] like there? All of those could potentially be issues for Santa. Yeah, obviously, if there were complaints lobbied against Santa and the North Pole, you could have people coming in and determining, is this a safe workplace? How many hours per week are they working? How much are they being paid to Santa have money? Is minimum wage implicated? You know, there's all sorts of things that come into play if they're under US jurisdiction, if it's not. What law actually governs the North Pole? Unclear.

Nick Capodice: Before [00:18:30] we finish up, I just want to say. Yeah, all of this is pretty wishy washy. And that's kind of how the law works, isn't it?

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, I know. We cannot ever answer a listener question without saying. Well, it depends.

Nick Capodice: Well, it depends. That said, Collin laid out one charge against Santa. That's pretty ironclad.

Colin Miller: There's the song about Grandma got Run Over by a Reindeer.

Hannah McCarthy: I despise [00:19:00] that song.

Nick Capodice: You do? Yeah, I do, too. I hate, I hate. I hate Peter Pan. But not as much as I hate that song. But we've got to bring it up because according to the song, Grandma did get Run Over by a Reindeer.

Colin Miller: Assuming that's true and the kid singing it says it happened walking home to our house on Christmas Eve, Santa would probably be guilty of [00:19:30] involuntary manslaughter. You know, going back, he is reckless now or he is negligent. He caused the death of grandma. And so if that song is right, that's involuntary manslaughter.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. So let's assume that Santa is charged with any or all of these criminal and civil violations. He comes into court. What would his defense be?

Nick Capodice: Well, I asked Colin if you were charged with representing Santa. What would you ask him before the trial?

Colin Miller: I don't know that I need to ask him anything because I think [00:20:00] I kind of know what his M.O. is and what he's doing. What I would try to do within the bounds of the law. Which is interesting because you're in New Hampshire. I think New Hampshire is the only state that advises and informs jurors explicitly about jury nullification.

Hannah McCarthy: What is jury nullification?

Colin Miller: So jury nullification says even if the state proves all of the elements of a crime beyond a reasonable doubt, jurors have the inherent ability to nullify and say, [00:20:30] I think this is an unjust prosecution. I'm going to find the defendant not guilty.

Hannah McCarthy: So this means getting a jury to vote a certain way regardless of whether the defendant is guilty.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, and this is quite rare, but this is you saying to the jury, look, yeah, my client did these things. That has been proven, but they shouldn't be punished for it. And I ask you to vote not guilty even though they did it.

Colin Miller: And I think Santa would be the paradigm case of jury nullification of, [00:21:00] look, they're saying he violated these laws. You all know what Santa Claus does. He brings joy, he brings gifts, happiness, hope, etc.. If you were to find him guilty, he would no longer be able to do what he was doing. And it would be awfully tough to find 12 men and women on a jury, none of whom would nullify. Meaning. We have a unanimous verdict of guilt, meaning Santa is shut down. So jury nullification is my huge defense as defense counsel for Santa.

Nick Capodice: So [00:21:30] Santa is off the hook in my books today, Hannah. And my only regret is I couldn't figure out about the legality of owning reindeer because they're owned in the North Pole.

Hannah McCarthy: Right. And the North Pole is owned by everyone. Some countries that perhaps allow reindeer ownership and some that perhaps do not.

Nick Capodice: Can you name all the reindeer?

Hannah McCarthy: Dasher. Dancer. Prancer. Vixen. Comet. Cupid. Donner. Blitzen. [00:22:00] Rudolph the Red-Nosed Reindeer.

Nick Capodice: You missed one.

Hannah McCarthy: No, I didn't.

Nick Capodice: Yes, you did, Olive.

Hannah McCarthy: What's the joke?

Nick Capodice: Olive the other reindeer.

Nick Capodice: Well, that's enough of this huffamaruff. Happy holidays to all you out there from us at Civics 101. For real. This episode is written by me Nick Capodice with Hannah McCarthy. Our staff includes Jacqui Fulton, Christina Phillips as our senior [00:22:30] producer, and Rebecca Lavoie our executive producer. Special thanks always to and for my sister Cami. Movies I quoted in this episode are the BBC version of The Lion, The Witch and the Wardrobe, the Paper Chase and Santa Claus, the movie, all of which I know very well, and can perform on command, and also the Christmas story, which I cannot. Music in this episode by Ryan Kilkenny, Pandaraps, Howard Harper Barnes, Brightarm Orchestra, Timothy Infinite, The New Fools (not the girl by the whirlpool) Dylan Sits, Raymond Grouse, Anthony Earls, KieloKaz, ProletR, and the guy whose albums ALWAYS end up under my tree, Chris Zabriskie. Even [00:23:00] though they hold their heads in shame every time they hear it, Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.


 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

The President & The 25th Amendment

When a monarch dies, power stays in the family. But what about a president? It was a tricky question that the founders left mostly to Congress to figure out later. Lana Ulrich, of the National Constitution Center, and Linda Monk, constitutional scholar and author of The Bill of Rights: A User's Guide, explain the informal rules that long governed the transition of presidential power, and the 25th Amendment, which currently outlines what should happen if a sitting president dies, resigns, or becomes unable to carry out their duties. 

 

Click here for more charts of Civics 101 episodes by Periodic Presidents!


TRANSCRIPT

Nick Capodice: [00:00:00] Hannah we have made a lot of episodes of Civics 101 since the show started in 2017. And at any one time we've got a list of 20 to 30 different topics that were either already working on or want to do soon. And yet there are few topics we keep coming back to over and over.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:21] Yeah, I mean, elections and voting, those are two I can think of. Yeah, we could probably fill a dozen episodes with things about the election process, the politics of voting, of representation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:33] Yeah, there's one topic we've talked about multiple times on the show because it keeps coming up in the news during the presidencies of both Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

 

News Clip: [00:00:41] Have you emailed any members.With the investigative.Branch about.The President's health or the president's decline?Do you believe he's capacitated? Well, I think that we have got to be very careful. He needs to start.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:54] It has to do with presidential power and checks on that power.

 

News Clip: [00:00:58] The fish stinks from the head. Plain and simple. And so I believe the president is dangerous and should not hold office one day longer.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:09] But it's not impeachment. It has to do with the responsibility of the president, the vice president, and the cabinet to ensure we have a leader who is able to do their job.

 

News Clip: [00:01:20] I'm not saying he's not a danger. I do believe that there's grave risk there. But we've got 13 days.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:27] We're talking about the 25th Amendment.

 

News Clip: [00:01:30] People inside the.Administration, people in the cabinet were whispering about invoking the 25th Amendment. It's staggering. We're not at a 25th Amendment level yet.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:47] This is Civics 101. I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:49] I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:50] And today we are going to break down the 25th Amendment. This is the amendment that lays out what happens when, for whatever reason, the president cannot perform the duties of that office. And there are four parts to this amendment. The first part deals with the line of succession. The second is about replacing the vice president. The third is about when the president declares their own inability. And the fourth, the most debated, is about the vice president and cabinet's power to declare presidential inability. So today, we're going to explore what this 25th Amendment thing is all about anyway, and why Part four especially, is not as straightforward as it seems.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:28] And to do that, we need to go back to the beginning, to the creation of the Constitution, because there was a lot of time between then and when the 25th Amendment was actually ratified in 1967, the year was 1787, a bunch of men and Whigs were crowded in a room in Philadelphia debating how our government should work. And as it is often said, it was hot. Very odd. We're talking about the Constitutional Convention. And one subject of debate was what do we do if something happens to the president?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:03:11] Well, they were debating exactly how they should frame the language addressing presidential succession in the Constitution. And they went back and forth as to how to say, you know, what happens when the president becomes disabled? Should there be an election? Should there not be an election?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:27] This is Lana Ulrich. She's the vice president of content and senior counsel at the National Constitution Center.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:03:34] So they finally settled on the language that is included in the original Constitution and Article two, Section one, clause six, which says in case of the removal of the president from office or of his death, resignation or inability to discharge the powers and duties of the set office, the same shall devolve on the Vice President and the Congress may by law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation or inability, both of the President and the Vice President declaring what officer shall then act as president and such office shall act accordingly until the disability be removed or a president shall be elected. And that seemed to clarify a bit as to what would happen, but it didn't answer all of the questions. And there was one delegate in particular, Dickinson, who was taking notes during the debate and sort of wrote to himself, what is the extent of the term disability and who is to be judge of it?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:29] John Dickinson, who represented Delaware at the Constitutional Convention, was a supporter of the Great Compromise. This is what gave smaller states equal representation to larger ones in the Senate and proportional representation in the House. And that word disability is very, very complicated. Throughout U.S. history, there have been deeply ingrained societal prejudices and discrimination towards people who have disabilities or require accommodations. So that word carries a lot of weight.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:00] So basically, the only real things the Constitution said at the time were that if something happened to the president, the vice president would take over the president's duties and that Congress was in charge of figuring everything else out, correct? Yeah.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:05:17] The Constitution left Congress to iron out many of the logistics of presidential succession, but it also failed to answer the question what does it mean for the president to be unable to carry out their duties? And perhaps even more importantly, who determines that the first piece of legislation that Congress passed that clarified the logistics of succession was the Presidential Succession Act of 1792, which basically laid out what would happen if both the president and vice president were unable to carry out the duties of the presidency.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:05:50] And so something that is debated to this day. Now, what laws did Congress pass to help build on what was laid out in the Constitution?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:02] The first thing Congress did pertaining to that was to pass the Presidential Succession Act of 1792, which basically laid out what would happen if both the president and vice president were unable to carry out the duties of the presidency.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:06:16] Under the first Presidential Succession Act. It was the president pro tempore of the Senate and then followed by the Speaker of the House.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:23] But at the time, the law still stated that whomever replaced the president would serve as, quote, acting president until the next election.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:32] What is the difference between acting president and just president?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:37] That's the thing. The word acting suggested that there was some distinction between the two, but those distinctions weren't actually written out. And then John Tyler came along. And as so often happens, when you put a rule into practice for the first time, you realize that your interpretation is not the only interpretation.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:06:57] Right. So William Henry Harrison was the first president to die in office, and he died on April 4th, 1841. His vice president, John Tyler, basically just insisted that he became president of the United States and was not merely acting president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:12] Right off the bat, John Tyler seemed pretty eager to move into the White House and disregard the cabinet that his predecessor had appointed. And he told the cabinet, quote, I shall be pleased to avail myself of your counsel and advice, but I can never consent to being dictated to as to what I shall or shall not do. I, as President, will be responsible for my administration. And then he basically said that if they didn't agree with that, they were welcome to resign. And some people felt that this was a misinterpretation of what it means to be an acting president.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:07:46] This became known as the quote unquote, Tyler precedent. And it was pretty controversial. And not everyone agreed that the vice president automatically became president, even if the president died in office. Even former President John Quincy Adams wrote to himself, I paid a visit this morning to Mr. Tyler, who styled himself president of the United States and not vice president, acting as president, which should be the correct style.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:10] Former President Harrison's cabinet had understood that the president would only do things if the majority of his cabinet approved of them, and they expected Tyler to follow the same rule as acting president, that he would consult them, trust their judgment, and wouldn't make decisions unless they approved.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:26] But this wasn't Tyler's cabinet, right? These were people appointed by Harrison.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:31] Yeah, they weren't his people. And to be frank, there was no love lost there.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:08:35] Yeah. I mean, I think there were some that may have agreed with his interpretation, but as you know, John Quincy Adams did not. But Tyler basically took the oath of office. He gave an inaugural speech and he moved into the White House. And so there just to quell any doubts that he was, in fact, president, they were they were silenced at that time.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:55] And this is how we end up with the Tyler precedent, where the line between president and acting president is pretty much nonexistent.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:05] What about those times when the president is not obviously permanently out of office either because they've died or resigned? What if the president gets sick or has an ongoing medical issue?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:09:19] There were sort of unspoken norms about what would happen if, at the same time if a president became disabled. And throughout history there were many presidents who were quietly incapacitated and due to many reasons, including the fact that there was no constitutional mechanism in place, they just kind of worked quietly behind the scenes to keep his illness under wraps until the next election. I mean, this happened with Woodrow Wilson, had a severe stroke and for a long period of time toward the end of his term, he was essentially not acting as president. But basically his wife and his cabinet were just kind of acting in his stead. Yeah.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:53] And this informal behind closed doors method of the vice president, the cabinet, even the president's spouse was working well enough, even though Congress wasn't really privy to it and didn't have much power over it. There wasn't enough urgency in Congress to rally behind something like a constitutional amendment until the threat of nuclear war came along.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:10:17] Right around the time of President Eisenhower, who was also ill.

 

News Clip: [00:10:21] Stricken with ileitis, an inflammation of the lower intestine. The 65 year old chief executive was taken from the White House.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:10:27]  Which coincided with the Cold War.

 

News Clip: [00:10:29] Soviet Unionn Has informed us That over recent years It has devoted extensive resources to atomic weapons.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:10:38] It became clear that we needed something that was a bit more formalized.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:42] Nothing really happened immediately, though. There was a proposed amendment in 1963 that would give Congress the power to determine if the president was unable to discharge their duties. But many argue that it gave Congress too much power, especially considering that Congress already had the power of impeachment.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:10:59] And I think the crucial moment in time was after President John F Kennedy was assassinated.

 

News Clip: [00:11:05] From Dallas, Texas. The flash apparently official. President Kennedy died at 1 p.m. Central Standard Time, 2:00 Eastern Standard Time, some 38 minutes ago. Vice President Lyndon Johnson has left the hospital in Dallas, but we do not know to where he has proceeded. Presumably, he will be taking the oath of office shortly and become the 36th president of the United States.

 

Linda Monk: [00:11:41] And then Lyndon Johnson was in office without a vice president and he had a history of heart attacks.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:11:48] This is Linda Monk, constitutional scholar and dear friend of the podcast and author of The Bill of Rights A User's Guide. We have finally reached the 25th Amendment, which gives clearer rules about what to do if the president cannot carry out their duties.

 

Linda Monk: [00:12:03] So that's when Congress in 65 finally passed it through Congress, and then it was ratified, I believe, in 67.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:11] So this amendment does not come up until after we have had several presidents die or have major illnesses while in office.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:20] Yeah, And John F Kennedy's death, which made Lyndon Johnson president, put the issue of succession at the top of people's minds. The amendment was ratified in 1967. Here is Lana Ulrich again.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:12:33] And so when President Nixon resigned in 1974, Vice President Ford became president under Section one.

 

News Clip: [00:12:40] To continue to fight through the months ahead for my personal vindication. Would almost totally absorb the time and attention of both the president and the Congress in a period when our entire focus should be on the great issues of peace abroad and prosperity without inflation at home. Therefore, I shall resign the presidency effective at noon tomorrow. Vice President Ford will be sworn in as president at that hour in this office.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:19] But what if the vice president vacates the job? Because in that example, Gerald Ford was not Nixon's original vice president. He became vice president after Spiro Agnew resigned.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:42] Well, that's part two of the 25th Amendment.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:13:44] So this requires the president to nominate a vice president when the office is vacant, subject to the confirmation by a majority of the House and the Senate.

 

News Clip: [00:13:55] Mr. Nixon has asked the Republican hierarchy to propose possible successors by tomorrow evening. His choice and many names are being mentioned tonight, will have to be approved by majority vote of each House of Congress.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:14:08] So in 1973, Gerald Ford became vice president through Section two. After Vice President Spiro Agnew resigned. And then when Ford took over the presidency the next year, he invoked Section two and nominated Nelson Rockefeller to fill his vice presidential vacancy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:14:26] And now we're going to get into those circumstances where the president hasn't died, but for some other reason, they are unable to do the job, either temporarily or permanently. And this is section three. Section three is about the president's responsibility to decide and disclose when they need to give their duties to the vice president. This is known as a voluntary transfer of power.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:49] So if the president needed a colonoscopy, for example.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:14:52] Exactly. Actually, most examples of this happening have to do with colonoscopies, specifically. For example, President George W Bush invoked Section three when he had to undergo colonoscopy, putting Vice President Dick Cheney temporarily in charge.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:15:07] In 1985, President Ronald Reagan was also about to undergo colon cancer surgery. And so he designated Vice President George H.W. Bush to be acting president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:18] And recently, President Biden discharged his duties to Vice President Kamala Harris.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:22] Because of a colonoscopy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:24] Because of a colonoscopy.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:29] And this is the responsibility of the president, right? They have to be the one who says, okay, I'm going to transfer power right now.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:15:35] You one would assume so. Yes. Since it's since it requires a written declaration to both transfer the power and then to resume power after the president's disability is removed. Yes.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:46] Isn't that interesting the way that Lana says one would assume so. I think the implication there being, as with so many wishy washy interpretations of the Constitution or.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:59] Flat out disregard of it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:00] Disregard for the Constitution, the idea is, you know, this is how it has happened and might happen in the future, but anything can be done differently. And sometimes we do things differently and that can cause a constitutional crisis. So this is all voluntary.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:18] Yeah. And this is called a declaration of inability, where the president submits a notice to Congress saying presidential power is being discharged to this person, either permanently or until such and such a time. And if the president submits that, they then submit a follow up declaration when they are able to retake their duties. And this has been used, as we said, several times by different presidents.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:42] What about an involuntary transfer of power? Is it possible for a sitting president to be removed involuntarily without an impeachment?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:51] This brings us to the quite complicated part four of the 25th Amendment, and we're going to talk about that right after this break.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:00] But before we go, I have a feeling you're listening to this podcast because you want to know more about American democracy, but we don't tell you everything on the podcast. We sure don't. A lot of it gets cut in actual fact, sometimes the very best parts. But we have a place to put that. It's called Extra Credit. It's our newsletter and you could subscribe to it at our website, civics101podcast.org.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:26] We're back. This is civics one on one. And we are talking about what happens when the president dies, resigns, or decides they need to temporarily hand over their presidential duties to the vice president for a medical procedure or something like that. But those processes are not the reason why. About two years ago, in the beginning of 2021, everyone was suddenly talking about the 25th Amendment in terms of the vice president or the president's own cabinet taking away the president's power. Specifically, I'm talking about a lot of people wondering whether former President Donald Trump's vice president and cabinet might declare that he was incapable of doing his job, which of course, did not happen.

 

News Clip: [00:18:08] But in the immediate aftermath of January 6th, members of the president's family, White House staff and others tried to step in to stabilize the situation, quote, to land the plane before the presidential transition on January 20th. You will hear about members of the Trump cabinet discussing the possibility of invoking the 25th Amendment and replacing the president of the United States.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:36] So what does the 25th Amendment say about those situations where the removal of power might not be voluntary?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:18:48] Yeah. So section three is the voluntary transfer of power. But Section four details what happens when there may need to be an involuntary transfer of power when the president, for it's assumed medical reasons, is unable to make that conscious decision, whether he's in a coma or whether he has maybe a very severe mental impairment progressed dementia. In that situation, it allows for the vice president to be the crucial decider, essentially, and working with either the heads of the cabinets, the heads of the departments and or a disability review body that Congress may establish to determine that the president is no longer able to fulfill his duties and therefore trigger Section four and the mechanisms by which to involuntarily take power away from the president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:19:40] That is Lana Ulrich, again, of the National Constitution Center. And this is Linda Monk, again, constitutional scholar and author of the Bill of Rights A User's Guide.

 

Linda Monk: [00:19:48] We talk about disability as though it's physical disability, but I think what the controversy about President Trump is raising is whether or not the president is capable of caring. Now, maybe that's not a physical disability, maybe that's other kinds of capabilities.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:09] So who gets to make that call?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:20:10] Yeah, under Section four, the vice president is really the the one who starts the process to determine that the president is is disabled. And then if the president has the opportunity to contest that, but then the vice president and the department heads can go back to Congress and contest the president's contesting essentially as well. And so and if they're successful, then the vice president becomes acting president.

 

Linda Monk: [00:20:35] The language is, is that a majority of the cabinet and the vice president have to be involved. If it starts within the executive branch, if the president doesn't go along, it goes to Congress anyway. And it has to be a two thirds vote. That's a pretty big vote.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:56] So this is not something the vice president or the cabinet can do without the approval of Congress.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:21:02] You know, we have impeachment, and that's a political process for removing the president. And I think that the 25th Amendment contemplates some kind of of disability other than, you know, the president is, you know, maybe did something illegal, is is just not performing well. There's got to be something else there. But it's it's not ultimately up to, say, the White House doctor to make that decision. I think the vice president may certainly consult with the president's doctors and ask for an opinion. But ultimately, I think it does boil down to a political decision to actually take that step, to say, okay, we're going to invoke Section four of the 25th Amendment.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:42] Has that ever happened?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:21:43] No, it hasn't. And it's controversial for many reasons. One being that it takes power away from a duly elected president, essentially, but the other is that it's never been invoked. So we don't really know how the procedure and the practice will play out. And there are a number of gaps that are still left open. So there's a lot of open questions under this mechanism.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:22:04] For example, during Ronald Reagan's presidency, some of his aides suspected he had developed symptoms of Alzheimer's that were compromising his ability to do the job.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:22:14] Some of his aides had discussed that among themselves, I think especially after Iran-Contra happened.

 

News Clip: [00:22:20] Good evening. I know you've been reading, seeing and hearing a lot of stories the past several days attributed to Danish sailors, unnamed observers at Italian ports and Spanish harbors and especially unnamed government officials of my administration. Well, now you're going to hear the facts from a White House source and you know my name.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:22:40] And they briefly discussed it. And then I think they decided to do a case study and they went the next day and spoke with with the president and sort of interviewed him. And then they decided, well, he was acting completely normal. And so they felt that it wasn't appropriate at that time to invoke Section four. But they but they had kicked the idea around.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:59] Why would members of the executive branch, like the vice president or the Cabinet, choose to invoke the 25th Amendment instead of handing over things to Congress for impeachment?

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:23:10] You know, we have impeachment. And that's a political process for removing the president. And I think that the 25th Amendment contemplates some kind of of disability other than, you know, the president is, you know, maybe did something illegal, is is just not performing well. There's got to be something else there.

 

Linda Monk: [00:23:28] You know, our framers were very good at putting stumbling blocks to the exercise of power. And the reason you'd want to start with any kind of removal from office, from within the executive branch is because those people are supposed to be at least by constitutional duty, most. Oil to the president. This must be a blow to the Constitution and the country first. But they wouldn't have gotten there without the president. So you think those would be the people who would be most capable of making that determination without political motivation?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:03] For example, in 2021, some members of Congress and the public called on Vice President Mike Pence to invoke the 25th Amendment because of President Donald Trump's potential responsibility in and handling of the January 6th riot on the Capitol during the certification of the election.

 

News Clip: [00:24:21] He may have only 13 days left as president, but yesterday demonstrated that each and every one of those days is a threat to democracy. So long as he is in power. The quickest and most effective way to remove this president from office would be for the vice president to immediately invoke the 25th Amendment.

 

Linda Monk: [00:24:46] Either way, it's going to come back to Congress. It's going to come back to the leadership in Congress and the vice president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:54] But at the end of the day, that question that John Dickinson scrawled in his notes back in 1776 at the Constitutional Convention, what is the extent of disability and who is to be the judge of it is still up for debate.

 

Lana Ulrich: [00:25:10] Yes, it's definitely still an open question. And I think it's going to depend on maybe, you know, obviously a future situation that would call for the application of the amendment to see how it kind of plays out in real life.

 

Linda Monk: [00:25:23] Again, this is where I think Alexis de Tocqueville said it never ceases to amaze him how wonderful the Americans were at ignoring and avoiding the contradictions of their constitution. So oftentimes in our constitutional interpretation, it's what the political actors choose to do. And that that is part of the Constitution. It's not just supposed to be automatic words on paper. It's people exercising their judgment.

 


 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Who gets to run for president?

What does the Constitution say about who is allowed to be president? And why is the answer to that question still a little unclear? 

Brady Carlson, host of All Things Considered at Wisconsin Public Radio and author of Dead Presidents.  explains the formal and informal rules that govern who is allowed to become Commander-in-Chief. 

 

Transcript

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:03] Nick, have you ever wanted to run for president?

 

Nick Capodice [00:00:05] Absolutely not.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:06] I think the very fact that I don't know how to tweet about anything is reason enough. You know, I can't be like I'm doing this, everybody, because that feels too self-promotional to me. It grosses me out, which is ridiculous. So I could I couldn't be a politician of any kind.

 

Archival: [00:00:24] If this is what the people want, then I will do that.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:30] Let's [00:00:30] just be straight about it. Are you considering running for president yourself?

 

Archival: [00:00:34] I want everybody to be absolutely clear. I'm not running for vice president. I'm running for president of the United States of America. I'm running.

 

Archival: [00:00:42] For president. I'm running for president. I'm running for president.

 

Archival: [00:00:45] I am running for president.

 

Archival: [00:00:46] I am running for president.

 

[00:00:48] Of the United.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:56] You're listening to Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:58] I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:59] And today [00:01:00] we are talking about who gets to run for president and who doesn't.

 

Archival: [00:01:05] You just woke up this morning and suddenly decided to run for president.

 

Archival: [00:01:09] No, no, I just thought.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:18] So there are three qualifications a person has to meet to run for president. Now, two are pretty straightforward. One is not, and absolutely none of them have anything to do with [00:01:30] political experience, leadership abilities, or an affinity for oval shaped offices.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:01:36] The first one is age. You have to be 35 years or older, and that is when you take office. You can still be 34 on Election Day as long as your birthday's coming up.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:46] This is Brady Carlson. He's the All Things Considered host at Wisconsin Public Radio and the author of Dead Presidents An American Adventure into the Strange Deaths and Surprising Afterlives of Our Nation's Leaders.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:59] Okay, Rule [00:02:00] number one, you have to be at least 35 years old. Got it. What's the second rule?

 

Brady Carlson: [00:02:04] The second is a residency requirement that says you have to be an inhabitant of the United States for 14 years or more. This is mostly a carryover from the early days of the country. They didn't want someone who maybe lived in the UK up until, you know, the Constitution was ratified, suddenly taking a boat trip across the Atlantic Ocean and then saying, Hey guys, I'm here. I'm going to be your [00:02:30] new president. That said, though, there have been some questions about what exactly it means to be an inhabitant because it's not entirely spelled out in the Constitution. It says you have to be an inhabitant for 14 years. But does that mean 14 years in a row? Does that mean 14 years over the course of your life? And just the word inhabitant itself can be interpreted in different ways. Does that mean that you're physically in the United States for up to 14 years, or does it mean that you maintain a domicile like you [00:03:00] have a physical mailing address?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:01] For example, some of our former presidents were in the military and served overseas. That service does count toward the 14 years of inhabitant sea.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:11] But what if you were just working abroad, not as part of the military or you were living outside the U.S. for a stretch of time for some other reason?

 

Brady Carlson: [00:03:18] There was a question in the 20th century about Herbert Hoover.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:22] Hoover was a mining engineer. He studied geology in college and worked all over the world inspecting mines to figure out [00:03:30] if they were good investments or not.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:32] Hmm.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:03:32] He had worked overseas before he was elected president, and it was within that 14 year window. So if inhabitant meant 14 straight years of being in the United States ahead of being elected, he might have not been eligible to be president. That's obviously not what happened, though.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:47] The requirement of living in the United States for 14 years turns out to be less significant and controversial than the final requirement to run for president, which has to do with citizenship.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:04:00] Number [00:04:00] three is the most complicated qualification. So I'm just going to read it right out of the Constitution. No person except a natural born citizen or a citizen of the United States at the time of the adoption of this constitution shall be eligible to the office of President. What it means to be a natural born citizen is something that the courts have not entirely weighed in on. So it is definitely up to interpretation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:23] So you can't run for president if you weren't a U.S. citizen from the very moment you were born. Even if you became [00:04:30] a U.S. citizen later in life.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:31] That's right. But the term, quote, natural born gets even more complicated because you don't have to have been born on U.S. soil to be considered a U.S. citizen from birth. You can be born a U.S. citizen if you were born abroad, so long as at least one of your parents is a US citizen. And that parent has also spent time living in the United States. And there have been several presidential candidates over the years who were born outside the United States and had their qualifications [00:05:00] for presidency called into question. Take Senator Ted Cruz, for example. He ran for president in 2016.

 

Archival: [00:05:07] Jobs, Freedom. Security. Cruz. I'm Ted Cruz and I approve this message.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:05:14] I remember being at a primary event that he had in New Hampshire during the 2016 campaign, and a guy in the audience put it to him point blank. He said, Ted Cruz, you were born in Canada. To me, a person born in Canada is not a natural born citizen of the United States, and therefore you're not eligible to be president. [00:05:30] So here's the back story. Ted Cruz was born in Canada. His mother was born in Delaware. So she was an American born person. His father was born in Cuba. At that point, he was not a citizen of the United States, but he is now. They were working in Canada at the time. And so Ted Cruz said, by virtue of having a mother who was an American citizen, he was a natural born American. And the quote he gave was, I have never breathed a.

 

Archival: [00:05:54] Breath of air on this planet when I was not a US citizen. It was the act of being born that [00:06:00] made me a US citizen. So under the law, the question is clear. There will still be some who try to work political mischief on it. But as a legal matter, this is clear and straightforward.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:06:10] Ultimately, it's a question that can be decided in the courts. Now, that's one that hasn't totally been decided in the courts. In Ted Cruz's case, there were several legal challenges to his candidacy. Most of those were turned away on procedural grounds. A few declared that basically that his explanation was good enough. But unless someone files [00:06:30] a lawsuit against you, basically your word is good enough to get you qualified. But there have been other challenges over the years. John McCain, in fact, when he ran for president, faced some legal challenges because he was born in the Panama Canal Zone. He wasn't born in a state. Mitt Romney's dad, George Romney, when he ran for president in the 1960s, he was born in Mexico to American parents and they both faced these same kinds of questions.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:53] One example, of course, is the challenge to former President Barack Obama's qualifications before and during his presidency. [00:07:00] However, that conspiracy theory promoted by his successor, former President Donald Trump, was not really about the nature of Obama's citizenship, but rather the legitimacy of his birth certificate in the first place, which Trump called forgery, and about Obama's dual British and American citizenship. But when it comes to the question of whether someone qualifies as a quote unquote natural born citizen, if they were born outside the United States, to a parent who is a citizen, Ted [00:07:30] Cruz is not alone.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:07:31] Now, like I said, the U.S. Supreme Court hasn't taken this up. So the broad understanding up to this point is essentially, if you're born in the United States, you're a natural born citizen under the birthright citizenship in the 14th Amendment to the Constitution, if you're born in some other part of the world, But one of your parents, not both, but one of your parents is an American citizen, then you're still considered a natural born citizen. My favorite story is the one when Chester [00:08:00] Arthur became president, he was vice president under James Garfield and then moved up after Garfield died. He was born in a rural Vermont, and some of his political enemies started a whisper campaign that maybe he was actually born in southern Canada rather than rural Vermont. Obviously, that didn't go too far either. But it's not a new thing for people to speak of their political opponents as the other, or maybe not quite as American as other people are.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:32] Now [00:08:30] this brings us to U.S. territories. We have 14 territories, but only five have people living there Puerto Rico, Guam, the US, Virgin Islands, American Samoa and the Northern Mariana Islands with the exception of American Samoa. If you were born in a US territory, you are a US citizen. American Samoans are considered American nationals, meaning they can live on [00:09:00] American land indefinitely and can apply for citizenship.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:04] But people living in US territories aren't allowed to vote in federal elections. Right?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:08] Right. Citizens and territories can only elect a non-voting representative in Congress and they don't get to vote for president, though they can still participate in primaries and caucuses. So though someone living in a US territory may be a citizen, they don't even get to vote for president. However, as far as we can tell, [00:09:30] they can still run for president because they are by definition, still natural born citizens.

 

Archival: [00:09:38] I'm asking you to stand with me to build a movement.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:42] In 2019, we did have a presidential candidate who was born in American Samoa, Tulsi Gabbard of Freedom, justice, equality and opportunity for all. But her parents were U.S. citizens. So this question of whether she would have been qualified because [00:10:00] of her birth in American Samoa wasn't really relevant, and she was in a similar position to those other presidential candidates who had been born outside of the US.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:08] Has there been any push to change any of those requirements, for example, to allow people who gain citizenship later in life to run for president? Because there's got to be millions of people in the US who can't run for president, even though the US citizens because they aren't, quote, natural born citizens. Under the current interpretation.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:28] In actual fact, a 2019 [00:10:30] study estimated that there were as many as 20 million adults who wouldn't be qualified to run for president because they were naturalized citizens rather than citizens from birth. Now, some scholars have argued that the natural born citizen rule could be considered discrimination based on someone's national origin under the Fifth Amendment. But that argument hasn't gotten much traction at this point.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:53] Well, what about a constitutional amendment, one that wouldn't restrict someone from running if they got citizenship later in life? [00:11:00] Has that ever happened? Has that been proposed?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:01] Yeah. So there have been a few proposed constitutional amendments like that, usually inspired by specific individuals who are ineligible to run for president. Take Henry Kissinger in the 1970s. Now, Kissinger, who was German born, was the secretary of state in the Nixon administration. And his popularity during the chaos of that time made some people start to think of him as potential presidential material, except, of course, [00:11:30] for the fact that he was a naturalized citizen.

 

Archival: [00:11:33] Do you think he's a political problem in the election? Do you think he is an issue? Not at all. He may have been a problem in the primary leading up to the convention, but the broad consensus.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:50] Among this led New York Congressman Jonathan Bingham, to propose an amendment that would allow naturalized citizens to run for president. There was also more recently, [00:12:00] a proposed amendment by Senator Orrin Hatch, sometimes called the Arnold Amendment because it was widely considered to be tied to establishing eligibility for Austrian born former California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger to run for president.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:12:13] I have, in fact, perused some newsreels from the Schwarzenegger library. And that time that you took that car.

 

Archival: [00:12:18] Oh, that Schwarzenegger library.

 

Archival: [00:12:21] Yes, the Schwarzenegger Presidential library. Wasn't he an actor when.

 

Archival: [00:12:26] He was president?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:29] So far, [00:12:30] no amendment has gotten enough traction to change that requirement so that naturalized citizens can run for president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:37] Okay. Let me run this all back to you. You can only run for president if you're at least 35 years old, if you've lived in the U.S. for at least 14 years and you are a, quote unquote, natural born citizen, a term that's still up for debate, but once you actually get the job. Hannah, I'm wondering about what it takes to keep it after that first term, because as we've seen [00:13:00] in our most recent election, just because you can be president for two terms, that doesn't mean your party and the public will support your reelection.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:07] You know, Brady's got some great high drama stories about this very thing. And we will talk about the performance review of the tops, all performance reviews. The reelection of an incumbent right after this.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:20] But first, we are here to remind you not of the mess you made when you.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:24] And we're here.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:25] To remind you.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:27] But first, Hannah and I just want to remind you [00:13:30] that there are no. Qualifications whatsoever you must possess to subscribe to our newsletter, Extra Credit. It's fun. It's full of facts and fancy. It comes out every two weeks and you can do it at our website, civics101podcast.org. We're back. This is Civics 101. We're talking about running for president. Hannah, we have seen from as recently as the 2020 election that the incumbent president doesn't automatically [00:14:00] get reelected. But my question is, does that incumbent automatically get nominated by their party to run for a second term? Or could the party decide, you know what, Actually, we didn't really like you and what you did. So we're going to try this with someone new.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:14:15] No guarantees. You got to earn it. And in fact, nobody is a better case study for that than New Hampshire's only president, Franklin Pierce. He won election in 1852. And while it was common [00:14:30] in those days for people to serve just one term, he had his eye on reelection. The only problem was he had made himself very unpopular in his own party. And so when the 1856 Democratic Party convention came around, he actually lost the nomination to another Democrat, James Buchanan.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:46] Pierce was an anti abolitionist, northern Democrat, and a lot of his decisions were basically like throwing lighter fluid on the political fire that eventually became the Civil War, including undoing the Missouri compromise by letting the [00:15:00] newly formed territories of Kansas and Nebraska decide by popular vote if they would allow enslavement. The resulting political conflict in Kansas was so violent that it came to be called Bleeding Kansas.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:15:12] He sought the nomination. He wanted to get a second term and they said thanks, but no thanks.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:17] Buchanan did eventually go on to win the election, but usually if an incumbent decides to run for reelection, their chances of getting the nomination are pretty good.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:15:27] So it's actually fairly common in U.S. history [00:15:30] for incumbent presidents to face strong primary challenges. The incumbents usually win against those challenges. A great example of that was in 1976. That was when Gerald Ford was running for a full term, and he faced a very serious challenge in the Republican primary from former California Governor Ronald Reagan. They were separated by just a handful of delegates. Reagan very much could have won that nomination. But Ford was able to hold on.

 

Archival: [00:16:00] Let [00:16:00] me say this from the bottom of my heart. After the scrimmages of the past few months, it really feels good to have Ron Reagan on the same side of the line.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:24] If Franklin Pierce was the exception to the norm, and incumbents who want to run for reelection usually [00:16:30] get nominated, why do we so often see those challengers from the same party? And I'm thinking of 2020 when there were three other challengers to President Donald Trump and the primary. Now, none of them did. Well, sure, but they still ran.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:16:45] Because in politics, the usual rules for things don't always apply. In some ways, you can actually win by losing. An example of that was in 1992, when President George H.W. Bush was running for a second term and he faced a primary challenge from conservative commentator Pat [00:17:00] Buchanan. Now, Pat Buchanan wasn't going to win that race. He wasn't in a position to take the nomination away from a sitting president, but he was able to put up a strong enough showing, especially in the New Hampshire primary, that he was able to change the course of the Republican platform.

 

Archival: [00:17:16] With some polls showing him slipping and real concern about Tuesday's turnout. George Bush pulled out all the stops today.

 

Archival: [00:17:23] So let me introduce you, a supporter and a great friend of mine, Arnold Schwarzenegger.

 

Archival: [00:17:29] To the message [00:17:30] to Pat Buchanan.

 

Archival: [00:17:31] Hasta la vista, baby.

 

Archival: [00:17:32] Thank you.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:17:35] He really wanted to have more socially conservative language in that platform and was able to get some of that into the party platform for the year.

 

Archival: [00:17:44] Mr. Bush refuses to utter Buchanan's name, but claims outrage over his negative tactics, having apparently forgotten how helpful his own slashing ads were in winning here four years ago.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:56] Essentially, Pat Buchanan criticized President Bush for not being conservative [00:18:00] enough in some of his policies. For example, he called out the president for a proposed tax hike that was in direct opposition to Bush's famous read my lips, no new taxes line. Buchanan's success in the New Hampshire primary and then his popularity elsewhere in the country meant that when President Bush was eventually renominated as the Republican candidate, the platform he was running on and the promises he was making were more conservative.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:18:26] Another example of that was in 1968, when Lyndon Johnson [00:18:30] was looking to win another term. But Vietnam was a very controversial issue at the time, and some anti-war Democrats ran against him in the New Hampshire primary and actually did well enough that they convinced Johnson he couldn't win another term. So he actually got out of the race, which is kind of what they were aiming for.

 

Archival: [00:18:47] By any political measure, President Johnson has suffered a major psychological setback in New Hampshire. Accordingly, I shall not seek and [00:19:00] I will not accept the nomination of my party for another term as your president.

 

Brady Carlson: [00:19:07] All of that said, though, once an incumbent gets into the general election, assuming that they do fend off all those primary challengers, they tend to do very well. So incumbency is not a universal thing, but it is a very powerful thing. Incumbents have a better shot than, say, a schlep like me.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:19:31] Well, [00:19:30] that is a lot on running for president here on Civics 101. Today's episode was written and produced by Christina Phillips with help from Hannah McCarthy. Our staff includes Jacqui Fulton and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Music In this episode by OTE, Jahzzar, Silver Maple, Mr. Smith, Ketsa, MindMe, Lucas Pittman, Chris Shards, Superintendent McCupcakes and Bomull. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR New Hampshire Public Radio. [00:20:00]

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:02] And Austrian born Arnold Schwarzenegger. And Arnold Schwarzenegger. Schwarzenegger Oh, how can I say Schwarzenegger? Schwarzenegger. Former California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger to run for president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:20:23] Just say Arnold Schwarzenegger to run for president.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:25] Arnold Schwarzenegger. What do I say?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:20:28] Schwarzenegger. It's Schwartz, Schwarzenegger. [00:20:30]

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:31] Arnold Schwarzenegger to run for president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:20:33] One more time.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:34] Oh, my God.

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Propaganda

Propaganda is a piece of information designed to make you think or do something specific. So how does it work?

Today on Civics 101, John Maxwell Hamilton (professor and author of Manipulating the Masses: Woodrow Wilson and the Birth of American Propaganda) and Jennifer Mercieca (professor and author of Demagogue for President: The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump) take us through the Federalist Papers, the Committee on Public Intelligence, the Four Minute Men, amygdala highjacking, and the myriad ways propagandists  take advantage of our best intentions to achieve a result. 

 


 

Transcript

Nick Capodice: [00:00:04] What did you say your favorite card was again?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:06] Six of diamonds.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:08] Thought you said the Jack of Hearts

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:09] No I didn't say the Jack of Hearts.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:13] All right, I'm gonna do a, um. A magic trick. Do me a favor. Uh, cut that deck anywhere you want.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:18] Okay.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:18] Now, I'm going to, um, just leave these here until the end of the recording. I'm not going to touch them. All right. Okay. This, by the way, is one of the first tricks I ever learned. And for anybody out there listening, I'm a terrible, [00:00:30] terrible magician. But this is a technique called a force.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:34] What's a force.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:35] A force is when someone, like, takes a card believing that they had a choice, but they don't. I told you to cut the deck randomly and you take the card you cut to, but I'm forcing you to take the card I want. Choice is an illusion here, Hannah. And it doesn't just happen with cards.

 

[00:00:54]

 

Archival: [00:00:55] Interesting stories about dead people voting. Wow. Amazing. What free and [00:01:00] fair elections we all have confidence in.

 

Archival: [00:01:01] Sharing of.

 

Archival: [00:01:02] Biased.

 

Archival: [00:01:03] And false news.

 

Archival: [00:01:04] Has become all too common on social media.

 

Archival: [00:01:06] I think it was one of the coldest Julys we've had in. So while while I don't know if that's going to really fly with climate change...

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:22] you're listening to Civics 101. I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:28] I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:28] And today we are talking [00:01:30] about propaganda.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:01:32] Propaganda is compliance gaining. It's a kind of force.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:01:36] Essentially propaganda is the an effort by someone to get you to think what they want you to think. Every time a king put on a robe, an ermine robe, it was an act of propaganda.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:01:49] It's persuasion without consent. It denies people their free will. It denies people their ability to consent or choose to believe [00:02:00] what you have compelled them to believe. And it's anti-democratic and it's a lot easier than persuasion.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:02:06] My name is John Maxwell Hamilton. I'm a professor at Louisiana State University and a scholar at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars in Washington, DC.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:02:14] My name is Jennifer Mercieca, and I'm a professor at Texas A&M University. I teach classes in political communication, propaganda and the dark arts of communication.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:28] Hold on. Jennifer's class is called The [00:02:30] Dark Arts of Communication.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:31] It is it explores propaganda, demagoguery and how our brains process information and how those natural processes lead to cognitive weaknesses that are exploited by dark arts techniques. And yes, that includes compliance gaining, which is forcing someone to act in a particular way.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:50] All right. I got to learn all about that. But first, can we just get a textbook definition of propaganda?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:56] Absolutely. Propaganda is a piece of information [00:03:00] designed to get people to think or act in a certain way. But John's got a better definition than that.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:03:06] There's a wonderful definition that was done at the end of World War One. The Encyclopedia Britannica had no definition for propaganda in 1911. At the end of the war they had a very long one. And the reason for that was that they had not anticipated putting out a new edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica for some years. But the war changed everything. And one of the things that [00:03:30] changed was propaganda. And they had a British author who had been a propagandist write a wonderful essay on propaganda. And I read it to you because it's a superb definition. Those engaged in propaganda may genuinely believe the success will be an advantage to those who they address, but the stimulus to their action is their own cause. The diferencia of propaganda is that it is self [00:04:00] seeking, whether the object be worthy or unworthy intrinsically or in the minds of its promoters.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:06] Let me try to say that another way so I can make sure that I understand it. People who make propaganda may feel they're doing something good for everyone, but what makes it propaganda is that it has a goal to fulfill regardless of whether the person creating it thinks it's good or bad. I think the closest thing in my mind is advertising, right? Like your [00:04:30] goal is to sell toothpaste. So you make commercials saying this toothpaste is amazing, right?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:36] And it can be amazing toothpaste, but that is irrelevant. You may think it tastes like chalk, but if you're hired to make an ad for it, you're not going to put that in it. And I want to be clear. Propaganda is not the same thing as just persuading somebody of something.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:04:52] Persuasion is an invitation. You invite someone else to think like you do to value the same values that [00:05:00] you value in the same way to remember or forget history. And you acknowledge that that person has free will. They have a mind of their own, and they may choose to change their mind and agree with you. But then again, they may not. Persuasion is really hard. It's very difficult to get someone to change their mind. We know that if people are invested in a topic, if they're knowledgeable about a topic, then they're very resistant to changing their [00:05:30] opinions.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:31] But as Jennifer said, compliance gaining is different.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:05:34] It is. And it's a lot easier to do than persuading someone to change their mind. We're going to touch on other kinds of propaganda, but today I really want to focus on governmental propaganda. Not toothpaste, but policy.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:48] When I think of propaganda in America, the first thing that comes to mind are like World War posters, right? Uncle Sam saying, "I want you" depictions of the U.S. and our allies [00:06:00] being these heroic figures versus the grotesque, often racist interpretations of various enemies as beasts. But are there any examples of it from earlier in US history?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:11] Oh, absolutely. Jennifer said that a document near and dear to our hearts could be viewed as propaganda.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:19] Which one?

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:06:20] Perhaps the most important example of propaganda in that sense in the founding generation, the founding era is [00:06:30] the Federalist Papers.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:32] Oh, yeah, I can see that. It's 85 essays selling people our proposed constitution.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:06:37] The Federalist Papers were written with one purpose, which was to get the citizens of the state of New York to agree to adopt the Constitution. And there was a lot of anti federalist sentiment in New York. And so they wrote the Federalist Papers as a joint project, but also as a propaganda [00:07:00] campaign.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:01] They, by the way, refers to James Madison, Alexander Hamilton and sort of John Jay, who didn't even use their real names on these papers. They wrote them under the pseudonym Publius.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:07:12] And they even talked about it during the Constitutional Convention, when they talked about how they would get the Constitution ratified and the method by which they would ratify the Constitution. They said very explicitly, if you understood how to read what they were saying, that [00:07:30] experience will dictate public opinion, that we will lead., We will lead the others to adopt this thing. And so they wanted it to have the approval of the public because they thought that was necessary for the legitimacy of the new government. But they also wanted to make sure that they led the public to approve it. And so the whole ratification of the Constitution is a fascinating propaganda campaign.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:59] And [00:08:00] we think of these essays, the Federalist Papers, as their own thing. But the Federalists, the ones who are pushing the new Constitution, had lots of tools at their disposal to make that happen.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:08:11] It's part of this whole public relations propaganda campaign that was run by the Federalists. So counties and in some states they elected people and they gave them binding instructions. So we will elect you to the state ratifying convention as long as you agree to vote [00:08:30] no. And then they voted yes. Or newspaper editors refusing to publish anti-federalist news articles or opinions. And if they did publish one anti Federalist one, they would publish five responses to it. Or the people who control the Postal Service were federalists. And so they would disappear letters that urged anti-federalist sentiment.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:58] And there are more examples of possible early [00:09:00] American propagandists, including Thomas Paine and Samuel Adams, selling the revolution itself. Sam Adams produced an event every year called the Boston Massacre Oration, reminding everybody what happened on that day. This guy pushed that war.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:17] Wow.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:09:18] Some people even think that he stood behind a tree in the Battle of Lexington and fired the first shot to get like the war going as an agent provocateur.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:30] Look, [00:09:30] last quick thing about Sam Adams. He wrote Pro Revolution articles under no fewer than 25 different pseudonyms. And Thomas Paine wrote the pamphlet Common Sense to persuade people to support the revolution. There were plays, op eds, public orations, catchy slogans.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:49] Like No Taxation without Representation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:51] Yeah, or liberty or death. It was an onslaught. However, providing information is just one side of propaganda. [00:10:00]

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:10:00] The other side of propaganda that we have to keep in mind is that propaganda is also the suppression of information. You want to get people to think things by telling them what to think, and you want to keep them from thinking about things that get in the way of your message. So John Adams is president passed the Alien and Sedition Acts, which put some journalists out of business as an effort to suppress information that he didn't like. So, sure, we have lots of examples historically.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:27] So propaganda has been a part of this country pretty [00:10:30] much since the founding, Right. But we didn't use that word until much later. I mean, when did propaganda become propaganda?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:10:40] Well, I'll tell you about that. And the posters and the movies and the fascinating story of the four Minutemen right after this quick break.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:48] But first, if you want a little something that may or may not be full of propaganda at any one moment, yeah, then you want our newsletter. It's where we put everything that doesn't make it into these episodes. It's actually just very [00:11:00] fun. It's one of the few enjoyable things you can find in your inbox every other Thursday, and we're not trying to sell you anything You can subscribe at our website, civics101podcast.org.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:14] We're back here on civics 101, and we are talking about propaganda. Nick, was there sort of a defining era that established the new American propaganda?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:11:25] Yeah. Here is John Maxwell Hamilton again. He is the author of Manipulating the Masses, [00:11:30] Woodrow Wilson and the Birth of American Propaganda.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:11:33] What Changes with World War One is a recognition of the importance of public opinion, the rise of mass literacy and the rise of mass publications, which meant people began to be able to more readily come to their own conclusions based on third party writing and thinking. And a third party not being your neighbor, but being someone who was a punitive expert. The reaction of the government had to be, Then how do we control that? [00:12:00] When the war came in April of 1917, even before the law was passed for conscription, Wilson a week later created something called the Committee on Public Information.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:15] The Committee on Public Information. The CPI.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:19] A committee?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:20] Yeah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:21] What branch was it under?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:22] It was under the executive branch. And it's an independent agency.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:25] So like the EPA or the FCC, the Fed, etc.. [00:12:30] Right. It's still around?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:32] Nope. It only lasted until 1919, but it had a massive effect in those two years.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:39] What was the CPI doing?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:42] Well, their initial goal was to censor information that they thought could pose a risk to national security. But bills giving them that power to censor never passed in Congress.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:12:52] But it had all kinds of referred authorities to censor because it worked with some censoring organizations like the post Office.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:58] The post office censored [00:13:00] the mail?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:13:00] Oh, they did. You could be fined for sending anti government anti war or even anti liberty bonds mail. And while the CPI didn't explicitly censor, they took a different tack.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:13:12] It became very aggressive about providing information and it did it with every means of communication possible. Posters, ads, a news service. The list goes on. Movies. And so they they were providing messages to the public continuously.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:27] They made their own movies?

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:13:29] Yeah, they [00:13:30] produced their own movies. They also vetted movies. Now, they couldn't censor movies in the United States per se, but movie theaters were very worried about being shut down because there were lots of savings programs in the war. For example, you don't want to heat certain facilities because you want to save coal. So the movie theaters saw themselves being very vulnerable. So they would they would allow the CPI to opine on movies they were showing because they wanted to be on the right side of the government. This is an [00:14:00] example of the referred authority they had. They also wanted to be able to export movies because that's how they made money. This is the beginning of the United States having a very strong influence on foreign movie production. That's why our movies tend to go abroad.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:14:13] The head of the CPI was a man named George Creel, who referred to their work as, quote, the world's greatest adventure in advertising. And they advertised the heck out of the war. Ad executives, journalists, actors, directors, [00:14:30] artists, famous artists like N.C. Wyeth. All of them worked in the committee to sell the war to the American people. But the biggest, possibly most effective arm of the CPI was a group of 75,000 volunteers called the Four Minute men.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:48] All right, Who were the Four Minute Men?

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:14:50] The Four Minute Men was a brilliant idea, which was that during the changing of movie theater, films, reels, leading citizens in whatever community you happen to be in would [00:15:00] stand up and say something that they wanted the audience to think or do. In the case of doing, for example, they would get up and say, You need to donate binoculars to the Navy. The Navy didn't have enough binoculars, so and thousands of binoculars were donated. Another case of doing would be to buy Liberty Bonds to support the war.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:20] They were everywhere, Hannah. They weren't just at the movies. You'd take your kids to a Boy Scout meeting, or you'd go to a church and somebody you know, a member of your community [00:15:30] stands up and says, Before we start today, I just want to thank all the folks out there who mailed a candy bar to their boys on the front last week. You go to a county fair and there's a guy dressed up like Uncle Sam, and he's telling you to buy war bonds. There's a mandatory all staff meeting at work where someone just stands up and waxes poetic on the pride he felt registering for the draft. You can't go about your day without being told how important you are to the war effort.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:58] So were these people [00:16:00] government employees?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:01] No, no. I mean, they worked for the government, but they were volunteers. They were not paid.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:04] That is fascinating, right, that you have these people who you trust in your circle, in your community, giving these four minute speeches. On behalf of the government.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:15] Yeah, And not just people in your community. Also famous people like Charlie Chaplin or Douglas Fairbanks Jr. These four minute men were everywhere. And to your point about, you know, it's in your community, there were four minute men who gave speeches in Yiddish, Sioux, [00:16:30] Dutch, a dozen other languages, and they sounded inspired. They sounded improvisational.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:16:37] They appeared to be local and they appeared to be spontaneous. But in fact, they were highly scripted by Washington. They had themes every week. They were given instructions of what they were supposed to say. They could improvise, but they were given a they were given a very clear mandate and they were monitored.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:53] There were people secretly monitoring your seemingly improvised speech.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:58] Got to make sure you stay on message, McCarthy [00:17:00]. And the four minute men got instructions every week, like this week's theme is buy war bonds. And don't say phrases like We all have to do our part that's hackneyed and doesn't have meaning anymore. And at the same time, members of the CPI were always looking out for journalists and activists who got in the way of their messaging.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:17:22] And maybe this is a lesson for people who care about democracy. Political leaders like to find ways to [00:17:30] fence back information that they don't like. In the case of Trump, the phrase that he used was fake news.

 

Archival: [00:17:36] Because they are the fake, fake, disgusting news.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:17:41] In the case of the CPI, they had a phrase called enemy talk. And they actually ran a syndicated column called Enemy Talk. And the idea was these are things that you shouldn't believe in, the things that enemy wants you to believe. And then if you hear somebody saying this kind of thing and they have real examples, [00:18:00] that's because the enemy planted it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:02] So earlier, Jen said that compliance gaming is easier than persuasion. And this, I think, is a pretty clear example. If someone says something you don't like, it is not hard to counter with. Yeah, well, that sounds like enemy talk.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:17] Yeah. Get that guy.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:18:21] Well, I think the lesson for all of us needs to be and it's a bipartisan lesson when we hear people telling us that something shouldn't be talked about or thought [00:18:30] about or a blanket phrase that tries to negate a classification of information, our antenna should go up. Because it's a shortcut to appeal to our emotions.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:41] World War One ended on November 11th, 1918. The committee was disestablished a year later. But before we make the jump to modern day propaganda, John told me that his intent in studying the CPI was not to demonize the people who worked in it.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:19:00] So, [00:19:00] you know, the story of the CPI really is a story of good people doing bad things. But the people who were in the CPI were largely reformers. In fact, they were all reformers. They were progressives who wanted a better country and had been using their talents to make improvements. But the seductive nature of propaganda being what it is, they started taking shortcuts in our democratic procedures and decided it was better to get people to believe the right thing [00:19:30] than to promote debate.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:19:31] So, Nick, the four Minute men approach is not, as far as I know, happening today. Nobody is standing up right before a Marvel movie to expound on inflation or student loan forgiveness.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:19:44] Yeah. And also, we're not going places. We don't gather in sort of public venues as much as we used to even before COVID. But it's still happening to us whether we like it or not. Both John and Jennifer said that one character trait of propaganda is that it is [00:20:00] non-consensual and it's not necessarily the government trying to sell us on a war. It's political parties selling us policy, it's companies selling us their product, you name it. And now that we live in a digital world alongside our analog world, we are very, very vulnerable. Here's Jennifer Merceica again, author of Demagogue for President The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump. And she's going to lay out three vulnerabilities that propagandists exploit.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:20:29] Propagandists [00:20:30] are really, really good at exploiting vulnerabilities, whether it's vulnerabilities and information or vulnerabilities in terms of how our cognitive processes work. So most of our information that our brain receives is processed cognitively without us knowing.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:20:49] Our brain processes things in different ways. So there's like the quick instinctive reaction, and then there's the more plodding, deliberative consideration. And Jen said to be aware, when [00:21:00] you're receiving information that appeals to first impressions, that that makes you respond immediately.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:21:06] There are strategies that applications use and platforms. There are people on the Internet who talk really fast, and there's a reason why they do that. There's a reason why memes are so successful. It's very difficult to get people to think about what you want them to think about. You know, it's cognitively taxing and we are cognitive misers. And so the [00:21:30] peripheral route to persuasion is that system. One approach which says, you know, people will use heuristic cues to decide things and they won't even be aware that they're deciding something.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:21:46] A second technique that Jennifer pointed out is called amygdala hijacking, taking advantage of how our brains process fear.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:21:56] If you were watching the news during the George Floyd protests, [00:22:00] you might have seen images of looting or burning cars or destruction or whatever.

 

Archival: [00:22:06] Chaos in America, violent clashes erupting across the country. One person shot and killed at a Black Lives Matter protest in Austin, Texas.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:22:16] And those images would be playing continuously any time they talked about those protests, whether or not any of those images were relevant to that protest or that day's news. And so [00:22:30] what we know is that most and I mean a great majority, 93 to 94% of those protests were peaceful. No violence at all. But the perception that people have is that they were incredibly violent. And that's because of the way that the media cultivate reality. They're going to show the most dramatic footage they have of the protest they're going to show, especially if they're against the protests. They're going to show what looks violent, what looks scary, that's going to draw people's attention. [00:23:00] And your brain isn't analyzing the information critically as you're watching the news, Right? You are influenced by scary, stressful music. You are you are influenced by the stressful tone of voice. Your amygdala gets hijacked by conspiracy theory and by threats, by scary pictures that are run continuously on a loop. And that is all processed pretty cognitively. So you might not even realize [00:23:30] that your heart is racing and why, but you have a really bad perception of what those protests are like.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:39] How do you counter amygdala hijacking?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:23:42] Jennifer says, Just notice it. Notice how your body is feeling when you watch certain news pieces and if your heart is racing, you can stop if you want to. But even that can be kind of hard.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:23:57] It's in a way even addicting [00:24:00] because you're like, What should I be afraid of? I got to turn on that TV channel to find out. And then it keeps you there on the edge of your seat. And it, and you stay through the commercials, right? I gotta and see what's going to happen. What's the scary thing?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:15] And the third vulnerability that propagandaists capitalize upon goes back to what we were saying about sort of the public sphere, our need for social connections.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:24:25] Human beings absolutely have to be around and connected to [00:24:30] other people. Fundamentally, we will go mad if we are not you know, we we have right now a a crisis of loneliness where people claim that they don't have any friends, they don't they don't feel connected to society. All of that creates distrust. The less social interaction we have with others, the less we trust others. It's a social glue, right? It's a social lubricant. [00:25:00] It allows for the government to remain trusted and stable. We have a crisis in distrust in government right now, and so our connections are absolutely necessary. They're crucial to us as human beings, and they're crucial to society, but they're also very, very easily exploited. Right. Our need to connect makes us polarized, right? Because you create this sort of in-group versus this outgroup and you say, I'm going to do [00:25:30] whatever I can to protect the group. Our connections online make us targets. They make us nodes in the propaganda game.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:38] Something that is particularly nefarious about propaganda is that it appeals to positive character traits.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:25:45] What? What do you mean?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:46] Like our love of country or our desire to make the world a better place? Or most often it seems the need for things to be fair. And just. Now those are good feelings and [00:26:00] propaganda sort of touches our hard wiring. It can take good intentions and turn them into bad actions. So how do we change it? I get Jennifer's point that we have to first know when we are being exploited and then turn it off. But isn't there a better solution? Are people in power in this supposed beacon of democracy, the United States capable of doing anything to stop propaganda?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:28] John says, As of right [00:26:30] now, not really.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:26:32] We need better laws and we need better enforcement and better supervision, and we don't have it. And so as a result, the power of the White House grows and grows because the number of tools they have, social media tools, for example, are now growing exponentially, while the number of journalists who actually cover government legitimate journalists is decreasing. And so the balance of power is changing. And that's a problem. [00:27:00] It's a big problem.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:02] I mean, this makes me think of the fact that more and more often, most of us are not getting our news directly from the news outlet, but it's being pushed to us on social media like things that are suggested. Hey, you might like this on Instagram, right?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:27:15] Or YouTube or Twitter.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:16] Or Facebook or TikTok.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:27:17] Always Tick tock.

 

Jennifer Merceica: [00:27:19] Tick Tock is so good at figuring out who you are and what you believe and what you want to be exposed to, that it's essentially a confirmation bias [00:27:30] machine. Everything about that algorithm is designed to feed you information that you already agree with and not to feed you any information that you don't agree with. So that's a problem.

 

John Maxwell Hamilton: [00:27:48] And and in a world where the government has so much information, power, propaganda, power, we have to be prepared to think critically about the people we like because of the [00:28:00] potential of bias and not let ourselves be led down a path simply because it sounds good or appeals to something that we actually already believe but maybe needs more scrutiny.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:12] All right, Hannah. Look at your card. Ns How did I do it?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:21] Nine of diamonds! It was on top of the stack.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:23] You got it. Well, you know what?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:23]  Today [00:28:30] on Civics one on one. This episode is made by me Nick Capodice with you, Hannah McCarthy. Thank you.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:37] Thank you. Our staff includes Jacqui Fulton. Christina Phillips is our senior producer and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:43] Music in this episode by Francis Wells, Czar Donic, The New Fools, Luella Gren, Arc de Soleil, Emily Sprague, Poddington Bear, Scott Holmes, Cooper Canell, Chris Zabriskie, the Grand Affair, and George M. Cohan

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:55] Civics one One is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Post-Presidency Perks: What do former presidents get when they leave office?

What does a person get after the U.S. presidency’s over and done with? We answer a question from listener Patrick, who asks if former presidents get anything special. Do they ever, and we lay out the perks of having once held the highest office in the land.

 

Transcript

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:02] You know, I once read that the cast of Ocean's 11 would check into hotels with the last name president. So if they got a wake up call or whatever it would be for Mr. President.

Nick Capodice: [00:00:12] Table for 11 for Mr. President.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:14] Although, frankly, I feel like a table for Mr. Clooney and Mr. Damon would probably get you further. This is civics one on one. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: [00:00:27] I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:28] And today we are looking into [00:00:30] what exactly it means to carry that honorary president around. But you know, for real, like, what do you get being Mr. President, even after you leave the White House in your rear view? But credit where credit is due. This question did not come from us.

Mary Ellen Wessels: [00:00:48] Hi, I'm Mary Ellen Wessels. I teach middle school civics at Gate City Charter School for the Arts in Merrimack, New Hampshire. One of my students, Patrick, asked me a great question that I really didn't know the answer to. [00:01:00]

Patrick: [00:01:01] Does a former President have any special privileges like bodyguards or free stuff, Things like that?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:09] It turns out, Patrick, that there is a whole act of Congress that takes care of this entire question. But first, I have to get something out of the way. Once a president, always a president is a president president for life.

Nick Capodice: [00:01:26] Well, it's like pretty specifically not [00:01:30] how it works.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:31] And yet.

Archival: [00:01:32] Well, Mr. President, what do you think of that fellow compared to the politicians you see these days? Well, that's one of the first times I've ever seen myself on television, as I was telling you before the show began. I simply have a phobia about that.

Archival: [00:01:44] But President Carter, Mrs. Carter, it is so wonderful to see both of you. Thank you for talking with us. 75 years of marriage.

Archival: [00:01:53] And you will hear President Clinton, one of only two presidents in U.S. history, to face impeachment, tell how he considers [00:02:00] that a badge of honor. Please welcome President George W Bush.

Archival: [00:02:05] Hello, Mr. President. Thank you.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:10] This is the first thing I want to get to, Nick. Does the president keep their title when they leave office?

Nick Capodice: [00:02:17] I think they do, don't they? Like you always see it in the news. President Carter. President Nixon. It's never just removed. They don't just say Barack Obama.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:25] So here's the story, because it's not only former presidents who [00:02:30] are addressed and referred to as their former job, it's also former senators as Mr. or Madam Senator, former Cabinet secretaries as Mr. or Madame Secretary. However, Nick, there is no federally mandated in writing rule that a former president continues to be addressed as such or formally retains their title. This is a tradition slash propriety thing. It is simply a show of respect.

Nick Capodice: [00:02:59] But in [00:03:00] terms of what these individuals are called on a daily basis, I feel like most people default to the traditional way of doing things.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:07] They do indeed. However, I wanted a little bit more of a hard and fast answer. So allow me to introduce you, Nick, to the Protocol School of Washington.

Archival: [00:03:18] You will learn programs such as how to succeed in the international arena, dine like a diplomat, and outclass the competition. These programs give you the tools to teach international.

Nick Capodice: [00:03:29] I want to learn [00:03:30] how to dine like a diplomat. What is the protocol School of Washington? I feel like I need to go there.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:36] It's a place that teaches people basically super high level business and government etiquette and also just regular.

Nick Capodice: [00:03:45] Etiquette like which spoon to use walking around with a book on your head, that sort of thing.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:49] I think probably that is a part of it, but also how to not horribly insult that particular shah during tea. But the protocol school's take on [00:04:00] it is that for jobs that are only held by one person at a time like the governor of a particular state or, you know, the president of the United States of America, it is not respectful to the current officeholder to address the former office holder with the same title, but with jobs that more than one person holds, like senator, Admiral, etc. that person should be addressed by [00:04:30] their former title.

Nick Capodice: [00:04:31] That is some very specific protocol.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:33] But actually it does make sense. The idea is partially a respect thing and partially that a president, unlike, say, a general or a doctor, has not achieved some kind of lasting rank. After Eisenhower left office, he was General Eisenhower again.

Nick Capodice: [00:04:54] What are we actually supposed to call the former president?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:57] Yeah. So both according to the protocol [00:05:00] school in Washington and I found another set of guidelines by the US Embassy in the United Kingdom, The answer is the honorable.

Nick Capodice: [00:05:10] The honorable, like the honorable Ronald Reagan, the honorable Martin Van Buren.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:18] Which actually sounds closer to royalty than the alternative, don't you think? Yeah, which would probably not thrilled George Washington, who specifically wanted a title that could have a mr. [00:05:30] before it to avoid any comparison at all to a monarch.

Nick Capodice: [00:05:34] Hey, Mr..

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:35] Anyway, such is the strange world of etiquette, and people are going to keep calling the former president, President So-and-so. But I have said my piece. So let's get to that post-presidency life. And I want to start with money. I'm going to talk about what the government legally owes a former president. But that isn't the sum total [00:06:00] of what a former president typically gets. If you become Nick, one of the most famous people on the planet, you tend to stay pretty famous even after you leave the job that skyrocketed you. And that means a lot of people want to hear what you have to say.

Nick Capodice: [00:06:21] Yeah. So as a quick side note, George H.W. Bush was my commencement speaker in high school in 1997.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:28] That will forever be amazing [00:06:30] to me.

Nick Capodice: [00:06:30] And it's kind of strange because George H.W. did not actually attend the school that I went to. So what the heck was he doing speaking at my graduation?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:40] Well, that's actually quite the easy answer. A former president as a commencement speaker, they do it all the time. And it's not just commencements. They speak to private businesses at corporate events. They speak at charity events. And why do they do this, Nick? Because they can make you pay.

Archival: [00:07:00] You [00:07:00] want me to talk about leadership? I can't even get on the stage. I felt very relieved when I told them that I was going to give this speech on the gold standard and the international balance of payments. It only takes about 50 minutes. Hello, Stanford. They all send me. It is great for me and my appreciation. All of you here in this room for your warm welcome. And [00:07:30] those outside have made me feel very much at home.

Nick Capodice: [00:07:38] How much are we talking?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:39] Well, Bill Clinton is the speech maker to end all speech makers. He is said to charge between a quarter and a half a million dollars per speaking engagement.

Nick Capodice: [00:07:48] Holy cow.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:49] He speaks a lot.

Nick Capodice: [00:07:51] My gosh.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:52] Barack Obama reportedly keeps it at 400 grand as his nominal fee for speaking engagement. Ronald Reagan [00:08:00] reportedly accepted $1 million once for a speaking engagement in Japan. That got him into a lot of trouble at the time because U.S. relations with Japan were not doing so hot. Jimmy Carter does not accept many fees. Every once in a while, Jimmy Carter will go for it, because that's not really his M.O. if you know Carter. Right. And when he does accept a fee, he tends to donate it.

Nick Capodice: [00:08:22] Oh, but overall, the point you're making is you can easily become a millionaire if you're not already by just talking to people [00:08:30] who have money to burn.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:32] It is that simple, though. You are probably going to get heat for that burn. People were not very happy that Obama accepted some of those $400,000 fees from Wall Street firms, for example. There is a pretty big ethical question around all of this. Fortunately, you have another option. You can write one or several books and make millions of dollars on sales, which former presidents pretty much always do. Jimmy Carter has written 30, [00:09:00] 30 books.

Nick Capodice: [00:09:01] 30. And it's unfortunate that our book did not result in earning millions of dollars as well. Maybe you and I should write 29 more.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:09] Maybe we should.

Nick Capodice: [00:09:10] Write. Let's say a former president doesn't do any of that. What do they get without even trying without going out and giving speeches?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:17] You mean aside from the trying they did to become and be president?

Nick Capodice: [00:09:21] Yeah, aside from that little thing.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:25] Well, we've got a little something called the former Presidents Act.

Nick Capodice: [00:09:29] Okay. Now we're getting to [00:09:30] the point.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:30] Yeah, it was passed in 1958. It's a federal law originally with the subtitle to provide retirement, clerical assistance and free mailing privileges to former presidents of the United States and for other purposes, free mailing privileges. Heck, this is called franked mail. Franked mail. This is something that has been around in the US federal government for a long time, and it basically means that you can just sign a piece of mail instead of putting a stamp on it. [00:10:00] But apparently it was widely abused for quite a while because it's not just for former presidents and for a long time it wasn't. But Congress members had it and they would loan their friends and family their franking privileges. There's a legend that one senator franked his horse's bridle and sent the animal home on the government's dime. And that is why the franking privileges disappeared for a while. But they came back eventually with some restrictions.

Nick Capodice: [00:10:29] All right. I have a lot of questions [00:10:30] about franking, but I'm going to stick to the topic at hand. The president didn't get franking privileges until 1958.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:37] Frankly, Nick? No, reportedly and I do mean reportedly, because, Nick, do I have a bombshell coming for you? Harry Truman could not afford to pay for his deluge of correspondences when he left the presidential office. The former president's act was passed five years later than that whole time Truman had spent bemoaning how [00:11:00] broke he was post-presidency. Truman's public complaints about being so broke are reportedly part of the reason why Congress finally passed the FPA.

Nick Capodice: [00:11:10] And as the bombshell that Truman was broke.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:13] Oh, no.

Nick Capodice: [00:11:14] All right. I'm going to accept the thrill of anticipation in the meantime. But I'd like to know, was Truman the first president to be like, hey, I haven't a penny to my name. And it's all because I devoted myself to this country for years on end. [00:11:30]

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:30] He may have been the first to make such a big thing about it. Truman insisted he would not leverage his name or his influence for money, while also noting that he had to take a loan to pay his bills after he left office. There simply was no pension for presidents prior to 1958, and there are a handful of stories of presidents leaving the White House only to have to move in with family because they were in such dire straits. Thomas Jefferson spent pretty much his entire adulthood in debt, and that did not change when he left office. Though [00:12:00] he lived a comfortable life facilitated by enslaved people at Monticello and reportedly died feeling just fine about himself. Ulysses S Grant, on the other hand, just barely managed to sell his memoirs before his death with the help of Mark Twain, actually to ensure that his family would not be saddled with his poverty when he died.

Nick Capodice: [00:12:20] But some presidents were real rich, though, right?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:23] Oh, yeah. George Washington. Andrew Jackson. Theodore Roosevelt. Really? Super [00:12:30] duper loaded.

Nick Capodice: [00:12:31] Yeah, loaded. But eventually Congress said, okay, enough's enough. Let's make sure former presidents don't die utterly broke.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:39] That's right. So in addition to the mail franking, the 1958 Act provided an annual pension equal to the pay received by an executive cabinet secretary. Today, that is $219,000.

Nick Capodice: [00:12:54] It's not too bad. In other words, barring extenuating circumstances, former [00:13:00] presidents should be totally fine, financially speaking.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:04] Yeah, exactly. One provision, however, in the ACT, former presidents will not be provided that pension if they take an appointed or elected role in the federal government or Washington DC that pays a true salary.

Nick Capodice: [00:13:18] Which former presidents don't really do. As far as I.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:20] Know, they really don't. I mean, once you reach the top, you know.

Nick Capodice: [00:13:23] And you said this act provides for clerical assistance, what does that mean?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:29] All right. So [00:13:30] just because you leave the highest office in the land, that does not mean that you stop needing a staff. There's a lot to do. You need to establish a library. You need to write about what it was like to be president. You have to deal with tons of mail. Thank goodness it's franked. You have to attend events. You are a public person for the rest of your life.

Nick Capodice: [00:13:53] I've always wondered what it would be like to be the kind of person who could say, you know, my people will be in touch.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:58] Yeah, This act pretty much [00:14:00] guarantees that the president has taxpayer funded people forever or person, depending on how much you choose to pay them. The act provides $96,000 a year for staff who, quote, shall be responsible only to him, him being the president.

Nick Capodice: [00:14:16] So following the Constitution rules here, the president is a quote. Him. Yep.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:23] And there's more where that came from. Also, when it comes to paying for staff members for the first 30 months after a president leaves office, [00:14:30] they get way more than that 96 grand. They get 150,000 total to pay for staff.

Nick Capodice: [00:14:36] And I guess the idea behind that is you have a lot more responsibilities that are really intense immediately after you leave office before you become comfortably a former president resting on your laurels, painting self portraits in the bathtub.

Archival: [00:14:49] From what I read, sir, it sounds as though you were ready to dismiss the idea of W as an artist, but you changed your mind.

Archival: [00:14:56] I was sure I would hate them, but there was something kind of innocent, sincere [00:15:00] also that was so strange to see a man who had seen the entire world paint himself alone in a bathroom in the bathtub naked.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:11] You know, those George W Bush self portraits were actually leaked after an email hack. He did not intend for us all to see those.

Nick Capodice: [00:15:18] I did not. I did not know that I actually quite enjoyed his work.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:21] Too, honestly. Now, one thing about the staff pay we're talking about there are caps on what any one presidential staff member can make [00:15:30] based on the executive branch pay schedule. So I was like, What's that? I looked up the executive branch pay schedule currently from level one to level five NEC, nobody is making less than 165,000 a year.

Nick Capodice: [00:15:45] So basically, Hannah, we should hang up our headphones and start looking at a career in civil service.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:49] If either of us is going to be Secretary of Defense, we've got to get working on it now. But why not dream Also weird provision in this pay thing? The act specifically says that the pay cap does not apply [00:16:00] to independent contractors who help with record transfers to the National Archives or to the presidential libraries.

Nick Capodice: [00:16:08] Now, we won't go down this rabbit hole in this particular episode, but I think concern about the management of records for our most recent former president tells us just how important and valuable the federal government considers them. So that checks out.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:23] Actually, I think so, too. There's a reason why they they're willing to put so much money towards record management, right?

Nick Capodice: [00:16:29] Yeah. [00:16:30]

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:30] All right. Moving on. We've got the pension, the clerical staff. What else does a former president get? Quote, suitable office space, appropriately furnished and equipped.

Nick Capodice: [00:16:40] What's the budget for suitable office space?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:42] Well, apparently, sky's the limit because the act does not even attempt to set a cap on the cost of a physical office.

Nick Capodice: [00:16:48] But tell me you looked into it.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:49] Oh, I looked into it because, by the way, Nick, a lot of this is made public by the General Services Administration because it's our taxpayer money that's being spent here. So they don't break it down by individual [00:17:00] president. I found some other research that tried to do just that. Bill Clinton's New York office, the rent was reportedly 429,000 a year in 2021. That same year, George W Bush's Texas office was 434,000 a year.

Nick Capodice: [00:17:16] The rent to these places have pools.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:19] To be fair, Nick, neither one of us, to my knowledge, has attempted to rent office space in a major metropolitan area, so I have no idea if this is reasonable or [00:17:30] not. But it is not like a former president can say, Well, I'll be taking over the entirety of the Ritz-Carlton in Manhattan for my office space. I mean, I suppose they can try, but the administrator of General Services gets to decide what's appropriate. There's no cap on how much can be spent. But there is a person saying $4 million a year is a little outrageous. All right. Other costs, we pay their office phone and utility bills. [00:18:00]

Nick Capodice: [00:18:00] Former president, you can't even cover your own phone bill.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:03] The total requested budget for 2022 from all of the former presidents together for communications and utilities was $216,000. Now, there is also a budget line item for transportation of things, of things which was appropriated for reasons I will probably never know, eight grand in 2021 to move things. And [00:18:30] yet nobody requested a thing. Transportation budget for 2022.

Nick Capodice: [00:18:34] I'm already way over budget on thing transportation that. Sierra. Hannah Yeah.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:38] It's pretty much your one vice.

Nick Capodice: [00:18:39] All right, I have to ask you something here.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:41] All right?

Nick Capodice: [00:18:42] Because I feel I have waited long enough.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:44] Sure.

Nick Capodice: [00:18:45] You hinted and you've been hinting before we even track this episode, Hannah, that you have some big old Harry Truman bombshells.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:53] Yes. Okay. Right. So, very importantly, Congress found Harry Truman's supposed [00:19:00] financial straits convincing enough to finally pass what they'd been chewing over for a while. The former president's act. Poor Harry. Right, Right. Wrong.

Nick Capodice: [00:19:12] Wrong.

Archival: [00:19:13] Do you think it's appropriate for a former president to have to go about raising funds in order to house his official favor? Well, no. And I'll give you my viewpoint on the subject. And if you've got the time for it and the reason why it had to be done.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:19:28] There's this law professor and journalist [00:19:30] named Paul Campos, who did a bunch of research at none other than the Harry Truman Presidential Library. Read Truman's own account of his finances and found that the same guy who went on TV and told the American public that former executives are, quote, allowed to starve was worth about $650,000 at the end of his presidency.

Nick Capodice: [00:19:54] That's amazing. 650 [00:20:00] grand. Okay. I know you hate to do this, but can we just talk about, like, adjusting for inflation, how much that would be?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:08] Yes. Even though it's kind of meaningless. Adjusted for inflation, that would be about $6.6 million today.

Nick Capodice: [00:20:15] That's not really starving money.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:17] In the five years between leaving office and the 1958 act. Harry Truman's net worth crested a million a million in the fifties.

Nick Capodice: [00:20:27] But didn't Harry Truman have, like this hat shop [00:20:30] that sunk him financially?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:31] So this is the interesting thing about Truman. Yes. Truman Co ran a haberdashery in Kansas City, Missouri, from 1919 to 1922 when a recession sank the store. It took him a decade to pay down that loss. Harry Truman spent most of his career completely broke. He was also the first president to have a no questions asked, $50,000 a year untaxed expense account. That account became [00:21:00] taxable during Truman's own presidency, but he did not report it. Mr. Paul Campos His best guess is that Truman pocketed most of that cash.

Nick Capodice: [00:21:11] There's always money in the hamburger stand. There's always money in the bowler's stand. There's always money in the pork pie. Stetson stand. What? What's the funnier hat? Because let's see. What. What do you call the trilby? There's always money in the trilby stand.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:23] What's a trilby?

Nick Capodice: [00:21:25] It's like, I don't know. In my mind, they all kind of look like bowlers. [00:21:30] I'm going to stop saying hat names. This whole story kind of really has turned Truman in my mind to sort of a man of mystery.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:37] Whatever the reason for misleading Congress, he did secure pensions for all former presidents, including himself, although he was the only living former president at the time. And I'm going to tell you what else he secured after this quick break.

Nick Capodice: [00:21:52] But before the break, if you do want to help our book, sell a million copies, it's called A User's Guide to Democracy How America Works. It's Fun. It's illustrated [00:22:00] by New Yorker cartoonist Tom Toro. And you can find it wherever your books are sold.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:09] We're back. You're listening to Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: [00:22:11] I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:12] And today we are answering a question from listener Patrick, who asks,

[00:22:17] Does a former president have any special privileges like bodyguards or free stuff, things like that?

Nick Capodice: [00:22:25] And we answer.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:27] And we answer. So I covered the pension, the staff, [00:22:30] the office expenses, the strange case of Harry Truman's big lie. Next comes the widow O.

Nick Capodice: [00:22:36] Once again, Hannah, I feel like the language is going to have to be changed at some point.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:22:41] It's the 21st century lawmakers. We sent William Shatner to actual space. You know, maybe not a man might be president one day. Just saying. Widows of former presidents get $20,000 a year until they die, unless they remarry before they turn 60, which I think is tied to the fact [00:23:00] that widows in the US don't receive survivor Social Security benefits if they remarry before 60. The same goes for the survivors of fallen military spouses, and there are a lot of lawmakers out there who think that this whole remarrying penalty is outdated and totally unreasonable. But I digress. They actually have the same provision about not getting pension if they hold federal office or Washington, D.C. office. Now, moving on, the act next and this is important defines, [00:23:30] Nick, what a former president is and what a former president is, is someone who, number one, was president of the United States.

Nick Capodice: [00:23:39] Got it.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:40] Number two, was not removed from office via impeachment.

Nick Capodice: [00:23:44] Okay. I'm glad you clarified that. I was going to ask.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:46] Now, you know, and number three does not currently hold the office of president.

Nick Capodice: [00:23:51] Right. Because former.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:53] Precisely. All right. Almost done here. Final thing.

Nick Capodice: [00:23:57] Secret Service. I've been waiting for this.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:59] Patrick asked about [00:24:00] bodyguards. Here they come. There's a pretty interesting provision in the former Presidents Act itself. But first, Nick, we need to take a look at the US Code, aka the compendium of general and Permanent federal Law.

Nick Capodice: [00:24:13] Just when you think you've gotten away with not making an episode about it, the US code shows up and reminds you it's got something to say.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:24:22] And what it says about Secret Service is that a former president and their spouse are authorized to have Secret Service protection for their lifetime. [00:24:30] Unless and here's that language about remarrying again. If that spouse remarries, they don't get Secret Service protection anymore, which, you know, kind of gives me pause because you don't stop being a prominent public figure and a former civil servant when you remarry. Right. You're still that person. It's just interesting to me. The Secret Service is also authorized to protect the children of the former president while they're under the age of 16.

Nick Capodice: [00:24:57] Okay. Well, I would I would like to ask you keep saying is authorized [00:25:00] to. So that doesn't mean that they have to.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:05] And that's where we come back to the former president's act, because that lifetime protection is something you can opt into or out of. If for some reason the former president and their spouse turns down that Secret Service protection, or if for some reason that US code provision expires like Congress doesn't renew it or something, the former president's act will provide up to $1,000,000 a year for that [00:25:30] former president and up to half a million dollars a year for that spouse, for security and travel related.

Nick Capodice: [00:25:36] Expenses and travel related.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:39] Expenses. That is what it says. And no, it does not specify what those are.

Nick Capodice: [00:25:44] To me, this is the most interesting provision because, you know, do you opt to go with this agency that has a long track record of protecting presidents, or do you gamble on doing it yourself with a million and a half or fewer bucks?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:58] Apparently, Nixon declined Secret [00:26:00] Service protection after being out of office for 11 years, saying that he wanted to save the taxpayers money. And I'm just not sure if he got any supplementary funds for protection after that. And by the way, the lifetime part of Secret Service protection was put on hold for about a decade in 1994 to save money. Congress was thinking like, after you've been out of office for ten years, you don't need Secret Service protection anymore. But in 2013, Obama signed the lifetime part back into law. The thinking there was like post-9-11. [00:26:30] The world is very different, you know.

Nick Capodice: [00:26:33] And also the former presidents are helping, you know, up and coming presidents campaign a lot. So they're always in the political sphere. Now, I'd like to ask how much Hannah and total former presidents cost us, the taxpayers?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:48] Well, that Secret Service cost aside, because that's a separate budget. A 2020 estimate put the total for all the former presidents at around $4 Million a year.

Nick Capodice: [00:27:00] You [00:27:00] know, that's not nothing.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:02] It's not nothing. But I think the question is less what it costs the taxpayer and more. Does the former president need all of this money, all of these provisions, when you can rake in $400,000 for an hour of speaking at a business retreat? Does the federal government need to pay for your office space?

Nick Capodice: [00:27:36] It's [00:27:30] tricky, right? Because you don't have to make 400 grand for talking. You just can if the people want it enough.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:45] Right. And an important unofficial role that former presidents also play is that of diplomat. It goes hand in hand with remaining famous and in-demand. Former presidents advocate for policy. They meet with important people. And [00:28:00] you don't want them doing that without a decent office. The presidency comes with perks even after it's over. That's just the way we do it.

Nick Capodice: [00:28:09] One last question before we go. To be president is to know information. Right? Like pretty much the biggest, sometimes most secret information that there is. Do former presidents ever get kind of newly released big information also?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:29] Do they ever. [00:28:30] I'm glad you asked. Providing a former president with intelligence briefings is a tradition that has a little bit to do with courtesy. You know, looping a former leader in on what's going on now and a little to do with current presidents seeking advice from someone who had the job before them and came to understand how the country and the world works. And that makes sense. You know, Jimmy Carter gets them, Bill Clinton gets them, George W Bush gets them, Barack Obama gets them.

Nick Capodice: [00:28:57] So that's all living former presidents except for one. [00:29:00]

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:00] Yeah. The current president gets to determine if a former president receives these briefings. And President Joe Biden determined that there was no need to provide them for former President Donald Trump.

Nick Capodice: [00:29:11] Which I guess is a good reminder of why we should technically call only one person President so-and-so. There is only one person in charge at a time.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:20] Only one person with access to the White House bees.

Nick Capodice: [00:29:22] Beads?!

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:25] Under Obama the White House carpenter installed a beehive and now there's White House honey bees. [00:29:30]

Nick Capodice: [00:29:31] Well, I feel like all that honey is going to the former presidents. There's always been White House honey.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:42] Okay, Patrick, I hope that answers your question. If you, dear listener, have questions of your own, do as Patrick did. Ask us to send a voice memo or email to Civics 101 at npr.org. This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy, with help from Nick Capodice. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. [00:30:00] Jacqui Fulton is our producer, and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer.

Nick Capodice: [00:30:03] Music In this episode by Duke Harrington, Sven Linde, Val Flying, Xavier Roussin, Spring Gang, Pro Reese, Mary Riddle and Daniel Friedell.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:30:11] And if you just can't get enough of that civics one on one goodness in your life, don't forget to subscribe to our newsletter. Extra Credit. You can do that at our website, civics101podcast.org.

Nick Capodice: [00:30:20] Civics 101 is the production of NHPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

Hannah McCarthy: [00:30:29] They're [00:30:30] willing to put so much money towards records management. Towards records, man. Towards records management. Whoa. Wow.

Nick Capodice: [00:30:37] You trying to make a gag reel for the credits?

Hannah McCarthy: [00:30:39] Stop it. There's a reason that they put so much money towards record management, right?

Nick Capodice: [00:30:44] Yeah.


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

The White House Press Corps & The Press Secretary

The White House Press Corps  wasn't always such an organized bunch. In this episode, we'll dive into the history and evolution of reporters in the White House. Plus, the how the role of Press Secretary was created, how it's evolved, and how the relationship between POTUS and the press has shifted over the centuries. 

Guests:

NPR's Scott Horsely and Mara Liasson



Transcript:

Archive: There will be a new secretary of agriculture by the end of the year. I don't know that it'll be tomorrow. It may happen next week as he makes a decision.

Archive: I once I say that you guys will put something in a newspaper. I hate that. Unlike today. Unlike today, where there was nothing in there, it's very tough to down. Well, no, I think he's expected to take quite a bit of it down. But what was the question?

 

Archive: And my question, can you deny, Dana, that the White House was astounded by this when only 11 years ago Senator Kerry declared Clinton's an unusually good liar? Unusually good?

 

Archive: I'm not going to comment.

 

Archive: No comment.

 

Archive: What's your second one.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Nick? There's a select group of journalists whose whole job is to cover one of the highest offices in the land and what's going on behind its closed doors. They're called the White House press corps. And they are among America's most important free press guardians, ensuring citizens have access to information about their government.

 

Archive: My question is, why did you really want to go to war? From the moment they stepped into the White House, from your cabinet, former cabinet officers, intelligence people, and so forth. What was your real reason? You have said it was the oil price for oil. It hasn't been Israel or anything else. What was it?

 

Hannah McCarthy: And the White House needs the press corps to get the executive branch issues and proposals in front of the public. But the relationship between those select journalists and the White House can be combative.

 

Archive: Yeah, I think your premise, and I'll do respect to your question and to you as a lifelong journalist, that, you know, I didn't want war to assume I wanted war is just is just flat wrong, Helen. And I'll do respect. Hold on a second, please. Excuse me. Excuse me.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Because it's the job of the press corps to hold the executive branch accountable to the people. So how do they get the job done? This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And today we are talking about the history and role of journalists in the White House, including the media's unique relationship with the executive branch and what it's like to report on the highest authority in the land. We're also going to take a look at the role of the White House press secretary, who often has to act as a gatekeeper between the president and the media.

 

Scott Horsley: The founders were very much aware of the importance of a free press and the watchdog function that we play.

 

Hannah McCarthy: This is Scott Horsley. He is a former senior White House reporter for National Public Radio. Scott covered the White House for ten years during both the Obama and the Trump administrations. He spoke with Civics 101 back in 2017.

 

Scott Horsley: And we see our role as being the eyes and the ears of the American people who can't physically be there and don't have the time to be there in a watchdog role for themselves. So we're there watching for all the people who want to know what the president and his team are up to.

 

Hannah McCarthy: A free press is so integral to a functioning government that you can think of it as a kind of fourth branch.

 

Nick Capodice: Now, of course, there isn't actually a fourth branch of the government, but calling the press the fourth branch illustrates that the press is, or at least at its best, can be a powerful check on authority. It's also sometimes referred to as the Fourth Estate.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Do you know where that term comes from? The Fourth Estate?

 

Nick Capodice: No.

 

Hannah McCarthy: So back in the 18th century, you had these three sort of societal categories that were called estates rights. You had nobility, the people in power, clergy people also kind of in power. And then you had the people, you had the commoners. And this essayist at the time describes the press, this increasingly powerful entity that was writing about these other three estates as the fourth estate. Isn't that interesting?

 

Nick Capodice: Yeah. And when we hear that term today, it's generally referring to the news media as a watchdog. So the media helps hold the executive office accountable for their actions. But I want to know, has the White House always been accessible to journalists? Could a reporter walk into John Adams's office and speak to him and his officials?

 

Hannah McCarthy: No, no. For a long time, the press could not go into the West Wing unless they were invited. During most of the 1800s, reporters weren't anywhere close to a fixture at the White House. There was no designated time and place for reporters to ask questions of the president or of other White House officials. During Abraham Lincoln's administration, for example, it was said that reporters would assemble on the lawn below the windows of Lincoln's second-floor White House office to try to get a scoop.

 

Nick Capodice: What kind of scoop?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Anything worth reporting on, like the Civil War, the death of Lincoln's young son, Willy or, you know, just the politics of the day.

 

Nick Capodice: They would just hang out there on the lawn with notepads, just hoping to catch some juicy bit of news?

 

Hannah McCarthy: It was their only option. They had no designated space inside the White House.

 

Nick Capodice: So how did they communicate with anyone? Did they just try to flag people down who are going in and out of the White House.

 

Hannah McCarthy: That is exactly what they would do. They would wave down visitors to try to find out what went on during their meetings with the president. And this is how things went basically from Lincoln all the way to William McKinley. And then Nick, during President Grover Cleveland's second term in office in 1896, a reporter for the Washington Evening Star named William Price started a column called At The White House. Price interviewed people about their business as they were going in and coming out of the White House at the North Portico. And his column was a big hit. Now, because of Price's columns' popularity, other news outlets decided to do the same thing, to station their reporters in the same place and to get the same news. So eventually you had this crowd. Now, Ida Tarbell, who was a pioneer in American journalism, wrote that the waiting spot became known as Newspapers Row. She said, quote, "Here they gather by the score on exciting days and in the shadow of great white pillars, watch for opportunities to waylay important officials as they come and go."

 

Nick Capodice: Ida Tarbell, the famous Muckraker, which is a term, by the way, from the Progressive era to describe investigative corruption, revealing reporters. When did journalists finally get inside the executive mansion?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, there's probably an apocryphal story that Theodore Roosevelt showed mercy on a group of wet, soggy reporters who were huddled together on the lawn during a rainstorm. He invited them in to dry off, and then he just couldn't get rid of them after that.

 

Nick Capodice: Well, this sounds like Roosevelt was maybe interested in making the press like him.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, this is an important point. And again, this is Teddy Roosevelt. It was kind of his M.O. to use the press to his advantage. And he was not the only president to figure that out. But we'll get to that later. And contrary to that fun Teddy Roosevelt story, by the way, it was actually the President McKinley administration that first let reporters into the White House at the beginning of his first term in office. Mckinley provided reporters a table outside of his private secretary's office because there was an increased presence of reporters waylaying White House visitors outside. But it was Teddy Roosevelt who created the first dedicated office space for the press. It was a small area. It had a telegraph and a telephone room. And for the reporters, this was a welcome change compared to having to physically sprint or, you know, if they're lucky, ride on a bicycle across town to their editor's office with stories for the day.

 

Nick Capodice: God, he had to be in good shape to be a reporter back then. But why did Teddy Roosevelt do this? Why did he give reporters an office and all these amenities?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, one reason is that the newspaper business in the US at the time was growing really rapidly. And all of these papers are competing for readers, Right? So they're investing more and more in covering the news. Basically, it was a newspaper boom.

 

Nick Capodice: Which, by the way, is not something you hear a lot these days.

 

Hannah McCarthy: No, it is not. But back then, you had a hunger for more news. And luckily, upgrades to printing press technology meant that newspapers could print more pages. So the White House became this steady source of stories, and that helped improve circulation. Some of the more popular papers even put out more than one edition daily, so they constantly needed fresh quotes. And Nick, as the newspaper industry grew, so did its power and influence. And President Teddy Roosevelt was a savvy PR guy. He knew how to bolster his public image.

 

Archive: Political parties exist to secure responsible government and to execute the will of the people.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And he took advantage of the media's influence. And one significant development during the Teddy Roosevelt administration was that the president would personally meet with reporters and let them interview him. This was a precursor to the presidential press conference, and it was very informal. These meetings came to be known as seances.

 

Nick Capodice: Seances. Like summoning ghosts. Seances.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, but they did not actually try to summon the dead. However, what did occur in these so called séances was pretty bizarre.

 

Nick Capodice: What kind of bizarre?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, picture this: right at 1 p.m. almost every day, Roosevelt would have a handful of reporters brought into a reception room. A Treasury Department messenger who doubled as a barber would lather the president up and give him his mid-day shave.

 

Nick Capodice: While he was talking to reporters. It's like something out of the Untouchables. It's like a power move.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, exactly. And the president actually did a lot of entertaining during these meetings. He would give the reporters gossip and tell them anecdotes.

 

Nick Capodice: Right. So this is less like hard-hitting journalism and more like chummy schmoozing.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah. And Roosevelt knew reporters by their first names. He would ask about their families. He would invite them as his guests to parties. And eventually, Roosevelt would let the reporters ask him whatever questions they had. But he was really calculating. He would only invite reporters into the so-called seances if he thought they would write good things about him and if he didn't like a reporter's line of questions, that reporter, Nick, would be permanently banished from the White House.

 

Nick Capodice: Banishment is not conducive to a free and fair press.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Indeed, it is not. These seances controlled the press narrative about Roosevelt completely. Virtually no news came out of the White House unless the president approved it. So even though the press now had their toe in the White House door, holding the executive branch accountable was another story entirely.

 

Nick Capodice: It sounds like Teddy Roosevelt was using the press corps to his advantage instead of the other way around, like he was the one holding the strings.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Reporters were essentially subject to his whims. And then the next president, William Howard Taft, did not want to spend his time talking to the press, so he just refused to meet them.

 

Nick Capodice: So when did this shift - when did press access become more formalized?

 

Hannah McCarthy: That would be during the Wilson administration. When Woodrow Wilson ran for office, he and the other leading candidates were working closely with the press because that was an expedient way to get their platforms out to voters. So when Wilson came into office, the press expected that close relationship with him to continue, and Wilson set up a talk with reporters. He thought it would be a little meet and greet to get to know the D.C. press. But 125 journalists showed up in his office expecting a little bit more than a chat.

 

Nick Capodice: Wow.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And the next week, when Wilson held a second meeting with reporters, the administration was more prepared. They had everyone assemble in the East Wing. And to the dismay of the press, Wilson shared his vision for their meetings. He said, quote, Please do not tell the country what Washington's thinking for that does not make any difference. Tell Washington what the country is thinking.

 

Nick Capodice: Well, so he was saying he did not want the press to report what was happening at all in the executive mansion.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Not unlike Roosevelt. Wilson very much wanted to control what the media was reporting. But things actually started to go off the rails rather quickly. Only four months after they started, President Wilson vowed to end these meetings with reporters altogether, in large part because he was offended that tabloids had printed stories about his daughters. He called them, quote, contemptible spies, the newspapermen, contemptible spies.

 

Nick Capodice: What sort of stories about his daughters?

 

Hannah McCarthy: They were writing stories about their dating lives and their plans for marriage.

 

Nick Capodice: Well, I can see how that would be infuriating for a father and a president. So what did he do?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, he called a meeting of the press and he said he was going to speak to them as Woodrow Wilson and not as the president. He is quoted as saying, "On the next offense, I shall do what any other indignant father would do. I will punch the man who prints it in the nose."

 

Nick Capodice: Holy cats.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, I know. And then the final straw came when the New York Sun printed some remarks about Mexico that were supposed to be off the record. And once again, Wilson was like, I am ending these meetings altogether. And this left reporters in a difficult position. They obviously did not want to be locked out of the White House again, scrounging for secondhand information.

 

Nick Capodice: Yeah, shivering in the rain.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah. Speaking of shivering in the rain, remember that columnist William Price?

 

Nick Capodice: Yeah. This is the guy who would waylay White House visitors in newspapers row.

 

Hannah McCarthy: That's the guy he worked for The Washington Evening Star in response to Wilson's threat to shut out the press, William Price and ten other reporters banded together in 1914 and established the White House Correspondents Association or the WHCA.

 

Nick Capodice: Okay, okay. I know what the White House Correspondents Association, they host the fancy White House Correspondents Dinner where everybody dresses up like they're going to the Oscars and the US president gets to do a comedy bit.

 

Archive: I won't lie about it. Look, this is a tough transition. It's hard. Key staff are now starting to leave the White House. Even reporters have left me. Savannah Guthrie, she's left the White House press corps to host the Today Show. Norah O'Donnell left the briefing room to host CBS this morning. Jake tapper left journalism to join CNN.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah. That dinner is actually a big fundraiser for the association. The WHCA's first order of business when it was established was to put pressure on Wilson to continue his relationship with the press and ensure credentialed reporters could access the White House without impediment.

 

Nick Capodice: And that word credentialed. What does it mean to be a credentialed reporter?

 

Hannah McCarthy: It's a good question. To be credentialed is to have a press pass. It's a form of identification that journalists use to get into restricted areas like the briefing room. And today, more than 100 years later, journalists still have to acquire credentials to be able to access the White House. They usually apply for press credentials with the White House press office. And there are actually different kinds of press credentials.

 

Nick Capodice: Like with varying levels of access and such.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Sort of. Reporters can apply for a day pass, which can be a hassle. If you are reporting on the White House. The next step up is a six-month pass. And then finally, there's the so-called hard pass, which is a long-term press credential. But getting a hard pass is no easy feat. It can take several months because of the stringent requirements and thorough background investigations by the Secret Service.

 

Nick Capodice: Why all this stringency for getting access?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, the idea when this all started was that requiring credentials would help prevent tabloids from making their way into the White House and printing sensitive information.

 

Nick Capodice: Tabloids like the stuff I see at the grocery store, flying dog hit me in the head, that sort of thing?

 

Hannah McCarthy: No, this is the precursor to that kind of tabloid. I'm talking about sensational newspapers. These papers printed what was known as yellow journalism. Some scholars call this the original fake news. A pretty infamous example of this involves the coverage of the sinking of the USS Maine, which was a battleship. Have you heard of this?

 

Nick Capodice: The SS Maine blew up while it was docked outside of Havana, Cuba, in 1898. And to this day it is debated as to why it blew up.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, these tabloids, and that includes papers like the New York Journal, owned by William Randolph Hearst, as in the famous newspaper baron. They rushed to print saying that the ship, the USS Maine, was destroyed by Spain. And some say this actually contributed to sparking the Spanish-American War.

 

Nick Capodice: I can now see why requiring credentials was the first thing the White House did.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And having credentials also help to keep things somewhat collegial in this high-pressure atmosphere.

 

Nick Capodice: So you're referring to decorum?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, basically common courtesy. You know, don't talk over other reporters in the middle of a question. You get one question and a follow-up question, not unlimited questions, that kind of thing.

 

Nick Capodice: And when reporters aren't collegial, does the WHCA kick them out?

 

Hannah McCarthy: No, the WHCA doesn't kick anyone out for having bad manners. That is actually up to the Secret Service. But the WHCA does strongly advise members to be respectful.

 

Nick Capodice: I guess it's not as much of a free for all as it could be, but I will say it feels like it can get pretty intense in those briefings and conferences. But I want to get back to President Wilson. How did forming the WHCA go over with him?

 

Hannah McCarthy: He wasn't terribly keen on the press afterward, but Wilson did ultimately realize the power of the press. He said, quote, "The public man who fights the daily press won't be a public man very long." So the meetings with the press continued. But they were off the record unless explicitly stated otherwise.

 

Nick Capodice: What about Wilson's successor? Did Warren G. Harding continue communicating with the media in the same way he did?

 

Hannah McCarthy: He did. President Harding actually hired a speechwriter to help him polish up his twice-weekly press meetings. And this job, Nick, that speechwriting position that eventually evolved into the modern-day White House press secretary. And we're going to talk about that right after the break.

 

Nick Capodice: But before the break, quick. Wait, don't go. We have a new thing at Civics 101, that we love dearly. Two things, really, Civics 101 trivia and a wordle. You can answer eight questions related to our most recent episode at Civics 101 or try our civic-themed wordle at Civics 101 wordle dot com.

 

Nick Capodice: We're back. We're talking about the relationship between the press and the president and hand. I believe you were just about to tell me about the White House press secretary. What is their job? What do they do?

 

Hannah McCarthy: The press secretary is a part of the communications team that handles messaging for the executive branch. Now, this is an excellent time to bring in our next guest.

 

Mara Liasson: The job of the press secretary is to communicate the president's agenda, to answer questions from the press. And beyond that, every press secretary has defined the job a little bit differently.

 

Hannah McCarthy: This is Mara Liasson, the national political correspondent for NPR. We spoke to her in 2018.

 

Nick Capodice: It was such a pleasure talking to Mara. She has covered five administrations from Bill Clinton all the way up to Joe Biden.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah. And in that time, she has gone through plenty of press secretaries.

 

Mara Liasson: Mike McCurry, who was Bill Clinton's press secretary, was famous for saying his job was to be as truthful as possible and as helpful as possible to the press, while also trying to communicate his boss's agenda and put it in the best possible light.

 

Nick Capodice: So the press secretary is the administration's spokesperson.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Essentially, but the press secretary also serves as the liaison between the White House and the media. They facilitate access to information and resources, and this is usually accompanied by the daily press briefing.

 

Archive: Looking ahead, the president will visit Mississippi on Saturday, where they are celebrating the state's bicentennial 200 years of statehood. To mark the occasion, the president will participate in the grand openings of the Museum of Mississippi History and the Mississippi Civil Rights Museum.

 

Mara Liasson: That's Sarah Sanders standing in the briefing room. We've had many different press secretaries use the briefing in different ways in past administrations. They stood there until all the questions were finished. Sometimes it could be as long as an hour. Sometimes she eats up a lot of time at the top by reading from prepared remarks, making some announcements.

 

Hannah McCarthy: There was famously a great deal of turnover during Trump's presidency. The dynamics between the press corps and Trump's press secretaries were often volatile, and each press secretary coped with the jobs challenges differently. Sarah Sanders once baked a chocolate pecan pie for April Ryan, a correspondent she had a contentious professional relationship with. But not all press secretaries try to sweeten the pot that way. Mara said some actually embrace an antagonistic role.

 

Mara Liasson: Other press secretaries have seen their job as more as a combatant, as pushing back against the press, demonizing the press, kind of using the press as a foil. And the communication part, the explaining the administration's agenda has been secondary to those press secretaries. So it just depends on the president and the administration.

 

Archive: I literally stand at this podium and opened a briefing a couple of days ago about the president expressing his condolences. I literally opened the briefing about it. So for you to sit there and say, I know. So why are you asking why he didn't do it when I literally stood here and did it? Statement. I don't understand what your clients comment were about that the president doesn't have time to tweet about everything, right? He's tweeting about this, right? He's not tweeting about something else. I came out here and actually spoke about it and said the president spoke this time. What are you you're equating me addressing the nation here in a tweet? I don't I mean, that's the silliest thing I've ever heard. This is silly. Thank you. You've asked your question.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I asked Mara, what does it take to do this job? What are the unwritten qualifications of a good White House press secretary?

 

Mara Liasson: An iron stomach and a thick skin, somebody who's unflappable, generally, someone who has a pretty even demeanor.

 

Nick Capodice: But has it always been this way, though? Like have the press secretary and the media always walked this line between courtesy and contentiousness?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Not always. There wasn't always the kind of posturing you see now, because the press and the administration didn't have anything to gain by being snippy with each other. Then in 1955, the press secretary for President Eisenhower, James Hagerty, made an announcement that dramatically changed this dynamic.

 

Archive: We want to bring the president and his words and deeds as closely as we can to the people in the home and the people in the theaters. So what we are planning at the present time and we will work out the details later, is to have a press conference or an informal talk by President Eisenhower at least once a month for the newsreels. And that way, the message the president is going to give the news of his administration will be brought directly to the people in the theaters and in the homes throughout this country.

 

Nick Capodice: Is Hagerty talking about the presidential press conference or the daily briefing?

 

Hannah McCarthy: At this time, he was talking about the presidential press conference. But you do bring up a good point. I'll let Mara take this one.

 

Mara Liasson: There's many different ways that the president and the press secretary communicate with the press. The most famous is a presidential press conference where it's formal. The president stands there and takes questions from reporters. Most presidents did a lot of those.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Mara told us that unlike most presidents, President Trump was not a fan of the formal press conferences. She described how he would answer questions and what they call pool sprays.

 

Nick Capodice: Pool sprays.

 

Mara Liasson: Where a small group of reporters is ushered into the Cabinet Room or the Oval Office. And he's meeting with someone or he's signing something and he answers a few questions on the fly or he's going out to the helicopter or he's coming out of Air Force One. So he interacts with the press that way. Then there's the Foreign Leader press conference, which under Trump, has become what's known as two and two. Each leader takes two questions from their own press corps. So the president answers two questions from American reporters. And then the foreign leader calls on two of the traveling press corps that has come with him from his country. Then there's the press briefing, which happens every day.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And that brings me back to Dwight Eisenhower's press secretary, James Hagerty. Hagerty was unfiltered about his reason for wanting to get the president on the screen. He wrote in his diary, quote, To hell with slanted reporters. We'll go directly to the people who can hear exactly what the president said without reading warped and slanted stories. So the purpose of filming news conferences was for the president to reach the people directly without the filter of newspapers or editorializing where the media can pick all of their comments apart. And this was a massive shift. And there was another big shift in 1995, when President Clinton's press secretary, Mike McCurry, decided to open up another press event to a nationwide audience.

 

Mara Liasson: I guess the biggest sea change for me was when the daily press briefing was televised. There are many press secretaries who have come to regret that because it does lead to grandstanding by some reporters and it's less useful and more of a confrontation.

 

Archive: Terry, you said this morning the president did not have an improper relationship with his former intern. What do you mean by an improper relationship?

 

Archive: I'm not going to parse the statement. You all got the statement I made earlier and it speaks for itself. No relationship, proper relationship. I'm not going to parse the statement. You've got the statement I made earlier, and it speaks for itself.

 

Archive: Its definition of what an improper relationship means.

 

Archive: I'm not going to...

 

Speaker7: That statement is where we are. And that's what I'm saying. That's what I said. Claire, I'm just not going to parse the statement for you. It speaks for itself. Mike, Wolf BLITZER.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Scott Horsley said that once they put it on camera for all the gains in transparency and civic education, it turned the daily briefing into less of an exchange of information and more of a kind of performance art. Because the press secretary isn't just the spokesperson, they're also kind of the hype person.

 

Nick Capodice: Hype person. Like, what do you mean?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Sort of the head of spin for the administration? They talk up the president and try to show the administration in the best light possible. Keep in mind, the press secretary is just one role in the White House's huge communications office, but they are the most public-facing person. They often highlight positive developments and downplay negative news. They also often work with other government officials and agencies to coordinate messaging and ensure that the administration presents a unified front to the public. And while this PR spin might be intended to color the reporting of the press corps, journalists have a job to do, and they are not stenographers. They fact-check. They follow up.

 

Scott Horsley: Our role is not simply to write down what the president or his spokespeople say and then pass it along unfiltered or uncritically. It is to probe and to examine and to also hold it up to other pieces of evidence. You know, if Sean Spicer comes out and says this is the largest crowd to ever witness a presidential inauguration in history, period.

 

Archive: This was the largest audience to ever witness an inauguration period.

 

Scott Horsley: It's our duty to say, well, here are some other pieces of information that contradict that in this case, flatly disprove what the press secretary said.

 

Hannah McCarthy: By the way, after resigning from the Trump administration, Sean Spicer admitted that he had been lying about the crowd size at the inauguration.

 

Archive: There were times where I screwed up. There's no question about it. I've said this before. I mean, the inauguration, you brought it up. I would say that's first and foremost.

 

Scott Horsley: There are lots of cases that are not as black and white as that, where, you know, the administration will argue that X, Y, Z has happened in the economy. And, you know, you might say, well, that is either because of or in spite of or partly because of and partly in spite of some action that the administration has taken. So it is part of our role is to certainly listen to what they have to say, hear them out, but also challenge, probe and introduce other information. Try to provide context, try to provide meaning.

 

Hannah McCarthy: We asked Mara Liasson if members of the White House ever withhold information from the press secretary. So the press secretary doesn't have to conceal information or share disinformation or even lie during a briefing. And Mara said that kind of concealment happens all the time. That's what you call plausible deniability.

 

Mara Liasson: Better to be out of the loop than to be saying something that turns out to be false. You know, there's so much discussion now, the truth doesn't matter anymore. Objective facts don't matter.

 

Hannah McCarthy: But credibility does matter. When the president, for example, asks Americans to sacrifice because of something that they have decided is important to do, they have to have credibility for that. Or, you know, when the president is asking U.S. allies to follow the United States in some kind of endeavor or military action, credibility is important. And if you're cavalier with the facts, there might come a time when nobody believes you.

 

Nick Capodice: It's like crying wolf, right?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah.

 

Nick Capodice: Well, to that end, how often does the press push back on the press secretary? Do they ever stand up and say, oh, actually, secretary, that is incorrect.

 

Hannah McCarthy: It does happen on occasion.

 

Mara Liasson: She'll generally say something like, well, this is what he believes. She'll find some kind of safe lily pad to a light on where she can say something that's technically accurate because no press secretary wants to flat out lie to the press.

 

Archive: What led you in the White House to believe that he had lost the confidence of the rank and file of the FBI? When the acting director says it's exactly the opposite?

 

Archive: Well, I can speak to my own personal experience. I've heard from countless members of the FBI that are grateful and thankful for the president's decision. And I think that, you know, we may have to agree to disagree. I'm sure that there are some people that are disappointed, but I've certainly heard from a large number of individuals, and that's just myself. And I don't even know that many people in the FBI.

 

Nick Capodice: So the press secretary wants to be diplomatic and have plausible deniability with the press. And I assume that the press wants to have a relationship that will keep the press secretary calling on them to ask questions in the briefing room. But what kind of relationship does the White House press corps want to have with the commander-in-chief directly? Because I remember things got pretty heated when Donald Trump was in charge, like the rather famous repeated sparring between he and Jim Acosta from CNN.

 

Archive: Since you're attacking us, can you give us a question? Since you're Mr. President-elect, go ahead, Mr. President-elect. Since you are attacking our news organization now, can you give us a chance? You're organization. You are attacking our news organization.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, that relationship was tense. It came to a head. During a press conference when Acosta attempted to ask Trump a question about the president's alleged ties to Russia.

 

Archive: Honestly, I think you should let me run the country. You run CNN. And if you did it well, your ratings. Let me ask you if I may ask the question, Mr. President, if I may ask one question. Are you worried That's enough. That's enough. President That's enough to ask one of the other folks. That's enough. Pardon me, ma'am. I'm Mr. President. That's enough. Just sit down, please.

 

Hannah McCarthy: The White House then revoked Acosta's press pass after he attempted to confront Trump about the administration's controversial migrant policy. Cnn filed a lawsuit over that revocation and then later dropped it after a judge ordered the White House to temporarily restore Acosta's press pass. And Acosta agreed to abide by the new rules. Just asking one question at a time. Here's Scott Horlsey again.

 

Scott Horsley: We're not supposed to just be tools of the White House, but on the other hand, it doesn't have to be ugly. It doesn't have to be hostile. It can be businesslike.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And, you know, the Trump administration was famously outspoken in its media criticism, but every administration has had tricky interactions with the press corps.

 

Scott Horsley: We certainly had adversarial relations at times with the Obama administration. I spent part of that time serving on the Correspondents Association, which is sort of the liaison between the working press and the White House. And we certainly had complaints about usually restrictions on, you know, what press access might be to the president or his aides or, you know, the terms under which information was distributed.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Pushing for more access kind of goes hand in hand with journalism. And at the same time, the White House staff is carefully trying to control their message.

 

Nick Capodice: All right. Back to the journalist's side. What's a typical day like for a typical White House press reporter?

 

Scott Horsley: Well, there's no such thing as a typical day. Every day is different. And certainly the opening days of any administration are particularly interesting and volatile. And at some point, that kind of opening frenzy will, we hope, settle down just a little bit. And then it's you know, there's a rhythm of the president doing kind of public events where he's making a statement, meeting with people on camera, sort of trying to make a point through his persona.

 

Hannah McCarthy: In today's 24/7 news cycle, covering the White House for a major news outlet is not a one-person job.

 

Scott Horsley: During the Obama administration, we had three of us who covered the White House. We've upped that a little bit to have four of us covering the White House. So not all of us show up every day. Maybe one of us will be there physically at the White House. Another one might be out in the country somewhere talking to voters. One of us might be back at headquarters monitoring executive orders that the president's put out. So there's a lot to keep an eye on, but one of us is certainly there.

 

Mara Liasson: I used to say that the exciting part of the job starts when you walk in the gates off of Pennsylvania Avenue and the and it ends when you walk in the door to the White House, because a lot of times the life of a White House correspondent is like an animal in the zoo. You're in a cage and you can't really go anywhere you want or walk around. And occasionally they open the door and they throw in a piece of red meat, a little bit of news. They shut the door and then they run like the zookeeper.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And journalists aren't always confined to the White House. They need to be available at the drop of a hat to go anywhere the commander-in-chief is. And they frequently travel with the president.

 

Archive: Everybody, everything good press conference, good. I think it was great.

 

Nick Capodice: Really good. Sounds kind of fun and exciting.

 

Hannah McCarthy: It's not always glamorous. There's a lot of waiting around for the president and conference rooms and airplanes and then kind of strange things happen. Like when a plane carrying journalists to cover President Biden's first trip abroad was grounded by a swarm of cicadas.

 

Archive: Cicadas. Last night, the AP's Jonathan Lemire tweeted, quote, The White House press charter flying from Dulles to Europe ahead of President Biden has been delayed for hours due to mechanical issues caused by cicadas.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Eventually, White House aides found another plane for reporters to make it overseas. But in the meantime, to keep the press corps comfortable, the White House ordered pizza and booked rooms at the airport hotel where journalists tweeted about the incident from the bar.

 

Nick Capodice: That actually doesn't sound too bad.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Last thing, Nick. You know how we talked about introducing television cameras into the White House press briefings and how that kicked off a whole new era of presidential news coverage?

 

Nick Capodice: Yes, I do.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Both the media and the government have continuously adapted to technological advances like televised press conferences and the advent of social media. Nick is no different. Technology changes how a president can interact with citizens.

 

Nick Capodice: Yeah, I've seen different White House administrations turning to social media to convey their messaging. So when did that whole thing take off?

 

Hannah McCarthy: It's hard to pinpoint an exact moment, but there certainly is a memorable one that took place on May 18th of 2015.

 

Archive: The president did not have his own official Twitter account. So now tweets from at parties will come directly from President Obama himself. A huge hit, as you can imagine. It was trending as soon as he sent out this tweet. "Guys. Hello, Twitter. It's Barack." Really? Six years in and they're finally giving me my own account.

 

Nick Capodice: So how does the president of the United States being able to tweet affect press coverage of the White House?

 

Hannah McCarthy: When the president tweets something, they're essentially circumventing the media, making statements and potentially shaping public opinion without having to answer questions about that statement. And it's fair to say this diminishes the press corps power to hold the administration accountable for statements of all kinds, including important policy decisions. But whether or not this is a new phenomenon is not something everyone agrees on.

 

Scott Horsley: That's not absolutely new. You could say that Franklin Roosevelt's fireside chats were a way to reach out directly to the American people on the radio without having to go through the newspaper reporters who dominated the press corps at that time.

 

Archive: My friend, I want to talk for a few minutes with the people of the United States about banking, the talk with the comparatively few who understand the mechanics of banking.

 

Nick Capodice: So in the beginning of the episode, Hannah, you said that the White House needs the press corps to get its message in front of the people. But we have seen instances throughout history where that's not always the case. There were those fireside chats from FDR on the radio. Presidents Obama, Trump and Biden are on Twitter and they tweet a lot. And I just saw that Joe Biden is on Instagram. So how does the press corps stay relevant when presidents can just go around them? Or as was the case during long stretches of the Trump administration, just stop holding press briefings altogether?

 

Hannah McCarthy: Well, I think that even as the White House finds new ways to communicate, the media finds new ways to hold power to account, think about how things like data, tools, social media platforms and encrypted communication apps have been game changers when it comes to journalism pertaining to the most powerful people in this country. But it's also important to remember that while it's the press's job to interrogate the White House and push back on its spin, they can ultimately only do so much because at the end of the day, you can have the best reporters in the world covering the president, but the people are still going to make up their own minds when they read about it. That does it for this episode. It was produced by Jacquie Fulton with executive producer Rebecca Lavoie. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: We're the co-hosts of the show. Christina Phillips is our senior producer.

 

Nick Capodice: Music In this episode by Lenon Hutton, 91 Nova, Paddington Bear, Hedgehog. Wallace Peerless. Cirque La Nouvelle CALLISON, Jules, Gaia, Tigran Viken, El Flaco Collective, Jerry Lacy and EP Hartman.

 

Hannah McCarthy: If you liked this episode, there's a lot more where this came from. You can find our entire archive at civics101podcast.org. And while you're there, ask us a question. There's a really good chance we will make an episode to answer it for you.

 

Nick Capodice: Civics 101 is the production of NHPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

 

 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Are We A Democracy? Or A Republic?

There's a complaint we get pretty often around here, that our tagline contains the word "democracy," but the United States is *actually* a republic. So...do we need to make a change? We dig into that question and a whole lot more on this episode.

Guests:

Juliet Hooker: Royce Professor, Teaching Excellence in Political Science at Brown University

Paul Frymer: Professor of Politics, Princeton University



Transcript:

Washington Journal Archive: And that's New Hampshire Public Radio's Civic 101 podcast. And these are its co-hosts and producers, Hannah McCarthy and Nick Capodice. Thank you so much for being with us here this morning.

Hannah McCarthy: It's a pleasure to be here, Jesse. Thank you.

Nick Capodice: You remember this?

Hannah McCarthy: Oh, yeah, I remember this.

Nick Capodice: You want to just tell everyone real quick what it was?

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, sure. In November of 2021, Nick and I were on Washington Journal on C-SPAN, talking about our show. And I remember very clearly, Nick, when they opened the phone lines.

Washington Journal Archive: Let's talk to James, who's calling from Port Angeles, Washington. James, good morning.

Washington Journal Archive: Good morning, Jesse. Are you guys there?

Washington Journal Archive: We're here. Go ahead, James.

Washington Journal Archive: Yeah. Being bipartisan, you guys from New Hampshire. How do you keep your own opinions to yourselves on your show? I know you're just working on..

Nick Capodice: And I want to play one caller's specific beef with us, and he's not alone.

Washington Journal Archive: Let's talk to Murph, who's calling from Germantown, Tennessee. Murph, good morning.

Washington Journal Archive: Thank you for taking this call. I have a bone to pick with your two guests. I taught American government and civics for 22 years in an American public school classroom in Tennessee. The United States of America is not a democracy. It never has been. Never will be. It is a republic. And we pass laws and govern ourselves through our elected representatives and a rule of law. Do you want to investigate a democracy? I suggest you look at the Democratic Republic of the Congo or the former Soviet Union who allowed people to vote, but they only had one choice. I find your efforts outstanding because of the ignorance of the average American citizen and truly wish you well in this endeavor. But I challenge you to scour the Federalist Papers. Hamilton, Jefferson, Madison, to find the word democracy anywhere. Thank you so very much. And you too. Take care. Have a great Thanksgiving and a merry Christmas.

Washington Journal Archive: Who wants to take that on?

Nick Capodice: If you're listening to Civics 101 I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: And today in our podcast refresher course on the basics of how our democracy works, we're interrogating those exact words. Are we wrong to refer to the US as a democracy? What did the framers of our Constitution intend for us to be? And while we're at it, how democratic are we anyways?

Juliet Hooker: You know, the word democracy, of course, goes back to ancient Greece and to the city states that, you know, that first pioneered this form of politics.

Nick Capodice: This is Juliet Hooker.

Juliet Hooker: I'm the Royce professor, teaching excellence in political science at Brown University.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, when Juliet is talking about ancient Greece, is she referring to Athens, to Athenian democracy?

Nick Capodice: Yes, she is. This is the very first known democracy in human history.

Juliet Hooker: In political theory and political science, we understand democracy as a form of government in which the people have the authority to rule, to deliberate and make decisions about policy, and they can do so directly. This is called direct democracy, right? In the Athenian city states, they were small enough that it was direct.

Nick Capodice: The word democracy comes from demos, meaning people and kratos, meaning power men who had undergone mandatory military training were obliged to participate in the assembly in Athens, where elected officials proposed laws and everybody voted by a show of hands.

Hannah McCarthy: Obliged, as in they had to vote.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, they had to. If they didn't, they could be fined and sometimes marked with red paint. And there was a whole set of rules about who could be one of those elected officials who propose all the laws in the first place, which is fascinating, but I can't get into it all here. I do need to throw in some quick fun etymology, though, when they would vote on whether or not to expel someone who is dangerous to the country, they'd use broken pieces of pottery called ostrakon to cast their ballot. And that is where we get the word ostracize.

Hannah McCarthy: They actually knew that, Believe it or not.

Nick Capodice: I had a feeling you would.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. So I do want to get to America and its founding, but there is a bit of a problem here in Athens. We think about this being an example of pure democracy, direct democracy. But it was only men who could vote.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. Absolutely. We are not including women when we talk about this democracy, we are not including enslaved Greeks. Roughly, only about 30% of the Athenian population could participate in the democratic process. So that's our starting point. And about 2000 years later, 55 men were debating how to design the system we use in the US today.

Juliet Hooker: Certainly at the time of the founding, I think there has become something that people bat about in contemporary debates. The word that people often use was republic, because at that time the issue was gaining independence. The idea was to be not to be part of this monarchical empire anymore, but to be a republic. But it is also the case, I think there's certainly a question about that. Scholars of American political development have thought about whether the extent to which, for example, the founders were committed to a vision of, let's say, equal democracy.

Nick Capodice: And like in Athens, we weren't a truly inclusive democracy.

Juliet Hooker: It was restricted, right? It didn't apply to everyone, primarily in terms of who could participate fully as a citizen to propertied white men. So women were excluded, certainly until after the Civil War and emancipation and the amendments granting citizenship to black men.

Hannah McCarthy: Black people were excluded.

Juliet Hooker: Indigenous people also as a matter of law. Up until the 1960s, the US was not a full democracy because it was not really possible for African Americans to participate in the South. So even just as a matter of just the basic functioning of democracy up to then, what is it now? 60 years ago, the US was not a full democracy.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, this is very important. There's sort of a sliding scale of democracy in America. We've constantly shifted. Who is allowed to participate in the political process?

Nick Capodice: Yes, as Juliet said, until 1790 it was only white men who owned property who could vote. And we think about the big laws or amendments that changed then like the 15th and the 19th Amendment or the Voting Rights Act of 1965. But throughout history, there were myriad laws that states passed with racial, religious, or gender restrictions explicitly prohibiting groups of Americans from voting.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay, we have talked about the history of the word democracy. Let's talk about the other one that Juliet mentioned, the Republic.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. So we're swapping out Hermes for Mercury and Poseidon for Neptune because we're going from Greece to Rome.

Hannah McCarthy: Is that your go-to Roman music bed? Yep. It's Roman all over the place.

Nick Capodice: Race publica a system for the public. Now, at first blush, Hannah, the Roman Republic looks a lot like us. There's a Democratic forum and there's a Senate and officials representing the people, not the people themselves, make all the decisions. But the senators who wrote and passed all the laws were not elected. They were from the richest, most aristocratic families in Rome. And at the very top were two consuls, which the Senate elected.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, if the Senate and the councils did all of the law passing, what was the purpose of the forum?

Nick Capodice: Well, the forum didn't have a lot of power. It was a place for speeches and elections of lower-level offices. But honestly, the appointed Senate, they ran the whole thing.

Hannah McCarthy: So the forum was a placation?

Juliet Hooker: Yeah. It's like go talk about it in the forum. And we the Senate who weren't even elected, we'll think about it real hard.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay, So we in America are a little like the Athenian democracy and a little like the Roman Republic. Nick which of those words, democracy or republic represents us better?

Nick Capodice: I will let you know the answer to this, Hannah in my opinion, but more importantly, the opinion of the framers and of our guests on the show right after this break. But first, if you want to know more about consuls, censors, preachers, patricians and plebeians, that's the stuff that we put in our biweekly newsletter, Extra Credit. Check it out at our website, civics101podcast.org.

Hannah McCarthy: We're back. We're challenging our show's tagline today on Civics 101, where we refer to ourselves as a democracy. Now, Nick, at the top of the show, you played a clip from a former civics teacher who asked us to scour the texts of the framers to find the word democracy. Did you do that?

Nick Capodice: I did, and I did. First off, though, you know that famous exchange that may or may not have happened between Elizabeth Powell and Benjamin Franklin?

Hannah McCarthy: Is this the one where she said, well, doctor, what have we got? Or a republic or a monarchy?

Archive: Greetings from Philadelphia. My name is Franklin, Benjamin Franklin. As I was coming out of the building one day, a woman said to me, Sir, what have you given us?

Archive: And I looked at her and I said, Madam, we have.

Archive: Given you a republic if you can keep it.

Nick Capodice: And it's likely that he said that or something to that effect, because it appears in the notes of James McHenry from the Constitutional Convention. However, another quote attributed to him is, quote, "Democracy is two wolves and a lamb deciding what to have for lunch." There is no evidence whatsoever that Franklin said that or anything like that. The first use of that quote that I could find was from 1990. And also, by the way, people didn't use the word "lunch" until the 19th century. But back to the main point, did early political minds refer to democracy? If I do scour the founding documents for that word, will I find it? Yes. Yes, Hannah, They most certainly did.

Hannah McCarthy: Who did?

Nick Capodice: Well, here we go. In Federalist 14, James Madison used the word democracy five times just in that essay alone. Now, to be fair, he was using the word to explain how the Democratic Republic is different from a, quote unquote, pure democracy. He said that while direct democracy, the people making all the decisions can be used in a small area. It cannot be used for a whole nation. John Adams used the expression representative democracy to describe our system. So too did Thomas Jefferson in 1815. And then we have two early, early Supreme Court justices. First, James Wilson, who helped write the Constitution. He said that there are three forms of government, quote, monarchical aristocratic rule and democratic rule, end quote. And later, Judge John Marshall.

Hannah McCarthy: The John Marshall.

Nick Capodice: The man himself, Justice Marshall, expounded on the maxims of democracy without ever even using the qualifier of representative before it. And I've been talking a lot about the Constitution here, Hannah, but we also have to mention that when we were getting started as a nation before the Constitutional Convention, we were even a little bit more democratic.

Juliet Hooker: You know, it is thought that the Articles of Confederation were more "small d" democracy.

Nick Capodice: This is Paul Frymer. He's a professor of politics at Princeton University.

Paul Frymer: It was focused a little more populist, rooted in local governments. The 1780s were seen as a disaster, you know, and the various ways in which farmers and other groups avoided paying back debts and the like. It was thought to be generally chaotic. The government felt it needed more stability. And when you read something like Federalist Ten by James Madison, the tyranny of the majority and the belief that we need checks and balances, that was all to check democracy, to check broader populism, to put governance more in the hands of elites. That's pretty clear. They aren't all in agreement on that. But certainly the overall tone of the Constitution, the Federalist Papers, skews in that direction.

Hannah McCarthy: Just a fast refresher here. The Articles of Confederation was the name of our first governing document. It basically outlined 13 different countries, a.k.a. the colonies, with a very loose bond, binding them together.

Nick Capodice: Right. A firm league of friendship, almost no federal government, no chief executive, and Hannah, they were a disaster. Rewriting the articles was the initial goal of the Constitutional Convention.

Hannah McCarthy: And this goes back to the notion of a sliding scale of democracy, doesn't it? We started a little more democratic, and then we reined in the will of the people a little bit when we ratified the Constitution. Does Paul think that right now we can refer to America as a democracy?

Paul Frymer: Yeah, I think we aspire to be a democracy. That's important. We have enough procedures that require a certain form of democracy. Electoral College aside, the presidential election is largely a majority vote that's meaningful. Most of our elections are majority elections. And we have procedures, you know, civil liberties, due process. These are all important rights of democracy and due process that are really critical. One, that you can't just be thrown in jail without without trial or some cause. Again, you can we have political prisoners. We have huge incarceration rates. We can raise qualifications on all this. But there's an aspiration to a democracy. And I think there's enough procedures that we qualify to be a democracy.

Hannah McCarthy: I just want to pivot here. I'm so curious. How do we appear in the eyes of others, like people from other countries? Do others refer to the United States as a democracy?

Nick Capodice: They do indeed. We are on the list.

Hannah McCarthy: Oh, I know that list.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. No discussion of democratic principles would be possible without it. The Democracy Index. This is courtesy of the Economist Intelligence Unit. This index comes out every year. What it does is it ranks every country in the world on its democracy. It uses 60 indicators to measure where a country stands on the scale from full democracy all the way down to authoritarian regime. Paul told me that these indices aren't perfect. They came out after the Cold War. They are quite capitalist-driven, but people pay attention to them. And the most recent index at the time of this recording is from 2021.

Hannah McCarthy: How well did we do on that most recent one?

Nick Capodice: Not that well. The US ranked 26th in the world when it comes to democracy and we are in the category of, quote, flawed democracy. 31% of the world's countries are in that group.

Hannah McCarthy: Who is number one?

Nick Capodice: Norway, New Zealand and Finland. It was a three-way tie with a perfect ten.

Hannah McCarthy: And then last place.

Nick Capodice: Afghanistan.

Hannah McCarthy: Now 26th place for a country that regularly champions itself as being the ultimate democracy. Right. That's kind of shabby. I mean, have we done better in the past?

Nick Capodice: We have. We are at a 7.85 out of ten now. In 2006, we were at 8.6, six out of ten. And this brings me to something Paul mentioned, a recent trend of people saying that we are becoming less democratic now than we were hundreds of years ago.

Paul Frymer: I am often annoyed by some of the current discourse that the United States is less of a democracy today than we were. I don't know. I think since they first started doing these index tests, going back to the 1840s, and my response to that is that that's completely nonsense. What do we mean by a democracy? Obviously, we had slavery, we had Jim Crow, we had allowance of racial discrimination, legal, racial, racial discrimination until 1964 with the Civil Rights Act, our political party. So separating from that, our political parties are hardly as democratic as they are today. 19th, early 20th century, you had party ballots where you received the ballot. It wasn't private. You had to vote for that party. A lot of times the people stared at you when you requested a ballot. Parties were corrupt. We talk about elections, the election outcomes. We have in history lots of examples of corruption. That's not to say we're a great democracy now, but we really want to inquire what we mean. When have we ever really been a democracy? Maybe that would be the question I'd ask.

Nick Capodice: If we're talking about democracy now in America, one of the factors we've got to take into account is the Voting Rights Act of 1965, which outlawed voting laws and practices that discriminated against voters, Black voters in particular, was frankly gutted in 2013 and the Supreme Court decision and Shelby v Holder.

Archive: And at least for now, Jake, the bottom line is that these southern states, largely southern states that had these special requirements that the federal government imposed in that 1965 Voting Rights Act, they are no longer going to have to deal with that, at least for the time being, unless Congress takes special action. And as I said, I don't anticipate that special.

Nick Capodice: This was the Supreme Court ruling that places with a history of discrimination no longer need clearance from the federal government to change voting laws. And if you want to know more about it, we did a whole episode on the current state of the 1965 Voting Rights Act. I'm going to put a link to it in the show notes.

Hannah McCarthy: All right, Nick. So where does that leave us? How does our tagline fair? Are we a democracy?

Nick Capodice: Well, this answer is a two-parter. And in the first part, I want to say that I feel that it is fair to refer to the United States as a republic, and not because it was written into the Pledge of Allegiance over 100 years after the Constitution was ratified that somebody put in there and to the republic for which it stands. But I think it's fair because the U.S. is a republic. We elect people to write and pass laws. We don't do it ourselves all the time. And part two, it is absolutely fair to refer to the United States as a democracy. It's a representative democracy. We vote. We choose those officials, unlike ancient Rome, and we even have vestiges of that pure democracy we talked about earlier. Lots of states have initiatives, ballot measures where the people can propose laws and vote on them. And from a very personal standpoint, I think that this "don't call us a democracy" rhetoric is nonsensical. It's meaningless. I read a quote about this the other day where someone said it's like they're toddlers screaming, "the ball isn't green, it's round." We are a republic. We are a democracy. We've done better and we've done worse. But what's most important to me is something Juliet Hooker said when I asked her what to do when we feel that democracy is under threat.

Juliet Hooker: I think maybe it's this is not to minimize the current threats to democracy, which are very grave, but to say maybe it would be helpful if we recognize that democracy has always been under threat because democracy isn't this thing that you achieve and then you're perfectly democratic and there's no work left to do. It's an ideal you're always trying to put into practice. It's a way of living in concert with others. Also moving beyond a notion that there are only two sides to any issue and recognizing that there are multiple perspectives. And how do we reframe political and policy debate so that that is recognized and thinking about why people have been disillusioned with democracy and why some people are also invested in it. So what are the sources of democratic faith? And also why are the thinkers, movements, activists who also can test democracy? What are the things that it hasn't done well that lead people to despair?

Nick Capodice: That is it for today on Civics 101, the podcast refresher course on the basics of how our democracy works. Murph, I hope you hear this. Write us with your thoughts. This episode is created by me. Nick Capodice with you. Hannah McCarthy.

Hannah McCarthy: Thank you. Thank you. Our staff includes Jackie Fulton. Christina Phillips is our senior producer and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer.

Nick Capodice: Music In this episode by Asura The Grand Affair. Ryan Kilkenny. Gabriel Lewis Vanilla. Howard Harper. Barnes IO, Blue Bluedot Sessions, Divided, Cushy Max Hansen, and the inimitable Chris Zabriskie.

Hannah McCarthy: Civics 101 is a production of NHPR - New Hampshire Public Radio.

Nick Capodice: OUTTAKE: He said that there are three forms of government, quote, monarchical. Monarchical, monarchical, aristocratic, aristocratic all. Quote monarchical, aristocratic and democratically.

 

 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

American Myths Part Two: Progress

There are three American myths that define "Americanness." The frontier, the melting pot and the "self-made man." They're concepts that define how we are to think about transformation, progress and possibility in America. They also rarely hold up. Heike Paul, author of The Myths That Made America, is our guide to the stories we tell about how it is in this country (even when it isn't.)

 

American Myths Part 2.mp3: Audio automatically transcribed by Sonix

American Myths Part 2.mp3: this mp3 audio file was automatically transcribed by Sonix This transcript may contain errors.

Hannah McCarthy:
You're listening to Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice:
I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy:
And this, my friends, is part two of a two-parter on American Myths. You can listen to it all by its lonesome, of course, but I strongly recommend you go back and give part one a listen. Get to know our desperately clung to origin stories. In this episode, we're going to talk about three myths for America's future, for progress, for transformation, all of which are laid out so very beautifully in a book called The Myths That Made America by Heike Paul, a professor of American studies at Friedrich Alexander University in Bavaria. So quickly, what are we about to learn today? That would be the frontier myth, the melting pot myth and the myth of the self-made man. Myth number one.

Archival:
Lovely Lady Liberty with her book of recipes. And find this one she's got.

He's the great American melting pot. American melting pot. The great American melting pot.

Heike Paul:
We have various versions of the melting pot today. When we think melting pot. We find it often a faulty model because it means that we get rid of difference. And we've been cultivating difference and we've been respecting difference. And we think melting means. Erasure means getting rid of or it means pretending that differences do not exist. So in this in this dominant logic, melting pot has become equated with a kind of a more oppressive idea of Americanness of American identity.

Nick Capodice:
Just for those of you out there who haven't heard the term the melting pot of America, this is the concept that in the United States, all these varied cultures and traditions come together and assimilate into one slurry, one mono culture, one homogenous America. And this expression has come under a lot of scrutiny, specifically in the last 40 years. Some Americans see it as a core to who we are, and others, you know, see it as a kind of a violent idea, the elimination of others essence in order to be one harmonious America and to bring up Henry Ford here because he used to have all his new employees at the Henry Ford plant where all of their, quote unquote, like, you know, ethnic clothing and doing the dances and playing the music and they would get into an actual melting pot. Henry Ford had a giant pot and you would kind of climb in behind it and had steam coming out of it. And you would come out in a Ford uniform. You had assimilated into being an American.

Hannah McCarthy:
But what I didn't know, Nick, is that when the term was in its heyday in the early 20th century, in part because there was a play by a Jewish immigrant Zionist called The Melting Pot, that this term melting pot was actually kind of between two comparatively radical ideas. One of those ideas was cultural pluralism.

Nick Capodice:
What is cultural pluralism?

Hannah McCarthy:
That's very basically just the coexistence of multiple cultures in one place, like multiple perspectives and practices.

Nick Capodice:
What's interesting to me is that sort of a modern day notion of the melting pot is not how everybody is smashed together and becomes this one homogenous thing, but all these people sort of spice the soup of the pot like we as Americans become better because different cultures are added to the stew or salad or whatever, you know, analogy you prefer.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah, and we'll get to a version of that in just a second here. But that idea of cultural pluralism, right, of all of these cultures existing, while you could say a lot of people ostensibly understand that and are kind of with it today and it pretty much rejects the melting pot as a melter, it was a little too advanced in the 19th century. It was too radical. People couldn't quite agree on that. But then there was another extreme, and these were people who in the 19th century rejected the idea of the melting pot, but not for the reasons that a lot of people reject it today.

Heike Paul:
Voices that went into saying that we cannot have immigration at all or we should not have difference in this country, we should not cultivate it, and we should not get rid of it by melting, but we should get rid of it by, you know, things like eugenics, even, you know, we should be very selective whom we let into the country. And then we need to make sure that our white stock of white majority does not diminish or does not disappear.

Hannah McCarthy:
Heike pointed out, by the way, that this particular point of view did not entirely go away, and in fact, it has experienced a renaissance.

Heike Paul:
So the anxieties around that time in the early 20th century are very current as well. I guess, you know, so the revival of ethno nationalism and all of that, I think that comes straight out of the playbook of the eugenicists at the beginning of the 20th century.

Hannah McCarthy:
But then Heike talked about another concept that can be found in the melting pot. I hadn't heard this one, and I think it's a lot closer to what you were describing, Nick.

Heike Paul:
This idea of trying to to move towards each other, trying to have a melting of the minds or having have kind of a meaningful exchange, you know, can do without it. Of course, you know, at the level when it becomes existential, we may want to reject it.

Hannah McCarthy:
In other words, overcoming the distance between us without destroying the differences between us. But it's kind of a high minded concept and not exactly easy to nation build on that idea. So instead, we have the more direct idea of the melting pot. In her book, Heike talks about the fact that E Pluribus unum, out of many, one has effectively become the tagline of the melting pot. This idea that in America you shed your old skin, you climb into foreheads, melting pot, you take off the clothes of your homeland and you have a new homeland. Your various backgrounds assimilate into a single new American race.

Nick Capodice:
Basically turning the United States from a country of immigrants into a country of one type of people.

Hannah McCarthy:
Which is what makes it one of those transformation future blueprint myths. Another blueprint myth that we sketched out. That's the frontier myth.

Heike Paul:
So the frontier myth, I think, is one of the most well known myth of of American in American history. I think for some people, it is the super myth of the one that transcends all the others because it connects so well to certain historical figures. You know, Columbus, the cowboy, the settler. You know, so the frontier myth really is kind of a very, very much kind of an overarching story, which had Slotkin is one person who says that this is the master myth of America. This is this is all we need to know. It's the frontier. And then we can explain pretty much everything about about Americans.

Nick Capodice:
What's interesting about the frontier myth, and I'm just postulating here, it's kind of like a catchall for all the other ones we've talked about so far. The promised land, the harmonious land grab, the birth of a new nation, transforming everything that's different or quote unquote, unsettled into capital a America.

Heike Paul:
Of course, it is a myth rooted in the late 19th century that is using an idea of geographical determinism, namely the settling of America from the East to the West, mostly by Europeans, and the transformative processes they undergo in that kind of very idealized setting that this is Americanness is produced by certain kinds of encounters that happened happen when you're moving westward. Right. And so this is the idea of the frontier, as this line, Turner calls it, the thin line between civilization and savagery. And of course, both of these terms, civilization and savagery, are completely overdetermined, highly loaded, highly charged.

Hannah McCarthy:
Now, the West, as this important foundational, mythic idea, was really formally set in stone by this guy named Frederick Jackson Turner. He was an historian in the early 20th century.

Heike Paul:
In Turner's version, there is this idea of this experience of being alone on the frontier, having to secure your own survival, having to adopt certain skills to survive, showing off your individual expertise and aptitudes in the process. You know, that's all what what goes into the Americanness that Turner then constructs now. And he's very worried at the end of the 19th century because he says, you know, we've reached the West, we are now at the Pacific from sea to shining sea. So what will happen to us as Americans when we no longer have the frontier experience? And there is some anxiety in his wording about the end or the closing of the frontier. And of course, that many more recent scholars have pointed out that this is the beginning of sort of the empire abroad US influence US interventions outside of the North American continent.

Hannah McCarthy:
Late 19th century. That is when we started messing around in Latin America, in part to prevent European powers from sneaking in and benefiting financially so that we could sneak in and benefit financially. And that is a whole episode. But the timing is pretty interesting, isn't it? Because it was so important to us that we had this perceived unsettled west, this land that would satisfy Manifest Destiny, that we had somewhere to go and spread what we are.

Nick Capodice:
And here comes the Promised Land myth again, right? I mean, literally, it's like the Puritan. We are ordained by God to take all this and impose ourselves on it for the benefit of everyone.

Hannah McCarthy:
Right? And so once the West was one, we set our sights on spreading the West. This concept further out. It's the bedrock for justifying bringing Americanness to any nation that's on momentarily unsteady footing, or that we see ourselves as more powerful than okay. Next, we've got one last myth coming up. But first, we're going to take a quick break.

Nick Capodice:
But before we do, Hannah, we must remind our listeners that we have a newsletter. It's fun. It comes out every week. It's called Extra Credit, and it's full of the stuff that didn't make it into our episodes. And it gives Hannah and I an excuse to kind of goof around a little, you.

Hannah McCarthy:
Know, which is all we really want to.

Nick Capodice:
Do. Oh, we want to do in the first place. You can sign up at our website, civics101podcast.org.

Hannah McCarthy:
Okay, We're back. And you're listening to part two of a two parter on American Myths from Civics 101. We're speaking with Heike Paul, author of The Myths That Made America. And myth number three, The Final Future Myth.

Archival:
Yes, sir. In my case, an accident of birth. But you, sir. You're a self-made man.

Heike Paul:
The self-made man is about social mobility. Upward mobility. Right. Vertical rather than horizontal. And in this process, he usually is depicted as somebody deserving. He earns what he gets, and he becomes a successful entrepreneur. And the shorthand, of course, is the from rags to riches narrative that you can start at the bottom of the social ladder and work your way up to become at least middle class, but mostly upper middle class or even kind of upper class successful individual in America. And so the idea I think that is connected to this particular myth is to say that the US is a classless society.

Hannah McCarthy:
And Heike also explained that this contrasts to Europe, right? Because Europe is based on a feudal system with an aristocracy. And then you have the indentured servants or the farmers or the clerks. And the US wants to caste itself in a very different light. You can own land and property and make your own way. And your future is not decided by your birth or situation.

Nick Capodice:
Pull yourself up by your bootstraps. Mccarthy.

Hannah McCarthy:
The thing that really gets me about the self-made man myth is that everyone uses it. You hear the kind of jokey like, Oh, she was born on third base, but she thinks she had a triple, right? The idea they are being like someone is born into wealth and privilege, but they think their wealth and privilege is because of what they did right. They worked so hard for it. And then what that does is that it totally erases the socioeconomic context that a person is born into.

Nick Capodice:
It also tells this lie that everybody's responsible for their own success, right? That that money, location, whiteness, family history, community, none of that is the reason for achieving the American dream. It's all because of you. What you all by yourself do.

Heike Paul:
Emphasizing individuality as the myth of the self-made man does also leads to the idea that there is a fair chance for everyone, and you just need to take that chance and make something out of your life. It also, in doing so, it places very little emphasis on the idea that you are part of a collective, where you share solidarity, where you care for each other, and where you help and support each other.

Archival:
Well, I think that every day we are benefiting from someone helping us. That's why I said earlier, there is no such thing as a self-made man. I mean, when you think about it, you're born and you need your parents to raise you. You need your teachers to teach you. You need your coaches to do sports.

Heike Paul:
In the dominant version of the myth of the self-made man, we have a strong sort of subtext of social Darwinism that means that you don't try hard enough if you don't become successful or you are in some other way deficient or unwilling. And that hampers your success and your achievement. The idea of the self-made man. I think we can trace it back to Benjamin Franklin, who makes a very interesting connection. He says, If we all strive, we strive for our individual success and we also contribute to the public good. There is no contradiction for Benjamin Franklin in his worldview. If you succeed on your own, then you can also help make the community strong. Of course, in more recent variations we've seen that this is not really how it works, that in in a context where there is individual striving, there is competition. Not everyone is working towards the same common good, but there will be winners and there will be losers.

Hannah McCarthy:
And of course, there's one really glaring problem with all of this, with the discomfort of the winners and the losers, and that is that we live in a capitalist country and world. You must have winners and losers. That's part of it.

Nick Capodice:
You know, for our whole history, a lot of people in America have been really uncomfortable with the concept of losing.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah, And if people have lost so their fault, right? It's like, God, you really you really you didn't take this opportunity. You blew out. You blew.

Nick Capodice:
It. Really blew it. You had your shot and you blew.

Hannah McCarthy:
It.

Nick Capodice:
Right? For years, you've been carrying around that pistol and you waste your shot. He didn't waste it. That was my Orlando Bloom. So between part one and part two, we've got our seven myths.

Hannah McCarthy:
We've got our seven myths. Christopher Columbus, Pocahontas, Puritans, Pilgrims and the Promised Land. The Founding Fathers, the frontier, the melting pot, and the self-made man.

Nick Capodice:
Can I ask the unanswerable question?

Hannah McCarthy:
That is my favorite kind.

Nick Capodice:
As Heike was sort of ticking through these the holes and the falsehoods and the imaginary fairy tale of all of them. It's so clear when she says it. And yet, Hannah. Even if we intellectually understand that. These myths are still part of our culture today. So basically, my question is. Why?

Heike Paul:
I think this myth are persistent because we encountered them in various ways, in various forms and through various senses, and we encounter them through narratives that can be very powerful narratives. We encountered them in visual iconography, also very powerful, and we encounter them through cultural practices. So like holidays also these would be cultural practices. They also are emotionally charged for us. So I think the emotional dimension, the visual dimension, the narrative, the practical cultural practice, these are all dimensions that are tied together and it is very difficult to unlearn these kinds of things.

Hannah McCarthy:
I mean, be honest, Nick, listening to all of these myths, was there any part of you that feels an attachment to any part of them?

Nick Capodice:
Absolutely. I mean, I would joke about it all the time. 1776 is one of my favorite movies ever, but it is a big ole myth and there's some comfort in these myths, you know, and I know you're not busting these myths today, Hannah, but it sort of feels like something's kind of taken away when you're just told, Well, this is why we do things this way.

Hannah McCarthy:
Well, Heike has got a pretty interesting take. That to me. Almost sounds like new mythmaking for us to find a way to attach ourselves emotionally through holiday celebration, for example, to practices and beliefs that are better for our culture, that are better for our Americanness, maybe based more in truth, even if that truth is not the kind that warms the cockles of your heart.

Heike Paul:
I think we need to unlearn some of the ways that we react to the narratives. We need to learn to maybe cultivate different kinds of cultural practices, and we also need to be more critical of the iconography. The hardest part, though, I think, is unlearning to be emotionally attached. I think that's something that is more difficult to to achieve this kind of disengagement. Unlearning, yeah. Distancing yourself from certain kinds of effects that can be nostalgic, you know, can be childhood memories of an Independence Day parade. It can be the smell of a certain kind of food. It's very difficult to disavow that or even ask people to disavow it. So I think this is why the perseverance is so phenomenal, even though we can see all of the cognitive dissonance with those myths. What helps, I think, is to have at least kind of some sort of reflexive. Um, detour. You know, like you said, this is a holiday so and so, and, you know, I see whatever, you know, is implied by these kinds of facilities and maybe, you know, let's try to change the narrative or let's, you know, do this, tell it differently.

Hannah McCarthy:
I think it's important to acknowledge that emotional connection because that's part of the point, isn't it? Nick, you brought up your feelings about the founding fathers who know we're not this perfectly harmonious, homogenous group, but at the same time, casting them in a glimmering light does give us something to rally around to be patriotic about. And that is important. You can see how that builds a nation. But to hike his point, What if we had other things? We need our stories. We need our myths. But what if we changed the stories we tell? That does it for part two of this two parter. Oh, yes, it's in two parts. And if you haven't listened to part one on the Origin Myths of America, I warmly recommend you do so right now. This episode was produced by me and McCarthy with Nick Capodice. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. Jacqui Fulton is our producer, and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Music In this episode by Chris Zabriskie, Simon Matthewson, Young Karts, Stucco, Gray, Jakarta Riddim, Fabian Tel Dylan sits and spring game. You can check out our entire catalog at our website, civics101podcast.org. And while you're there, ask us your questions about America, be it the truth of the matter or the myth. Submit your question and we might just make an episode to answer it. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

Sonix is the world’s most advanced automated transcription, translation, and subtitling platform. Fast, accurate, and affordable.

Automatically convert your mp3 files to text (txt file), Microsoft Word (docx file), and SubRip Subtitle (srt file) in minutes.

Sonix has many features that you'd love including share transcripts, secure transcription and file storage, automated translation, enterprise-grade admin tools, and easily transcribe your Zoom meetings. Try Sonix for free today.

 

Transcript


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

American Myths Part One: Origins

We take a closer look at four well-worn stories: that of Christopher Columbus, Pocahontas, the Pilgrims and Puritans and the Founding Fathers and ask what is actually true. They're our foundational origin myths, but why? And since when? Author Heike Paul, author of The Myths That Made America, is our guide.

 

American Myths Part 1.mp3: Audio automatically transcribed by Sonix

American Myths Part 1.mp3: this mp3 audio file was automatically transcribed by Sonix This transcript may contain errors.

Hannah McCarthy:
Hi, Nick.

Nick Capoodice:
Hey, Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy:
And hello listener. You're listening to Civics 101 and its story time. And actually, this is going to be an episode in two parts Part one America's Origin Stories. More specifically, America's origin myths.

Nick Capoodice:
Do we have myths?

Hannah McCarthy:
Oh, Nick, we are myths.

Nick Capoodice:
Okay. I'm very excited for this, in part because my older son right now is absolutely obsessed with Greek myths. And it's Greek above all else. Like other myths don't even come close to cutting it. He sees Greek myth as the truest myth.

Hannah McCarthy:
Okay, this is very interesting because, Nick, what's a true myth like truth is not the point of myth. The point of myth is to create morals and principles and power dynamics and cultural practices, which is not necessarily to say that myths are about lying. They're just about finding the strongest story to build a world around. And mind you, myths are important. We do need them. But sometimes the question is how long do we need them for?

Heike Paul:
Let's start with this idea of a myth. You know, when you look at what is a myth, a myth is something that tries to create kind of a larger framework, a larger meaning, maybe kind of a spiritual dimension even. And you do this by mythic narratives. Of course, those myths that I discuss are modern myths, if you will. They are not classical myths. They don't go back to antiquity. So these are modern myths that provide ontological security and that eliminate contingency.

Hannah McCarthy:
This is Heike Paul. Anyone who reads our newsletter knows that I recently discovered her wonderful book, The Myths That Made America. And I devoured it. And Heike, as you may guess, is not herself American. She's a professor of American studies at Friedrich Alexander University in Bavaria.

Heike Paul:
I think there's always this fascination with the US as this very strong. At least we used to think that way. Very strong, imagined community that likes to display the flag all over the place, you know, that is into civil religion, the Pledge of Allegiance. I mean, these are things that, for a German, are very strange.

Hannah McCarthy:
And before we dig into this American strangeness, I have to say that, like his book is nuanced and it's deep and it's really good. And, Nick, I'm not going to do a justice. I can't There is so much more going on. And if you read it, I believe that you will get a complete picture. And also it's open source on JSTOR store. So if you can, I encourage you to indeed dig deeper. But what we're going to do today is take a look at the seven myths that she lays out and why on earth they exist and why they matter and how we've used them. So the big why.

Heike Paul:
When I speak to my students about this idea of an imagined community, I always tells them, you know, when you have a romantic relationship with somebody, then you constitute a collectivity. This collectivity needs to be nourished. You know, this is why you always tell each other stories about when you met the first time, what was it that got you interested in this other person? You have an anniversary. You know, you had you do things that that binds you together to eliminate contingency and to make you, you know, convinced that it could be no other person that you're with. No one else would take all the boxes. Right. So any collectivity needs to create this kind of meaning. Right. And so, like, if you are a couple, of course you know each other. If you're your family that gets larger. And a nation, any modern nation state also needs to do that.

Nick Capoodice:
Eliminate contingency.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah. In other words, if you have a shared agreed upon collection of stories and beliefs, then you're less likely to have to plan for potential issues in the future, like you're already agreeing. So a partnership needs that and the nation needs that. And these myths that we're about to talk about, they really start to emerge as the country is hitting a fever pitch of immigration in the 19th century.

Heike Paul:
And I think here with the emergence of the modern nation state in the 19th century, we also see the emergence of these kinds of modern myths that are connected to the nation or the nation state and that stabilize the nation state as an entity that is not questioned every other day within Europe. And you think of the emergence of the modern nation states in France or Germany or wherever. Of course, there was this reach back to one's own history, right? You would go back to the Middle Ages or maybe even antiquity. But there was a sense that, you know, something has happened in that place that you could feed into this national mythology. In the US, of course, we all know there were communities living in North America and the Americas at large, but the native perspectives were not the ones that were fed into the foundational mythology. For for a long time, I would say quite the contrary, sort of the native presence is really an exception.

Nick Capoodice:
Okay, so we needed some collective history, but we didn't want it to have anything to do with the people who were here already, who had a long history.

Hannah McCarthy:
With one notable exception, and we will get to that. But yeah.

Heike Paul:
There was a more conscious process, I would say conscious selection process also by a kind of an intellectual elite at the time of the founding. And it was kind of a balance that needed to be created between, on the one hand, borrowing from highly considered European tradition and sources, but on the other hand making sure this is not who we are, we are not Europeans. We are Americans. And so this is maybe a second dimension of why this is so interesting in the United States. You know, this balancing out of foreign influences with kind of a making it new aspect energy, but at the same time really obscuring the indigenous roots.

Hannah McCarthy:
So in her book, Heike covers seven myths in total. But like I said, this is an episode in two parts. So part one, we're going to talk about the four origin myths. Part two we will take on the three myths that laid the groundwork for America's future. So the origins we've got the stories of Christopher Columbus, Pocahontas, the Pilgrims, Puritans, and the Founding Fathers. Heike calls these:

Heike Paul:
The VIPs of American beginning.

Hannah McCarthy:
Speaking of the VIPS of American beginnings.

Heike Paul:
Yeah, with Columbus, the one thing that we need to be aware, I think, and that's also very funny, is that for being like the first great national hero of the United States, he was somebody who had never set foot on the territory that now is the United States, right? He only got as far as the Caribbean, never even made it to the south of Florida. And so that's kind of a paradox, of course, that you have here. This guy, he's Italian. He sails for the Spanish crown, he visits the Americas. He doesn't know where he is. You know, he doesn't even think that he is in the Americas. He thinks he's on the back side of India, also dies, not finding out that he's not in India, but he's not even touching US American territory. And so many scholars have pointed that out. Of course, I was not the first to point that out. When you have just to see the way that not Columbus discovered America, but that, in fact, I think this is Claudia Bushman, who says America discovered Columbus at some point to make him out sort of a larger than life national hero at a time when they needed one. Right. And so why did they need one? Okay. So it was in the late 18th century.

Nick Capoodice:
Late 18th century America, a.k.a the time of the Constitutional Convention. We finally are our own thing.

Heike Paul:
There was not a tradition to hearken back to in the United States, not the kind in any case that was desired. There was this strong conflict, of course, with the British War, Revolutionary War, War of Independence. You didn't want to really take recourse to the fact that there was a lot of Britishness in the new world. So you had to pick somebody who was not British, and so you picked Columbus.

Nick Capoodice:
So these revolutionaries were desperate for something, anything historical to cling to, and it couldn't have anything to do with the millennia of existing human history that was already here in this country. So they pick someone who technically has nothing to do with what was about to be the United States.

Hannah McCarthy:
Oh, Nick, you mean with what was about to be Columbia?

Nick Capoodice:
All right. Right. We talked about this in another episode. We didn't call ourselves America. We were Columbia back in the day. That's because of Christopher Columbus. And then, of course, we have Washington, D.C., the District of Columbia and towns called Columbus everywhere. Wait, hold on. Columbia University.

Hannah McCarthy:
As in formerly Kings College. Oh, yeah. That's all. Christopher Columbus, or I should say Cristoforo Colombo, because Christopher Columbus is not an Italian name. Right. But he is an Italian man in the US. The man, Christopher Columbus, was revered. But then the idea that he came to represent just became this like, separate, glorious thing. You see these portrayals of America as this sort of goddess woman Columbia, you know what I'm talking about, Like in the painting of Manifest Destiny. Right, right, right, right. With the woman laying out the power lines like that's Columbia. Yeah.

Nick Capoodice:
She was our pre Uncle Sam.

Hannah McCarthy:
Uncle Sam. Yeah. Yeah, exactly. So why the man, Christopher Columbus? To begin with.

Heike Paul:
Columbus was not only not British and therefore made a good national hero for Americans, he was also somebody who was a little bit troubled by the fact that he had to sail for a queen who was not forever grateful to him. Quite the contrary. He was incarcerated. You know, he, you know, became this kind of tragic figure in canonical accounts in any case. And so here you had like this larger than life adventurer and explorer who then also became the victim of a monarch was not appreciated. And so, yes, let's take Columbus. And you could at this point, you could use him to to engage with this idea of conquest crossing the continent westward. You could just be those who would successfully continue Columbus Quest to India, you know, one step further. And that would then also nicely tie in with. The frontier narratives with Manifest Destiny, you know, everything kind of could be sensibly connected to the worship of Christopher Columbus.

Nick Capoodice:
And in the soon to be independent United States, I assume the whole conquest thing was really useful when it came to sanctifying our tendency to oppress and enslave.

Heike Paul:
When you see early visual representations, you will always see that there is this immense hierarchy between a figure like Columbus and his his cross, you know, superior religiosity closed, fully closed, ornamental. And then there's always not really individual people that he meets upon arrival. They always the groups of natives, you know, they're not individualized. And there are usually naked. They're depicted as much smaller than Columbus in the images. And they also depicted as being in or being oppressed, frightened, but obviously accepting this figure of this authority of the white explorer.

Hannah McCarthy:
And then, Nick, and this is really important not just to this American myth, but to all of the myths that Heike talks about in her book, The shifting populace of the United States shifted the myth itself.

Heike Paul:
For all the reasons that he was so practical as a hero for early America. I think in the 19th century we can see that there were also some who felt that maybe he was not the right kind of guy to represent the American nation, for one thing, because it was discovered or people remember that after all, he was Catholic.

Nick Capoodice:
Why is that a problem?

Hannah McCarthy:
Well, Catholic immigrants in the 19th century experienced a good deal of stigmatization and discrimination as immigrants from Ireland and Italy streamed in, Protestant America in particular became suspicious of Catholics. So Columbus is a Catholic, just like these immigrants. They don't love that. But what ended up happening is that some Irish and many Italian immigrants in particular began to think of Columbus as a kind of founding father. He was Italian. He was credited with being the first one here in America, etc., etc..

Nick Capoodice:
So when was the turnaround Like? What point did people finally take a look at the whole picture and start talking about how Christopher Columbus was in fact a murderer and an enslaver and he might not be the best choice as the representative of a country who is trying to wrestle with its own past atrocities.

Heike Paul:
With the 20th century major revisionism taking place around the 1992 anniversary, quote unquote, of the quote unquote discovery. So what do you do? 500 years after Columbus landed in the Caribbean, what is there to celebrate?

Hannah McCarthy:
It was actually during this quincentennial that states started sheepishly backing away from the nationwide devotion to an unsavory historical figure who never actually came here to begin with. That's when you started to hear about Indigenous People's day being celebrated in place of Columbus Day.

Nick Capoodice:
I think the first time I started to hear about this was when I read this book Lies My teacher told me, But what you've been telling me is is true. Like he wasn't here, he was a bad guy. And yet there is so much resistance to that shift away from Columbus.

Archival:
It is Columbus Day, if you didn't know. But several cities across the country will celebrate Indigenous Indigenous Peoples Day instead. Indigenous. Some far left groups like Antifa are...

Hannah McCarthy:
Calling for violence yet. Well, Christopher Columbus was actually taken in by the Irish and especially the Italians who were predominantly Catholic.

Nick Capoodice:
Absolutely. I think we had a Columbus bust in our house growing up.

Hannah McCarthy:
Oh, wow. Okay. Because that was the connection that these immigrants had to America's founding. Their legitimacy and their patriotism all wrapped up with a nice, neat little bow in one historical figure and in part two of civics one and one on American myths. I'm going to come back to that point, Nick, of why it's so seriously hard to let go of all of these myths. But for now, origin myth number two, Pocahontas.

Heike Paul:
Even though we still see her as this wonderful woman, enticing, attractive, exotic as the object of a romantic affair, of romantic desire. We know now, of course, you could have done all along that. Of course, she was not romantically infatuated with John Smith because she was, I don't know, seven, nine, 11. I don't know. She was she was a child and he was in his mid to late thirties.

Hannah McCarthy:
Also, Pocahontas, not her formal name. Her formal name was Amonute. Pocahontas was a nickname. So a major part of the Pocahontas story is the part about her being a quote unquote, "Indian princess." She's the daughter of Powhatan, chief of the Algonquin Nation, and the leader of a very strong coalition of tribes. When Captain John Smith and others came from England to Jamestown, Virginia.

Heike Paul:
And so there is an encounter. Pocahontas is a little girl. John Smith is a man in his thirties. They meet I guess we know that they met the Smith falls out of favor or not? I mean, it goes back and forth, but then he feels like he's being captured by Powhatan and he is supposedly about to be executed. And in his own retelling of what happened, it is Pocahontas who falls, jumps into the arms of Powhatan to say, No, please, I love him, don't kill him. That is the official version. And then John Smith says, You know, she saved my life because she is madly in love with me as women all over the world. Because we know from his trip to Turkey and the other places that always women fell in love with him and saved him. And that's his that's his story all along.

Nick Capoodice:
John Smith is like, Women are obsessed with me everywhere I go.

Hannah McCarthy:
It's in his journals, man. Oh, by the way, here's another major part of the Pocahontas story. We don't have anything that she wrote. It's all just accounts from other people in her life. So John Smith writes that he's about to be executed and Pocahontas saves him. You may have seen the fairly well known drawing. It's from the 1600s. It shows Pocahontas throwing her body over John Smith to prevent the executioner's blow. Alternatively, you may have seen the 1995 Disney classic animated film Pocahontas, in which the exact same scene happens.

Nick Capoodice:
Still haven't seen it.

Heike Paul:
But I was writing the book actually. I still had students young enough to have been in the Disney craze when the film came out. And then then we had one session where everyone brought their Pocahontas Barbies.

Hannah McCarthy:
Full disclosure, I had the Pocahontas Barbie.

Nick Capoodice:
You didn't.

Hannah McCarthy:
I did.

Nick Capoodice:
Where is it?

Hannah McCarthy:
I don't know where it is now, man. Anyway, back to the supposed rescue.

Heike Paul:
Now, in light of ethnographic and anthropological scholarship, we now tend to read the rescue scene. Not as a rescue scene at all. We tend to read it as a scene of adoption. There are a number of scholars who are quite established who have convincingly argued that what is happening here is that Smith is adopted into the tribe of the Algonquin and that Pocahontas is given the role of being kind of the special mediator, of being kind of a special relation to him, but not in a romantic way at all.

Nick Capoodice:
All right. So not only was Pocahontas a child who most certainly was not madly in love with Captain John Smith, she also never dramatically saved his life.

Hannah McCarthy:
No, it was more like an elaborate ceremony to improve interrelations that John Smith totally misinterpreted.

Heike Paul:
He's wounded. He goes back to England. Pocahontas thinks he's actually dead. You know, she nobody tells her that he has left. You know, she thinks he has died within the conflict between the natives and the English. She's taken captive. She's held in captivity by the English. And then she's basically forced, coerced or whatever to marry John Rolfe to settle interracial relations in the colony. And she does that. She marries son. She has a son with him. They go to England to promote the colony. This is a big promotion thing, you know, And I want to get more resources. They need more people. So they go to London. Saw her off as lady Rebecca, as is most famous. Famous portrays when she looks like she's, in fact not Indian at all or not native. And as Lady Rebecca, she is having an audience at the court. She catches the virus, after all, she's sick and then she dies and is now buried in Gravesend in south of England. She never makes it back on the ship to go home.

Hannah McCarthy:
And Heike pointed out that when you see etchings or images of Pocahontas, of humanity post marriage to John Rolfe, she's portrayed as someone who appears a lot closer to a white woman than anything else. I mean, they called her Lady Rebecca.

Nick Capoodice:
Hmm.

Hannah McCarthy:
She was this figure used to represent unity, cohesion, defense of the white colonizer. Harmony.

Heike Paul:
So Pocahontas is made out to be this exceptional figure because she, again, in the colonial mindset, was the first one to see how important the English were and how attractive and.

Hannah McCarthy:
How.

Heike Paul:
How much of the future was the English in America. And so in the 19th century, again, there is this concoction of this romantic plot between her and John Smith. Sometimes it's just like really one author who writes about it, and then it is carried over by other authors. And it's, you know, it becomes this tradition. But then when you go back to the source, you see what nonsense this actually is. But it has given us volumes and volumes of trashy romance novels.

Nick Capoodice:
So basically there's this completely false alternative narrative about things somehow being good. Some love story at the center of important relationships between the Jamestown settlers and the Poulton, Even though it didn't happen.

Heike Paul:
Since this could not take place, this utopian scenario did not evolve. That also then gave white settlers a reason or legitimacy or justification just to have it any other way.

Hannah McCarthy:
In other words, because Pocahontas represented both settler and trans-Atlantic romance and unification, which she did not. This kind of takes care of the problem of the displacement and worse of indigenous people. And we have two more origin myths coming your way. But first, we're going to take a quick break.

Nick Capoodice:
But before we go, Hannah, I'm willing to bet whatever newsletter comes after this episode will be essentially what would happen if anyone out there asked you a question about this book?

Hannah McCarthy:
In other words, 3 hours of slightly free form stream of consciousness gushing about American myths?

Nick Capoodice:
Yes, my current one I'm typing up now is about black licorice. So but all the stuff that Hannah and I write is compacted to fit in our newsletter, which you really should subscribe to. It's just good stuff and we don't try to sell you anything.

Hannah McCarthy:
And I will tell you about the early days of American History scholarship and how it defined basically everything we learned for like well over 100 years.

Nick Capoodice:
You can subscribe to that newsletter, Extra credit at our website, civics101podcast.org.

Hannah McCarthy:
We're back. You're listening to Civics 101. And in part one of this two parter on American Myths, I'm speaking with Heike Paul about her book, The Myths That Made America. We're talking about the origin stories held so near and dear and sometimes less near and dear. Moving on to the third origin myth that Heike covers the Pilgrims, the Puritans, and the Promised Land.

Heike Paul:
Here we have, I think, a myth that is clearly steeped in kind of a religious experience or that is using religious experience to talk about a secular dimension or secular development. So the Promised Land, of course, is a a topos that we take from the Old Testament. It's the narrative of the exodus. So actually quite early in the Old Testament and the Exodus story is about the Israelites escaping bondage and slavery in Egypt, crossing the wilderness, crossing the Red Sea, and then finding their utopia or their home or their own sort of territorial sovereignty. And so in the midst of the promised land, the exodus part is always the nice part to tell. Everyone likes to tell that part. It's about the Mayflower. It's about escaping British oppression, it's about religious toleration, and it is about finding freedom for religious practice elsewhere in the United States and Massachusetts Bay. Of course, from the beginning there is conflict in the colony. And then, of course, there's also conflict with those who are already there living there, namely the Native Americans. The idea of the promised land is giving a religious dimension to the narrative of settler colonialism. Again, it makes it less contingent. It makes it justifiable. It makes it legitimate because it's been ordained by God himself. It is a contract, as it is often called. A covenant between God and the worshipers. And God is rewarding the worshipers with the land that He brings them to. So that would be the straightforward narrative of the Pilgrims and the Puritans. This has gone down the centuries also as a narrative of a land grab, as a narrative of extermination, as a narrative of being extremely narrow minded, in fact, talking about religious toleration. Right.

Hannah McCarthy:
See religion and God, not unlike the exact way they had been used by the monarchy of England for forever ordained and justified Puritan takeover and condemnation of everything that wasn't Puritan and all under the guise of liberty, right? Religious liberty. And you might say, well, how is that tied to modern America?

Heike Paul:
Well, Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yes, Nick.

Nick Capoodice:
How is that tied to modern America?

Heike Paul:
I think this whole idea of civil religion is linked to the to the Puritans.

Nick Capoodice:
What does she mean by civil religion here?

Hannah McCarthy:
This is the concept that even though America doesn't have an actual sectarian national religion, we do have collective beliefs and rituals and iconography. So that is what we refer to as civil religion.

Heike Paul:
Of course, we have other elements of religious connotations that we find in civil religion. God bless America and God we trust. I mean, these are things that are also quite striking for a secular nation state. And when you have an outside perspective, this may be puzzling, you know, because Americans always find it strange that, you know, in Bavaria we have lots of religious holidays in the calendar and we're a secular nation. Why do you have religious holidays? You know, and then, you know, I point out, yeah, but you have in God, we trust on every corner.

Hannah McCarthy:
So moving forward in time, you can tie God to this idea of America as utopia, as a biblical promised land. And then that becomes a useful myth to, for example, empower people who were brought here against their will, who were enslaved. Post emancipation. This idea could, you know, reinforce what the formerly enslaved were owed here in the promised Land and then jump ahead again. Look at the immigrants whose transition to America was an exodus to the city on the Hill.

Nick Capoodice:
Real quick, out of curiosity, I understand that this idea of the promised Land is this really powerful image. And God has always, always been a useful justification for all sorts of power moves. But why the Puritans and why this like why this Massachusetts centric creation story about what America is? Why is it these folks in hats with buckles on their shoes shooting turkeys? Why is it that the Puritans get the first Americans ever prize?

Hannah McCarthy:
Apparently, Nick, a big part of it is that they just wrote prodigiously, like talk about not having any of Pocahontas writings. We have gobs of Puritan writing.

Heike Paul:
Just by the sheer amount of text production they did. They made sure that they had a lasting grip on whoever came after them.

Hannah McCarthy:
All right. Fourth and last origin myth. You know who's coming, Nick?

Nick Capoodice:
Who?

Heike Paul:
So we move on to the Founding Fathers.

Archival:
For God's sake, listen.

Hannah McCarthy:
To one big, happy, harmonious group of dads.

Heike Paul:
No matter where you make the cuts and who's in and who's out, there's always this idea, you know, Thomas Jefferson, Madison and, of course, Washington representing Virginia or the South at the founding moment. And then there are people like Franklin or John Adams or who are more representing the North. And then we can see that it's really hard to make them out as a group because they were so different from each other and they were not really kind of a harmonious group to to steer those colonies and to make them into one homogenous nation. Right? So from the beginning, the closer you look at them, the more you will see that they had lots of issues with each other. I mean, I think Adams and Jefferson probably hated each other.

Hannah McCarthy:
I did want to point out that the conversation about the Founding Fathers, those revered and utmost principled men who bestowed upon us the greatest government foundation known to man, has thankfully shifted in part to an acknowledgment of their flaws, failings and contributions to and participation in enslavement.

Heike Paul:
And I think that the myth of the Founding Fathers has evolved because of these debates, has evolved a lot, you know, So I think that's very important to see them not no longer as these figures of progress, enlightenment, independence and so forth, but to see them really as representatives of all of the cognitive dissonances of the time that they were living in still.

Nick Capoodice:
Hannah there is an almost worshipful reverence for these men who penned the precious documents at the center of American life.

Heike Paul:
I think that with regard to the foundational documents and the so called authors of that documents, there is a lot of mythologizing. Right. Pauline Mayer. She refers to the foundational documents as American scripture, as kind of the Bible of Americans. And when you go look at them at the archives, National Archives, that is the sense that you get. I remember that the first time I went there, I, I was asked to get rid of my chewing gum. I was asked to stand straight in a row. And I was really disciplined. Right. Disciplined not only for security reasons before I could enter this hall, you know, dimly lit and bow in front of the shrine that held the Declaration of Independence. And to me, this was really strange, you know, But I remember the chewing gum thing. So, yeah, I was disciplined into kind of a right kind of person to be able to visit this document. So it's a document, but of course, it's also the people it's about they were self-consciously stylizing themselves and each other with regard to the foundational role that they played in the creation of the United States.

Hannah McCarthy:
The founding Fathers, or importantly, framers, as you'll often hear us refer to them on this show, because to make his point, the father thing is part of the myth. Our personifications of American patriotism, of the establishment of an independent nation and rebirth through revolution of a homogenous group coming together to foster and facilitate a new world in the new world to perform a near miracle. Of course, they were in actuality, statesmen, politicians who disagreed, who enslaved people who represented the cultural and economic elite, who in this part, Nick, I had honestly never considered, but of course, who lucked into a fortunate confluence of events.

Heike Paul:
When we think of a miracle, then I think it really the miracle is really the coincidence of so many different things that happened that made this possible. Maybe, yeah, this is really retroactively inventing a position of power and authority to speak and to utter performatively we the people right at the moment, they utter it. They are not authorized. But then with the sort of retroactively installing themselves at the seat of power, it kind of makes sense.

Hannah McCarthy:
By the way, do you know when the term Founding fathers was first used?

Nick Capoodice:
I don't. Do you?

Hannah McCarthy:
I do. It was used by at the time, Senator Warren G. Harding at the 1916 Republican National Convention in a speech of his.

Nick Capoodice:
Wow. So, like, right before our involvement in World War One.

Heike Paul:
Mm hmm.

Hannah McCarthy:
So, Nick, that takes care of, like, a for origin myths for America. And there are three more where that came from. In part two, America's Progress and Future Myths, which I warmly recommend you listen to right now. This episode of Civics one two, one was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy with Nick Capodice. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. Jacqui Fulton is our producer. Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Music In this episode by Lobo Loco 91Nova, Casa, Kick Osamayo, Marxist. Howard Harper Barnes, Chris Zabriskie, Tigran Viken, Gregor Quendell, Timothy Infinite and Sara the Illstrumentalist. You can check out everything we've ever made at our website, civics101podcast.org. And while you're there, if you like what you hear, consider making a donation. We are, after all, public. Very public radio. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.

Sonix is the world’s most advanced automated transcription, translation, and subtitling platform. Fast, accurate, and affordable.

Automatically convert your mp3 files to text (txt file), Microsoft Word (docx file), and SubRip Subtitle (srt file) in minutes.

Sonix has many features that you'd love including secure transcription and file storage, automated subtitles, share transcripts, powerful integrations and APIs, and easily transcribe your Zoom meetings. Try Sonix for free today.

 

Transcript


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Host v Host: A Battle of Wits

Senior Producer Christina Phillips puts Nick and Hannah to the test in this trivia face off! Play along as our co-hosts prove their mettle (and also don't) and learn a little something while you're at it. Featuring Nick as Christopher Walken... with apologies to Mr. Walken.


Transcript

Christina Phillips: I remember the first time I tracked with you, Nick, I just would like. Like, can you back away from the microphone? I was like, Why are you.

Nick Capodice: Are you in a cemetery? Here's a fun piece of trivia.

Hannah McCarthy: Are you in a...Oh, this is a piece of trivia I know.

Nick Capodice: This is for our listeners. Christina, do you know how to. To make sure you spell cemetery properly?

Christina Phillips: No, but I would love to know.

Nick Capodice: They're so scary. You go "eeee" all the way through it.

Christina Phillips: It's not "tary?"

Nope.

Hannah McCarthy: No, [00:00:30] it's an e.

Nick Capodice: You go "ee" all the way through. All the way through.

Hannah McCarthy: You want to hear something really embarrassing? You know what else is e all the way through? Competent. You know who has to check her spelling on competent every time she writes it? This incompetent, This person right here.

Nick Capodice: Incompetent co-host

Christina Phillips: Oh, I feel like I. My spelling is so bad now, and it's just.

Hannah McCarthy: Hello. Hello, everyone. You are listening to Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy. [00:01:00]

Nick Capodice: I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: And this is another installment of the thing where our senior producer Christina, betrays what we do not know about American government and history.

Nick Capodice: In other words, it's time for Civics 101 trivia. I'd actually say that's one of the great privileges of being the host of civics one. On one hand, we can readily admit to not knowing anything.

Hannah McCarthy: And not knowing things. We we do. Do not know. We do not know a lot of things. Time to find out which of those our whole audience will learn the dark [00:01:30] truth of today Nick.

Nick Capodice: So without further ado, senior producer Christina Phillips takes it away and makes us squirm because actually the other secret is that we wish we knew everything.

Hannah McCarthy: Let's do this.

Christina Phillips: So our first question is about the Reconstruction era, which, to give you a little background to begin in the 1860s, during and after the Civil War, and from 1861 to 1875, Republicans controlled both the House and the Senate. Lincoln's assassination in 1865 [00:02:00] made his Democratic VP, Andrew Johnson, the president, and at the time the Republican Party was the party of Reconstruction, while the Democratic Party, especially Southern Democrats, were opposed to most any kind of civil rights legislation for people who are formerly enslaved. So this first question is for you, Hannah. Oh, boy, it is multiple choice. Johnson vetoed 23 bills. And from our episode on vetoes, we know that Congress can override a president's [00:02:30] veto only if two thirds of the House and two thirds of the Senate vote to override it. How many of these vetoes did Congress override? Five. Ten. 15 or 20.

Hannah McCarthy: Just because it was like an entirely radical Republican Congress at the time.

Hannah McCarthy: The White House page for Andrew Johnson. I'll never [00:03:00] forget this because the White House has a page for every president and for Andrew Johnson. They call him unfortunate. Like he was apparently actually like competent politician, but his presidency was unfortunate. But I'm going to venture that they overrode 20.

Christina Phillips: You are close. 20, I think would be sort of incredible because the override rate is so low.

Nick Capodice: Is it ten?

Christina Phillips: It is 15.

Nick Capodice: So [00:03:30] that's still a lot.

Hannah McCarthy: It is a lot.

Christina Phillips: It's a lot, especially considering that there's so few veto overrides. Yeah. Two thirds of the House and the Senate is a really hard thing to achieve. They really did not like Johnson. Oh, they did not. Here's some of the things that Congress ended up doing when they overruled Johnson's vetoes. They include passing legislation that reduced Johnson's control of the Army, ordering a military to call the elections in the South and reasserting Congress's control of reconstruction. [00:04:00] Basically legislation that said, no, no, we are in charge of reconstruction, not you. The president, and prohibited Johnson's power to remove Cabinet officers without the Senate's consent. Nick. This question is for you.

Nick Capodice: I'm ready for it.

Christina Phillips: Of these bills that Congress passed that Johnson had tried to veto and failed to veto, there was one that he chose to completely disregard and he did it anyway, and that ended up getting him impeached. So which [00:04:30] one was it? Was it the bill that reduced his control over the Army? The bill that ordered the military to call elections in the South? The bill that reasserted Congress's control of reconstruction? Or the bill that prohibited Johnson from removing Cabinet officials without the Senate's consent.

Nick Capodice: Hoo. I think it's the first one of the last one. And I'm going to go with the first one about whether or not he could remove people in the Army.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. So that one was reducing his control over [00:05:00] the army.

Nick Capodice: Right. That's the one.

Hannah McCarthy: Which no president. Well.

Christina Phillips: That's very true.

Nick Capodice: That's my guess.

Christina Phillips: It's a good guess. It is not the correct guess. Yes. So Congress had passed legislation saying that for Johnson's term he could not remove members of his own cabinet without Senate's consent, and he did not like that. So he eventually fired his secretary of war, who refused to step down because he was like, no, Congress has to approve this. Right. [00:05:30] And so Congress voted to impeach him. Ultimately, the impeachment was unsuccessful, but not without many, many, many angry speeches by Republicans and some Democrats about Johnson's failure to lead. So Johnson takes the record for the president to have the most vetoes overridden by Congress. But there are two presidents who each had 12 vetoes that were overridden by Congress. Hannah First, I'm going to give you some clues. You tell me. The President. All right.

Hannah McCarthy: I'll try my best.

Christina Phillips: This president owned a haberdashery, [00:06:00] was responsible for the secret establishment of the NSA and has haunted nearly every topic I've covered on the show.

Hannah McCarthy: Well, I was going to say LBJ.

Christina Phillips: No, it was not LBJ.

Nick Capodice: Is it Eisenhower?

Christina Phillips: No, it's Truman.

Nick Capodice: Oh, Truman. And I knew it was Truman.

Christina Phillips: Truman. Man of the Truman Doctrine. He delighted in using his emergency powers, helped establish NATO.

Hannah McCarthy: Of course. Truman.

Christina Phillips: Yes, that is Truman. Next question. [00:06:30] This is for Nick. This president ascended from Congress rather quickly, all the way up to the presidency. He was responsible for a cabinet reorganization known as the Halloween massacre. And he played football in college. He started in Congress. He ended up as the president.

Nick Capodice: I'm trying to think of the really handsome one who played football in college, which I think might have been Eisenhower. No, but this but this question about how they weren't. They were they didn't win the Electoral College. So.

Christina Phillips: Yeah, [00:07:00] he never had to He was never nominated for vice president or president before he became president.

Nick Capodice: So is this someone who became president because somebody else died?

Christina Phillips: He didn't die.

Nick Capodice: Uh huh. Who resigned.

Christina Phillips: Hmm.

Nick Capodice: Nixon resigned.

Christina Phillips: Nixon did resign.

Archival: To leave office before my term is completed as abhorrent to every instinct in my body.

Christina Phillips: And it's not Spiro Agnew.

Nick Capodice: Gerald Ford.

Yes. Okay. [00:07:30] Gerald Ford. Gerald. He played football in college. Yeah, he did.

Nick Capodice: I think a couple of them played football.

Archival: My fellow Americans, our long national nightmare is over. Our Constitution.

Hannah McCarthy: not feeling so hot after that one Nick.

Nick Capodice: Nick, I believe the score.

Hannah McCarthy: You know, we know the score

Nick Capodice: unless I am wrong and I am never wrong.

Hannah McCarthy: You know, you were you were wrong with that Johnson question.

Nick Capodice: The score is 1 to 0 me in the lead.

Hannah McCarthy: Tides can shift, my [00:08:00] friend.

Nick Capodice: Round two. Here we go.

Christina Phillips: We're going to talk about voter turnout and voting requirements. The first question is for you, Hannah. It is multiple choice.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay.

Christina Phillips: So this state takes the title for the highest voter turnout in the 2018 midterm election, with 65% of eligible voters casting ballots. It is also called the land of 10,000 Lakes, claims milk as its state drink and ice hockey as [00:08:30] its state sport.

Hannah McCarthy: Do we have state drinks?

Christina Phillips: We do. I have a whole thing about this, so. Is it Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota or Missouri?

Hannah McCarthy: The land of 10,000 lakes. Minnesota.

Christina Phillips: Yes. It is. So Minnesota was one of the earliest adopters of same day voter registration. Yeah. Amazing. Yeah.

Nick Capodice: I was thinking it [00:09:00] would probably be a state with a smaller population than some of those bigger states because it's easier to get a higher percentage with fewer people. Right.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. And I will say the Midwest is in general, there's higher turnout in the Midwest from what I could see. They also have been promoting for a long time absentee voting in early voting. So Minnesota has a lot of really easy ways to show up and vote. Other states that had high turnout in 2018 included Colorado, Montana, Wisconsin and Oregon. And by the way, Minnesota has over 11,000 lakes. So [00:09:30] it's sort of a misnomer. And 22 states claim milk as their state drink. So that was a trick clue.

Hannah McCarthy: I wonder if big milk is behind that.

Christina Phillips: Hmm, that's a good question. Some states don't have a state drink at all, but some are are very much in the milk camp.

Hannah McCarthy: We're the only animal that drinks another animal's milk. You ever think about that?

Christina Phillips: Is that true? It's pretty.

Hannah McCarthy: Flippin strange.

Nick Capodice: Cats drink cow's milk.

Christina Phillips: Well.

Hannah McCarthy: Not naturally. You know, we give them you give a cat a thing, a cow's milk. [00:10:00] But it's not like cats were seeking out domestic cows.

Nick Capodice: Just surreptitiously under cover of darkness, assaulting their udders in the dead of night.

Hannah McCarthy: Although I suppose naturally is a is not a what uses that adjective.

Nick Capodice: Because we are natural.

Hannah McCarthy: Right? Nothing we do, right?

Nick Capodice: Nothing we do is unnatural because we are nature.

Christina Phillips: Moving on. Next question. This is for you, Nick.

Nick Capodice: Ready for the dance.

Christina Phillips: It's also multiple choice. The state has the lowest voter turnout in the 2018 [00:10:30] midterm election at just 39.3%. It's the only state that is completely free of rabies, and it has more endangered species than any other state. Is it New Mexico, Wyoming, Alaska or Hawaii?

Nick Capodice: If it's completely free of rabies. That lends me to think of Hawaii. And there's lots of endangered animals in Hawaii, but mostly [00:11:00] birds, I'd imagine, because it probably split apart from Pangea so early, it doesn't have a lot of land mammals.

Hannah McCarthy: I would encourage you to think about the fact that birds aren't doing so hot.

Nick Capodice: That's true. I'm going to go with Hawaii.

Christina Phillips: You are correct, Hawaii. So in 2020, Hawaii sent out mail in ballots to every registered voter. And the voter turnout for the 2020 election was much higher. It was around 57% as opposed to 2016, where it was only 43%. So one thing that we do [00:11:30] know from Hawaii is that that mail in ballot initiative in 2020 really did boost turnout by a lot more than it did on a national average, which nationally voter turnout increased seven percentage points between the two presidential elections.

Nick Capodice: Good on you, Hawaii.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. Speaking of mail in ballots and absentee voting, we know 2020 was a record year for voter participation and a record year for the number of people who voted absentee. [00:12:00] So the average in 2020 absentee ballot rejection rate was 0.79%. So not very high under 1%. Only three states rejected greater than two and one half percent of ballots. I'm going to give you four states. I want you to tell me the state that did not reject that many. And this question is for you, Hanna. Okay.

Hannah McCarthy: So you're going to list four states. Three of them are going to be higher objectors, and one of them is going to be a low register. Yes. Okay.

Christina Phillips: Arkansas. [00:12:30] Georgia. New Mexico. New York.

Hannah McCarthy: Och, I'm going to say New York.

Christina Phillips: It's not New York.

Christina Phillips: So, again, this is the reason I wanted to ask this question is because there's not a lot of obvious reasons. There's not a really good like federal way to track how absentee ballots are going. So the states that had the highest rejection rates were Arkansas, New Mexico and New York. They were the only three states [00:13:00] that had more than two and a half percent of absentee ballots rejected. The vast majority of states had under 1%. States are not required to report why their absentee ballots are rejected, and every state has its individual regulations for election officials. So it is hard to know why absentee ballots are getting rejected. And also in several of these states, it was one county or two counties that had really high rejection rates. Other parts of the state were much lower.

Hannah McCarthy: Was it like Manhattan [00:13:30] people writing in like Batman and whatever?

Christina Phillips: I don't know. I did not look at the actual breakdown in the map. But the this study that I'm talking about is from MIT. They did come up with a few reasons that your ballot may be rejected, some of the most common reasons. So, Nick, this question is for you. It's multiple choice. In 2020, what was the most likely reason an absentee ballot was thrown out? Was it Sharpie bleed through a [00:14:00] mismatch signature, meaning the signature on your ballot did not match the signature the state had on file, a missing signature, meaning you didn't sign the ballot or didn't sign it in the right place, or you had the incorrect date.

Nick Capodice: You had to put the date down? Let me think.

Christina Phillips: I'm not saying anything.

Nick Capodice: My signature has changed so much since I got my first checkbook at the ripe age of nine.

Hannah McCarthy: I basically try out a new signature every time I have to sign my name [00:14:30] this morning. And I was like, How's that? That's a good one, right?

Nick Capodice: I know I used to put a little smiley face and the number two under my name as a little trick. If someone tried to forge my checkbook from my Paper Boy account. Anyway, I'm going to guess mismatched signatures.

Christina Phillips: You are correct. It is mismatched signatures.

Nick Capodice: I'm gettin all the easy ones McCarthy.

Christina Phillips: Here's the thing. Mismatched signatures comparing the signature that you submit on your ballot with the signature that the election officials have on file. So the signature that you [00:15:00] gave when you register to vote, for example, this could be when you registered on like over mail or it could be when you registered a year ago. So the way that they evaluate if your signature matches or not, it's depends on the election official. It depends on the state, it depends on the county. But that is the most common reason some states do have laws on the books that require them to notify people if their absentee ballot has been rejected and give them the opportunity to correct [00:15:30] it. Other states do not. So in many of these states, when an absentee ballot is initially rejected, they're able to correct it because they reach out to the person and say, hey, you know, we had an issue either come vote in person or we're going to figure out a system for you. Not every state requires that. So if you vote absentee, be aware of that and check to see if your what your state's local laws are about absentee ballots, what kind of pen to use, what kind of pen not to use. If you can track your ballot and [00:16:00] if your state will contact you if it doesn't end up going through. So that's that. The score now, I believe, is two Nick, zero Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy: No, I have one. One. Yes.

Hannah McCarthy: I've one point.

Nick Capodice: I actually have 3 points.

Christina Phillips: I don't know.

Nick Capodice: I have Hawaii.

Hannah McCarthy: Oh yeah. And Nick has three.

Nick Capodice: So that's 3 to 1.

Hannah McCarthy: Slow [00:16:30] and steady wins the race, man.

Nick Capodice: You remember how the other day you were talking about how much you learned to be a good loser to that friend of ours?

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, well, my ability to lose well is surpassed only by my ability to selectively forget things.

Nick Capodice: All right, Hannah. Round three coming in hot.

Hannah McCarthy: Wait

Nick Capodice: One cannot delay the inevitable.

Hannah McCarthy: Unless it is to remind everybody of our very wonderful, very bright and interesting and never spammy newsletter called Extra Credit.

Nick Capodice: It's a good point. We can [00:17:00] always throw that in.

Hannah McCarthy: I've got like three newsletters that I subscribe to that I ever bother to click on in my inbox. And let me tell you something, this is one of them. The Civics 101 Extra Credit newsletter is one of them, and I already know most of the content.

Nick Capodice: Because you wrote it. Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy: Well, I do like to read my own writing. It's one of my my worst ego things, but it's also just good stuff that we put in the newsletter, right? It's civic stuff that Nick and I discover over the course of a week or a month, or just like one [00:17:30] strange night clicking wildly through Reddit. And it is always worth a read. You can subscribe at our website, civics101podcast.org. Now we can take a break.

Nick Capodice: We're back. We're playing Civics 101 trivia. And I am kind of trouncing Hannah at this point.

Hannah McCarthy: for now.

Nick Capodice: But there's many a slip twixt the cup and the lip. No more dawdling. Let's get back to it.

Hannah McCarthy: Round three, here we come. [00:18:00]

Christina Phillips: So the next category is campaign slogans. The good, the bad and the fake. Are you ready for this?

Nick Capodice: I'm ready.

Christina Phillips: Do you guys have favorite campaign slogans over the years?

Nick Capodice: I like Tippecanoe and Tyler, too.

Hannah McCarthy: I like Ike. Oh, it's one of my favorites.

Nick Capodice: Do you ever hear the song for I Like Ike for that ad, It's like, I like you like I like you like like I like like everybody likes Ike for president.

Christina Phillips: I think there is a song for the Tippecanoe and Tyler, too, as well.

Hannah McCarthy: There is.

Archival: ...Tippecanoe [00:18:30] and Tyler, too. For Tippecanoe and Tyler too. And with them will be little Van Van, Van is a used up man.

Christina Phillips: So I ended up on a very, very deep rabbit hole. I have no idea why I don't remember what episode I was working on, where I ended up in this rabbit hole, but I ended up in a rabbit hole reading about all these campaign slogans over the years. And the takeaway I had was that there was seemed to be no rules about this. So some of them could be about policy, like Abraham Lincoln's. The union [00:19:00] must and shall be preserved. That was one of his campaign slogans. Very literal. That's a long slogan. Yeah. It's not the longest that we're going to talk about. They can be about the person. So Gerald Ford's. He's making us again. I think that might capital us.

Nick Capodice: He's like, making us us again. Making the US again.

Christina Phillips: Well, now I need to look it up because I think it is.

Nick Capodice: It's Gerald Ford again.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah he's making us. Us would Yeah that would make.

Nick Capodice: He's making us us again.

Christina Phillips: He's making us proud [00:19:30] again. I just didn't left out proud. So Gerald Ford, he's making us proud again. Again, again. There's other ones that are sort of vaguely inspirational, like McCain's 2008 slogan, Reform, prosperity and peace. Right. So there's the whole gamut of campaign slogans. So for the next round of questions, I'm going to give you the year. And the slogan, And I want you to tell me if it's a Republican candidate, a Democratic [00:20:00] candidate, or if it's fake. Okay. So the first one to you, Nick, 2012, the slogan is middle class first.

Nick Capodice: Wow.

Christina Phillips: Republican, Democrat or fake?

Nick Capodice: I can't believe somebody would actually put that on their middle class first. If it was, I'm assuming it would be.

Hannah McCarthy: From what I've learned of the great American myth, it's that most Americans classify themselves as the middle class.

Nick Capodice: I saw a chart about that yesterday. Hannah. Yeah, it was like everybody thinks they're middle class from $5,000 [00:20:30] a year to 125,000 a year. Anyhow, I'm going to guess fake Christina.

Christina Phillips: It is not. It is Democrat. It's Barack Obama.

Nick Capodice: Oh, my God. I can't believe I screwed that up.

Christina Phillips: And I should say that all of these are slogans that for actual candidates, not primary candidates. Yeah, whatever. That word is.

Nick Capodice: Cool. I'm ashamed that I got that one wrong.

Christina Phillips: Yeah, that one stood out to me because he had so many other great ones. This is, you know, hope and there's just so many great Barack Obama ones. This is middle class first. [00:21:00] That's it. So that is a no Nick. Hannah? Yes. 2004. Okay. A safer world and a more hopeful America. Republican, Democrat or fake?

Hannah McCarthy: 2004. I'm going to say it's. I must say it's real.

Christina Phillips: Mm hmm.

Hannah McCarthy: And I'm going to say Republican.

Christina Phillips: Yes. This is George W Bush's reelection [00:21:30] slogan, A Safer World and a more hopeful America, which I have never seen on a sign, I imagine it had to be kind of squished. All right, Nick. Things are going to get a little harder. 1932.

Nick Capodice: Okay.

Christina Phillips: We are turning a corner. Republican, Democrat or fake.

Nick Capodice: You're turning a corner.

Nick Capodice: 1932 I'm thinking about it. It's depression [00:22:00] related. And I'm going to say Democrat.

Christina Phillips: No, those as a Republican, it was Hoover, running for reelection. All right, Hannah, 1936. New Deal. Try No deal. Republican, Democrat or fake.

Hannah McCarthy: You could have come up with this.

Nick Capodice: Oh, it.

Hannah McCarthy: Would be rather clever if you did. I'm [00:22:30] going to say fake.

Christina Phillips: It is fake.

Nick Capodice: I was like, Why isn't she saying Republican? Why isn't she? And then she was right. You were right.

Christina Phillips: I will say it's better than what existed. So Roosevelt's Republican challenger, Alfred Landon. This was his slogan, Defeat the New Deal and its reckless spending. So I'm sorry, but New Deal or No deal is much better, in my opinion.

Hannah McCarthy: People were depressed enough as it is. [00:23:00] I mean, come on.

Christina Phillips: It just feels like a.. Defeat The New Deal. And it's reckless spending. All right, Nick.

Nick Capodice: Yo, yo.

Christina Phillips: Next question for you. Yo, yo, yo. 1980. Are you better off than you were four years ago?

Nick Capodice: Oh, yeah. This is a famous one.

Christina Phillips: Republican. Democrat.

Nick Capodice: Let me just I'm trying to think of the specifics of it. Are you better off than you were four years ago? It's 1980. Jimmy Carter, Somebody [00:23:30] who opposed Jimmy Carter. Jimmy Carter didn't say, Are you better off than you were four years ago? Jimmy Carter was a Democrat. I'm going to say Republican.

Christina Phillips: Correct. Sorry. The long and winding road, great powers of deduction. So that was a Ronald Reagan.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, that was That was one of his first ones, right?

Christina Phillips: Yep. Yep. And he beat Jimmy Carter.

Nick Capodice: Sure did.

Christina Phillips: Are you better off than you were four years ago? It's an it's a loaded question, Hanna. 1948. Move toward a new world order. [00:24:00] Republican, Democrat or fake.

Hannah McCarthy: Democrat?

That's fake. This is a line from Eminem song Lose Yourself.

Hannah McCarthy: In my defense, I wasn't cool enough to listen to Eminem. So how would I know that?

Christina Phillips: I only know all the lyrics to Eminem's Lose Yourself because in typing class in seventh grade, we had to type out all the lyrics, which is an interesting choice for a seventh grade class.

Hannah McCarthy: Shocking choice.

Nick Capodice: better than Mario teaches typing.

Christina Phillips: Yeah, it was. I mean, I. [00:24:30]

Hannah McCarthy: Stand by Mavis Beacon.

Nick Capodice: I also stand by Mavis Beacon

Christina Phillips: I stand by Eminem's lyrics.

Hannah McCarthy: So that's very funny Christina.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. So here's an actual slogan for Democratic candidate Harry Truman. I'm just wild about Harry.

Nick Capodice: There's something about Harry.

Christina Phillips: All right Nick. 1992. Don't change the team in the middle of the stream.

Nick Capodice: I forgot who it was. Well, if it's don't change [00:25:00] the team in the middle of the stream, then it's got to be who won in 90.

Christina Phillips: 92.

Nick Capodice: 92. But if you don't want to change the team, you have to keep with the one dance with the one that brung ya. 1988. Hold on a second. George Herbert Walker Bush.

Christina Phillips: George H.W. Bush.

Nick Capodice: Don't change the team in the middle of the stream. Not really known as sort of the best, the best stringer together of fun phrases. George Senior wasn't.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. Yeah. [00:25:30]

Hannah McCarthy: I believe that puts me at a whopping three pointeroos

Nick Capodice: I believe that puts me at 5, 5 pointeroos

Hannah McCarthy: Did you know that until I finally went to England, where the signs all over the subway system, the the tube, the metro [00:26:00] say mind the gap. They mean like the gap between the train and the platform up until that point. And I was like 12. I thought that mind the gap, which you sometimes see on like T-shirts, was just a really cool band.

Nick Capodice: Isn't it?

Hannah McCarthy: What is that band? It must be like a band from the nineties. Yeah, I'm sure it is a band name, you know.

Nick Capodice: But what are we on Hannah, round four?

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, we're on round foyr 5 to 3. Nicholas Capodice

Christina Phillips: 5 to 3.

Hannah McCarthy: Doing a little [00:26:30] better. That's my campaign slogan.

Nick Capodice: Doin' a little better. McCarthy for President. Paid for by the Irish-Americans for Irish Irish-American Foundation.

Hannah McCarthy: I never promised you a rose garden. McCarthy For president.

Nick Capodice: Deal with it. I would love to come up with a campaign slogan for you. It ain't all bad.

Christina Phillips: She'll do it on time.

Nick Capodice: You should see the other guy. Hannah McCarthy for president.

Christina Phillips: All [00:27:00] right. So the final scores right now, Nick has five. Hannah, you have three. Last round, this or that.

Hannah McCarthy: You can get with this or you can get with that

Nick Capodice: You can get with that.

Hannah McCarthy: Sorry.

Christina Phillips: That's fine.

Hannah McCarthy: It's such a fun music video. Do your Christopher Walken.

Nick Capodice: He does. He he was in that.

Hannah McCarthy: He's in the music video for that. Well, it's in the Weapon of Choice music video by Fatboy Slim, who samples the fairly famous black sheep song they were referencing here. But whatever. I'm [00:27:30] just free associating.

Nick Capodice: What do you want him to say?

Hannah McCarthy: I want him to answer this next trivia question. Nick, is it Nick or is it me

Christina Phillips: Starting with Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay, You can. After that, you have to do a Christopher Walken.

Nick Capodice: All right, I'll do my best.

Christina Phillips: Okay, So earlier this year, Nick, you did a whole show on committees.

Nick Capodice: I did.

Christina Phillips: Yeah. Do you want to tell us just briefly, what's your favorite thing about committees?

Nick Capodice: My favorite thing about committees is that they are the most maybe the most important thing. When I did this episode, I went away being like, everyone, [00:28:00] forget everything about anything. Forget parties, forget platforms, Forget the Supreme Court. None of it matters. Committees are the only thing that matters. And I really kind of I mean, I think the rest does matter. But committees are super important and they determine people's what they determine what our elected representatives do. So I think everybody should go listen to that episode.

Christina Phillips: Yes, they definitely should. We're going to talk about a much less important thing that is committee adjacent and that is caucuses.

Hannah McCarthy: Oh, [00:28:30] caucuses. Oh, yes.

Christina Phillips: So caucuses are a group of like minded legislators who work together to educate their peers about things that are important to them. And I when I was looking at caucuses, I saw a lot of things where the description of the caucus was educate fellow legislators. So now I imagine that there's just slideshows happening all the time that, you know, I'm going to teach you about this thing today, and I can't even predict what the attendance is for those. But anyway, while there is a limit to [00:29:00] how many committees someone can serve on, there seems to be no such limit on caucuses.

Hannah McCarthy: Because they're made up.

Christina Phillips: Yeah, I came across one representative who is on could you not? 41 caucuses.

Nick Capodice: Wow.

Christina Phillips: The list just kept going and going and going. I don't even think I talk to 41 people in a month. I can't imagine being on 41 different caucuses. But that being said, for this round of this or that, I am going to give you a word. That [00:29:30] word is either the name of a caucus that currently exists in our House of Representatives or an official jelly belly jelly bean flavor.

Nick Capodice: Great.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay, I can do this. Ready? Yeah.

Christina Phillips: All right, Hannah, the first one is for you. Is this the name of a House caucus or a jelly belly jelly bean flavor? Maple.

Hannah McCarthy: Caucus?

Christina Phillips: Yes,

Nick Capodice: Well done.

Christina Phillips: There are three people on this caucus. They are from New York, [00:30:00] New Hampshire and Vermont. So Maple caucus. I could find no information about this caucus. But I can guess being from New Hampshire, I.

Nick Capodice: Think that caucus just has pancakes once a year.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah.

Christina Phillips: All right, Nick. Yeah.

Hannah McCarthy: Who's who? Who are you, sir? Oh.

Christina Phillips: Nick, as requested answer this as Christopher Walken. Name of a House caucus or a jelly belly jelly bean flavor? Wine.

Nick Capodice: I would think that the creators of jelly bellies [00:30:30]...to sell. The children wouldn't have an alcoholic drink. But then again, I'm going to say caucus.

Christina Phillips: It is a caucus, but there is an entire cocktail line of jelly bellies.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm not surprised tall.

Nick Capodice: pina colada, probably.

Christina Phillips: There is a pina colada. There's a gin and tonic and a moscow mule, I think. Hmm. Hmm. Hmm. So this caucus was, [00:31:00] according to the website, founded with the idea that members of Congress could benefit from learning more about the challenges of growing grapes and making wine.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, we all could benefit from learning more about that.

Christina Phillips: Okay, Next question. Hannah? Yes. How is caucus or jelly Belly jelly bean flavor. Sausage? Hmm.

Hannah McCarthy: Jelly belly.

Christina Phillips: Correct? Yes. [00:31:30]

Nick Capodice: There is no sausage flavor.

Christina Phillips: There is a sausage.

Hannah McCarthy: There are other there are flavors that really shouldn't be flavors.

Christina Phillips: Mm hmm.

Nick Capodice: And these aren't even, like, rip off Bernie bodies.

Christina Phillips: No, this is from the Jelly Belly website. I went. I was fully official.

Hannah McCarthy: Jelly Belly made those Harry Potter jelly beans.

Christina Phillips: Oh, yes. Which I'm going to stop you there because I cannot confirm or deny if there are more from that list. So. Nick Yeah. House caucus or jelly belly jelly bean flavor. Cut flower F-L-O-W-E-R [00:32:00]

Nick Capodice: I'd much rather have a wad of dough in my mouth as a jelly belly. Let me guess. Cut flower. If it was a caucus, it would be sort of this fun rose society. And if it was a flavor, it would be for the sort of the erudite, Turkish delight loving person. So I'm going to say it's a jelly belly flavor.

Christina Phillips: It's a caucus.

Nick Capodice: Do they like flowers?

Christina Phillips: The congressional cut flower [00:32:30] or flower caucus? I saw it said both ways, was created to help address, support and represent the economic interests and opportunities facing America's flower farmers.

Nick Capodice: Oh, well.

Christina Phillips: All right. Next question is for you. Hannah House Caucus are Jelly Belly jelly bean flavor. Dirt.

Hannah McCarthy: Jelly Belly.

Christina Phillips: It is Jelly Belly in line with those other weird ones like sausage. There is a soil caucus, though. [00:33:00]

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah.

Christina Phillips: Yeah, but.

Nick Capodice: If you mix them together like a dirt sausage, one on the left cheek, one on the right.

Hannah McCarthy: The most upsetting thing about Jelly Belly is how chillingly accurate a lot of their flavors are.

Christina Phillips: Mm hmm. All right, Nick. Next one is for you. House caucus are Jelly Belly jelly bean flavor. Chicken.

Nick Capodice: Oh, that's a good one. That is good. We've already had sausage, and I'm going to go with caucus. I feel like the chicken caucus [00:33:30] is people who care about big chicken.

Christina Phillips: You are correct. It is the caucus that cares about baked chicken.

Nick Capodice: Oh, good.

Christina Phillips: All right.

Hannah McCarthy: Hannah. Yes?

Christina Phillips: House caucus are jelly bean flavor. Bourbon.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm going to say caucus.

Christina Phillips: You are correct. It's done. Yes, it is Kentucky.

Nick Capodice: I'd like to pay tribute to the spirit of Kentucky, literally. Bourbon whiskey. That was an actual.

Hannah McCarthy: Here's hoping thats a Kentucky accent somewhere.

Christina Phillips: Exactly what I was [00:34:00] thinking.

Nick Capodice: Bourbon. Whiskey. Bourbon. Bourbon. Whiskey.

Christina Phillips: And do they bring free samples to their presentations? I must know.

Hannah McCarthy: Hundo percent

Christina Phillips: if has a caucus presentation they want to send me please to. I am very invested.

Nick Capodice: What is also a rye caucus? I'd hope there would be.

Christina Phillips: I don't remember seeing one.

Hannah McCarthy: But it spelled w r y.

Nick Capodice: Wry comment.

Christina Phillips: Ok last one Nick House [00:34:30] caucus are jelly belly jelly bean flavor. Dead fish.

Nick Capodice: I feel like if there is a truly gross jelly belly, then it would be the dead fish and it'd be like a birdie body. Buffy Harry Potter growling Whatever her name is thing I'm going to say Jelly Belly for fun.

Christina Phillips: It is a jelly belly.

Nick Capodice: Is it one of those Bernie bots, birdie.

Christina Phillips: Bots, every flavor of beans and.

Nick Capodice: They mean every flavor.

Christina Phillips: It is a jelly belly flavor from [00:35:00] birdie bots. Every flavor of Bean's collection, which also includes soiled or dirty bandage. I can't remember booger vomit. And there's one that's I think banana belongs there.

Nick Capodice: I think.

Christina Phillips: See, I like the weird flavors. I like banana.

Hannah McCarthy: Have you ever tried vomit? I've always been too afraid.

Christina Phillips: No, I have not. Have you? No, no, no.

Nick Capodice: Keep that off. That's true.

Christina Phillips: I have tried the grass flavor.

Hannah McCarthy: Grass is fine. I actually kind of like.

Nick Capodice: I ate grass [00:35:30] all the time.

Christina Phillips: The jelly bean or the.

Nick Capodice: Actual substance.

Hannah McCarthy: Jelly bean.

Nick Capodice: As a child, I used to eat grass a lot?

Christina Phillips: Did you have digestive issues?

Nick Capodice: No. No. It just runs in the family.

Hannah McCarthy: Like you're pica.

Christina Phillips: It's because dogs eat grass when their stomachs are upset.

Hannah McCarthy: You probably have pica is usually a sign of nutritional deficiency.

Christina Phillips: You know, Or anemia. Yeah. Well, what is your flavorite? favorite flavor?

Nick Capodice: We can run for office on that campaign.

Hannah McCarthy: I know what Nick's favorite flavor is.

Christina Phillips: What [00:36:00] is it?

Hannah McCarthy: Black licorice. I bought him a whole thing of those were Jelly Belly brand, by the way.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, they were. They were also gone in about 5 minutes.

Hannah McCarthy: I can't. I've never seen anyone consume anything so quickly as Nick eating black licorice.

Nick Capodice: Oh, so horrible.

Christina Phillips: Which brings our score up to 8 to 7. [00:36:30] Nick, you have won. That's very, very convoluted.

Hannah McCarthy: I learned a lot. I learned.

Nick Capodice: A lot. A lot. Christina, thank you for this. This is a lot. A lot of fun. Yes.

Hannah McCarthy: Thank you.

Christina Phillips: Well, thank you for doing it with me.

Hannah McCarthy: And thank you for being here also. Mr. Walken.

Nick Capodice: It's my pleasure talking a lot about confectioneries and caucuses. That's kind of a B-level Walken. But, you know, you got to be in the right frame of mind. You can't just walk in and do it. Oh. [00:37:00]

Hannah McCarthy: Well, everybody, I guess now you know that I know a lot about jelly beans, so you're in really good hands. Also, I looked into it and I was only kind of correct about the milk thing. Apparently some birds will actively go after another animal's milk. And on Ysleta Guadalupe in Mexico, cats skim milk off elephant seals, which is just amazing. [00:37:30] Also, from what I have seen on the Internet, this is a big debate that gets some people really, you know, riled up. So I am sorry for hitting that hot milk button. This episode was written by Christina Phillips ever keeping us on our toes and produced by me, Hannah McCarthy, with help from Nick Capodice Who won by one point just one. Jacqui Fulton is our producer. Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. Music In this episode by Liz Dilating Times, Derek Stevens, Alexander [00:38:00] Kaufmann Ross, who wrote Tippecanoe and Tyler too in 1840. And get this, Irving Berlin as in White Christmas and God Bless America. Irving Berlin, who wrote I Like Ike. It was originally called They Like Ike and Berlin followed it up with I still like Ike and Ike for four more years. This is just a trivia packed episode, but we are more than a trivia show, everybody. And if this is your first civics one on one episode, I urge [00:38:30] you run. Do not walk to Civics101podcast.org to hear what we usually do. You can listen to our whole gigantic episode list there as well as find great teacher resources and you can contact us with your questions about American democracy. Civics 101 is brought to you by NPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.



 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Civics 101 Presents: Future Hindsight on the Asian American Vote

This is a featured conversation from Future Hindsight, a podcast with a simple premise: civic participation is essential to a functioning democracy. So how do we do it? In this episode, host Mila Atmos speaks with Sung Yeon Choimorrow,  the executive director of the National Asian Pacific American Women’s Forum, about Asian American stereotypes, changing the narrative about who Asian-Americans are, and activating Asian communities to take civic action.

You can find so many more conversations that span the civic world at futurehindsight.com.

 

 

Transcript

Check back soon.


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Nina Totenberg Live On Stage

In September 2022, Hannah McCarthy sat down with NPR Legal Affairs Correspondent for a show called Writers on a New England Stage. This is an excerpt from their conversation. Nina discusses her new book, Dinners with Ruth, focusing on her career as a journalist and her relationship with late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg. You can catch the whole conversation at nhpr.org.

 

NinaTotenberg.mp3: Audio automatically transcribed by Sonix

NinaTotenberg.mp3: this mp3 audio file was automatically transcribed by Sonix This transcript may contain errors.

Hannah McCarthy:
In September of 2022 for a program called Writers on a New England Stage, a partnership between New Hampshire Public Radio and the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. I got to step on stage with National Public Radio's legal affairs correspondent Nina Totenberg. Nina had just written a book about her experiences as a journalist, especially covering the Supreme Court and perhaps most importantly, forming a lifelong friendship with the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg. That book is called Dinners with Ruth. I want to share a part of that conversation with the civics one on one audience, because, come on, how often do you get this close to someone who gets that close to the Supreme Court? So here I am with Nina Totenberg at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, for writers on a New England stage. Thank you. And Nina, thank you so much for being here with us tonight.

Nina Totenberg:
It's really my pleasure. And I hope everybody gives to their local public radio station.

Hannah McCarthy:
Now, I know that when you first started covering the Supreme Court, it was not considered important enough to be your full time job.

Nina Totenberg:
Well, when I first was assigned to cover the Supreme Court in my earlier days, I had many other jobs in print first. And then when NPR hired me, we had only one news program, and it was an hour and a half. It was all things considered in the evening and started at five, not four. And my beat was the Supreme Court, the Justice Department, the House and Senate Judiciary Committees. Any major legal scandal that broke or and live hearings that covered those kinds of things. Confirmation hearings, of course, and the intelligence community. Oh, and I covered presidential and vice presidential campaigns a little bit also.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yet you made the conscious decision to carve out a space for yourself covering the Supreme Court. Can you talk about what that was like? You're especially as a young journalist, a woman, a non-lawyer. How did you approach covering the Supreme Court?

Nina Totenberg:
Well, when I first got assigned to cover the court, I worked for the the late Great National Observer, which was a weekly publication published by Dow Jones, which at the time also owned The Wall Street Journal. And it was a weekly. And that made it much, again, much easier in the sense that I had time to do research and I would call anybody any time, anywhere to ask any question. There's one good thing about being young as a reporter. You're you understand that if you're going to do anything, you just have to be willing to ask any question at all. And if it's a stupid question, so be it.

Hannah McCarthy:
Speaking of questions, it's 1971. You were covering a case called Reed V Reed, and you discover that someone named Ruth Bader Ginsburg had written a brief for the ACLU for this case that was supposed to go before the Supreme Court. And you see that this woman's number is right under her name at Rutgers University. And you call this professor up. She's a law professor at Rutgers. And that conversation is one that Ruth Bader Ginsburg would look back on and say, you know, that was our first conversation and we have been dear friends ever since. What about that conversation? Compelled Ruth to look back and say that was the beginning of that dear friendship?

Nina Totenberg:
Well, certainly it was the beginning, but we weren't dear friends yet. She probably thought this this girl is asking me dumb questions, but she never treated any of my questions as dumb. And that day I really didn't understand the the point she was making in the brief that women were covered by the 14th Amendment guarantee to equal protection of the law, because, after all, women didn't even have the vote when the 14th Amendment was enacted. And she spent an hour answering my questions and explaining to me what I needed to know, which basically boiled down to the 14th Amendment covers all persons and women are persons.

Hannah McCarthy:
And you were compelled to continue to call her back over and over again. I know. Well, anybody.

Nina Totenberg:
Who would spend that kind of time with me, somebody was completely new on the beat. And it was just the beginning of what became her battle and the the architecture that she wrought to build the fight for women's rights in the courts. So I understood that this was somebody I should be in touch with and talk to regularly. And eventually we met. We met at a very boring conference. And it was so boring that we left and went shopping. And I don't remember anything about the shopping, but I do remember a lot about that afternoon. So it was a friendship that grew slowly. I mean, she lived in New York then, so I didn't see her very often, but eventually she moved to Washington when she was appointed to the Court of Appeals. And we became closer and closer friends over the years, until the last couple of years of her life, we were incredibly close because she needed me at that point. There were earlier times when I needed her in my personal life, and she always stepped right up to the to the plate. And so my husband and I stepped up to the plate for the last part of her life.

Hannah McCarthy:
I'd love to talk a little bit about that. You've described Ruth as being consistently stoic and internal and in utmost control, and that it took you a very long time to find that you had, in fact, become intimate friends, friends who needed one another. What was it that led you to see that? When did you truly know how close you had become?

Nina Totenberg:
It's a really good question, and I'm not sure I can answer it fully. I do remember that when she turned 50, her husband made a book of. Letters that he asked her friends to write to her and. I was quite surprised. He asked me because I didn't realize I was that. Not much of a friend to her. And so when I was writing the book, I didn't have a copy of the letter. And my impression always was that it was a really pretty stupid letter. But I called up her daughter and asked her if she had that book. And she did. And she sent me the letter. And to my really great surprise, it was a pretty good letter. But I did sign the letter for some unknown reason. To me, maybe I thought she knew more than one. Nina. I signed it.

Hannah McCarthy:
Nina Totenberg And there's one piece of advice that Ruth passes on to you that I believe she received from her father in law, which was, as she is considering becoming a lawyer herself. He says to her, essentially, if you can do it, you'll do it. And if you can't, you can't. And and she from there on out would always ask herself, well, is this worth it? And if I answer yes, I will proceed and do it. And I wonder if you have applied that same piece of advice to your life.

Nina Totenberg:
I think so. You know, you do things that you have to in a in a job. Some things you're thrilled to be able to do and other things just go with the territory. And I don't think it it's that different for a Supreme Court justice even, and that it's a very good piece of advice her father in law gave her her mother in law gave her even better advice, I think, on the day of their wedding. Her mother in law sat her down. By then, Ruth's mother was had died quite a few years earlier, and she sat her down and she said, Ruth, I want to give you the secret to a happy marriage and successful marriage. And Ruth said, What's that? And she said, It always pays to be a little deaf. And Ruth always said that that was true on the court as well.

Hannah McCarthy:
I love that one of your takes of the relationships on the Supreme Court is that it's a little bit like a marriage that's not doing so well, that if you decide to stay inside of it, you find a way to communicate, even if you disagree.

Nina Totenberg:
Yes, I think that's that's right. I don't know how well they're doing at the moment, but and my sense is they're doing less well than usual. And that goes not just because just liberals versus conservatives. I think the conservatives are not getting along all that well either because they have different ideas about how to interpret the Constitution, how to interpret statutes. They they don't always agree about that. And what they, of course, would like is a lot of they would like a place in the sun, each of them. And that means that things don't always go. Smoothly, I guess you would say.

Hannah McCarthy:
Now, I want to sort of pivoting back to your career a little bit. You've got a lot of good journalism stories throughout this book, including one in which you end up with a retaliatory FBI file because of a profile on Hoover. But, you know, after telling what is a great anecdote and admittedly funny you say, you know, now this is funny to think back on, but I, I worked really hard in journalism. I worked really hard in my career. And I wonder in particular how that hard work ethic applied to reporting on a court, which to so many people is obscure, is, as you call it, the Marble Palace. How did keeping your nose to the grindstone push your way through those doors?

Nina Totenberg:
Well, first of all, it was fascinating to me. I was never I've never been bored covering the Supreme Court. I'm occasionally bored reading legal briefs because they go on and on and on and on. But the cases are not boring. And in fact, I sometimes have to say to myself, All right, you're going to have to skip that one. It's interesting to you, but it will not be interesting to most people, at least in the argument stage may be when it's decided. So you have to sort of triage what you're capable of writing about and what people are willing to pay attention to. Even when I was younger, I was you know, I was almost always until I went to work at NPR, the only woman every place I worked, or one of two women. And even when I was covering the court for NPR, there were when I first started covering the court, there was one other woman. Eventually then she retired and there was, you know, Linda Greenhouse was the, you know, covered the court quite a bit later than I started covering the court. But I was thrilled when she was there. Now, there are just as many women covering the court as there are men, but that was not true for a very long time. And it was and I wasn't a lawyer, so all I could do was work really hard to make sure I didn't embarrass myself and that I could earn something of a reputation for doing good work.

Hannah McCarthy:
And now this book is peppered with dinners. Dinners with Ruth. Yes, but also dinners with your friends and dinners with justices.

Nina Totenberg:
And where are my friends other times? Who are.

Hannah McCarthy:
Your friends? Absolutely. But here's what I mean to say. What what compelled you? What gave you the confidence the first time you ever invited a Supreme Court justice over for dinner? As a young reporter.

Nina Totenberg:
I have no idea. When I when I went back and I thought about it and I thought, who was the first justice I ever invited for dinner? And it was Lewis Powell, who was a very distinguished Southern gentleman in his sixties, maybe even a little older. But when I invited him to dinner, probably his sixties and his wife, Joe, probably it was because Joe had been so nice to me and had treated me like a. As they say in Guys and Dolls. A poison. And. And so for some ungodly reason, I called up Justice Powell, and I asked if he and Joe would come for dinner. I was single. I was in my twenties. I. I had a little house I bought that was 13 feet wide. I had another invited another couple. And I can't remember who they who it was. I made the dinner and served the dinner. And I don't I mean, I'm amazed that they said yes, they came. And you would have thought that I was dining. You know, they were dining at Buckingham Palace. The way they treated me, it was incredibly gracious of them. He he was always very generous with his time. He, like other members of the court, were happy to eat lunch or dinner with me and. Not to talk about what they were doing at the time, but how they did it, how they ran their chambers, how they thought about things, how they approached them. I mean, I remember a lunch I had with Justice Scalia when he was first on the Supreme Court.

Nina Totenberg:
I had known him for a good ten years before that. And I said, So what's different? He'd been on the Court of Appeals. I said, So what's different from the Court of Appeals? And and it was very interesting. What he said was different. He said, well, there are a whole bunch of subjects that I have not given any thought to that don't come before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. I've never I've never even thought about the 11th Amendment. Death penalty cases, by and large, don't come to the to the court. And there were several other things. And I just had never even thought about that. And and he said, So I really have to think about them and think what I think for the first time. Of course, after a while, justices sort of know what they think about how to interpret this or that or the other thing. But situations change. In the early days when I covered the court, most of the cases were about civil rights and and about the draft. Actually, there were a lot of big cases about the draft. Those cases don't those kinds of cases don't come up. They're different civil rights cases now. And there are all kinds of cases about now about that people are just starting to think about in a different way, about the First Amendment and technology and social media and the protections under the statutes, subjects that the court deals with change over time, not just the personnel.

Hannah McCarthy:
You're listening to an edited version of my conversation with Nina Totenberg, NPR legal affairs correspondent and close friend of the late Ruth Bader Ginsburg. We'll get right back to it after this break. But first, there is so very much that does not make it into the average Civics 101 episode. Luckily, you don't have to miss any of it because our team puts it all together in the civics one on one newsletter. Extra Credit. You can subscribe at our website, civics101podcast.org. It's where all of the fun and or wildly tangential stuff goes that our executive producer, Rebecca Lovejoy, rightfully makes us cut from our episodes. Again, don't miss it. It's really good stuff. It's one of my favorite parts of our job Civics101podcast.org and subscribe to extra credit. We're back and you're listening to a special episode of Civics one on one. I'm sharing part of my conversation with NPR legal affairs correspondent Nina TOTENBERG. Recorded for a live event called Writers on a New England stage at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. And I asked Nina, essentially, what were conversations like with members of the court when she was not operating as a journalist?

Nina Totenberg:
I think that most of the members of the court lead. Relatively, relatively isolated lives. They don't call it, you know, the ivory tower for nothing. And some more than others, like social interaction and not just to talk about. Law, but to have friends and to talk about. Music and theater and maybe what's going on in in sports, I mean, all kinds of things like that. I guarantee you, Justice Ginsburg did not want to talk about sports, however.

Hannah McCarthy:
Even though she was quite a sporting woman.

Nina Totenberg:
Oh, yeah. She was very she was quite the athlete. She was, you know, she golfed. She even went skydiving once. And Scalia said, I think it was in Italy someplace. And he said he saw her up there, this little bit of a thing, and he wondered how she was ever going to get down.

Hannah McCarthy:
I had no idea. I'm utterly terrified of skydiving, so.

Nina Totenberg:
I would not even. It wasn't. It wasn't not skydiving. It was parasailing. It was worse. Okay.

Hannah McCarthy:
I want to pivot for just a moment to an audience question here. In the early years at NPR. What was it like for you, for Cokie, for Susan, and for Linda working in a male dominated newsroom?

Nina Totenberg:
It wasn't a male dominated newsroom. It was a female dominated newsroom. And I have and I have often said that the reason was that it was it was so different from any other place I'd ever worked. And the reason was that they paid so little. No man would take most of those jobs. And, you know, there was a there came a time when we were so. Relatively powerful within the structure of NPR, within the news structure that some of the guys referred. Cokie, Linda and I sat in a corner and we managed to commission a really old couch from somewhere else and put it in there so that other women would come and we would talk if there was an issue. And they were. And some of the men in the newsroom referred to it as the fallopian jungle. I always thought it was something of a compliment.

Hannah McCarthy:
So despite your dominance as women of this newsroom, you you still regularly benefited from the the support and the promotion of this sisterhood in the same way that Ruth Bader Ginsburg did from Justice O'Connor. Can you describe a bit what it was like to support one another, especially when sexism and misogyny were main stage in the workplace?

Nina Totenberg:
I never thought of it as misogyny. It was, but I never thought of it that way. I mean, because misogyny suggests you don't like women. Most of the men I knew liked women. They just didn't think that we should compete with them on an equal platform. And most of the men I encountered in the early years of my life in Washington did not consider me or any other woman that I knew as a person to be reckoned with. They. And they did that at their peril because they said very stupid things. And we quoted them. But also, you know, I mean, you just had to deal with the fact that the sexism was, by today's standards, insane. I mean, nobody would dare, for the most part, do what members of Congress did, and you had to figure out a way to deal with it. So I would get catcalled in the speaker's lobby when I would walk through and I would just ignore it. Or if sometime I had a very good source, a senator, who really was very helpful to me. And then one day I realized that he was pretty soon going to make a pass at me, and I had to figure out a way to deal with it. And I said to him, Oh, Senator, you remind me so much of my father.

Hannah McCarthy:
I read that, I thought I have to take a page out of this book.

Nina Totenberg:
Yeah.

Hannah McCarthy:
And. And can you just can you describe how how you and Cokie and Linda really did support one another, how you made sure that any attempt to keep women down was skirted by your efforts?

Nina Totenberg:
I remember at some point Mara LIASSON was off on a fellowship. And, you know, she came to NPR and she was in the beginning, she was a newscaster. And then I think she had just begun a little bit to cover Congress. And I can't remember the chronology of this, but she goes off on this fellowship and she's in Europe and they post a White House correspondents job. And I knew she would apply for that job if she were there, but I didn't know where she was. And I spent the better part of a day tracking her down in Germany. And I said, they've just posted this job. They'll undoubtedly close it because you're gone for a couple of months. They'll close it before you come back. You fax me because this was the still the day you fax me your application. And I will take it to the vice president for news, who was, of course, a man. And that way they couldn't just ignore her.

Hannah McCarthy:
I know this is a question you have been asked many times. Many people prior to my conversation with you said, Are you going to ask this question? How can you balance a close friendship with a Supreme Court justice of which you had a handful and fair and even reporting on the Supreme Court? I don't want to know the answer to that question. I want to know, is it possible to do the kind of reporting that you did without close intimate relationships with the individuals?

Nina Totenberg:
I'm not sure. I think my reporting was overwhelmingly enriched by knowing a large number of Supreme Court justices and knowing them more than that person sitting up on the bench. And I've always I get this. You know, Justice Ginsburg was definitely my closest friend and my longest friend. I, I knew her actually longer than Cokie and Linda, but I had other friends on the court who I knew for for a long time before they were on the court. Some more and more closer friends like Scalia and others were lesser. So like justice then Chief Justice Rehnquist, who I knew in the Nixon administration. So I had lots of friends on the court. And I'm always interested that people ask me about my. Liberal friend. Justice Ginsburg And they don't ask me, How could you be friends with Scalia? I could be friends with both of them because they were both, frankly, rather lovable people on a personal basis. And knowing them as a reporter enriched what I did for a living and knowing them on a personal level enriched my personal self.

Hannah McCarthy:
Now, I know you ask the question in your book. Could a a Ruth Nino, as he's affectionately called, relationship happen today? Could a relationship between Scalia and yourself happen today? And what does the answer to that question tell us. What is your answer to that question?

Nina Totenberg:
I don't actually 100% know. I do have conservative friends who who are judges and a couple who are now or in the past have been justices. But. I never have expected that I could be 100% objective. I don't think anybody can be objective. We all have personal opinions, but what we do is a trade. I mean, I know people would like say, oh, journalism to profession. It's also a trade and a craft. And part of that trade is to be fair. And if you write a piece, you really want to get all the basic viewpoints in. And if you don't do that, you're shortchanging your readers and listeners and you're shortchanging yourself as a professional.

Hannah McCarthy:
Now, an audience member asks if you know of any current cross ideology friendships on the Supreme Court, anything like Ginsburg's and Scalia's?

Nina Totenberg:
No, I don't. But. This is a pretty overall new court. And I know that, for example, Justices Gorsuch and Sotomayor actually have gone out of their way to try to build some sort of a personal bridge. They do that through they both work on Justice O'Connor's. It's called I civics, which is to promote civic education. And I'm not sure how successful they've been beyond that. But you got to start somewhere. And this is a court that is certainly the most conservative court that I've ever covered. But it's also remarkable in a different way. It's it's probably the most conservative court in 90 years, but it is totally different from any court I've ever covered because it has no center. There always were one, two or three justices who from time to time moved to one side or another in ideological battles. And that is no longer true, by and large. The chief justice very occasionally does. Not side with the other five conservatives to the extent that he doesn't want to go as far as they do. But beyond that, there is no center, and that makes this a very different court.

Hannah McCarthy:
And I wonder with a court where you have justices whose homes are patrolled for fear of violence against their families, who are issuing decisions behind barricades, are relationships like those that you have had with members of the court possible today between journalists and Supreme Court justices?

Nina Totenberg:
I guess we'll find out. I mean, I do have some. Some members of the court who I think of as friends, they're not as close friends as I. The relationships are not as close as my relationship with Justice Ginsburg or Justice Scalia or Justice Powell or Justice Brennan, for that matter. But. They haven't been there that long. When Justice Stevens retired, I remembered covering his confirmation hearing. So I have been there a very long time. So give me a little time.

Hannah McCarthy:
I do want to ask about a moment with Ruth. She had been in the hospital and she hadn't explained to you much about why she was there, what she was ill with. And when she came out, she said, Well, Nina, I didn't want you to feel trapped between your your commitment to your your job as a journalist and your friendship with her. And then you tell us that in the last 18 months of her life, you chose friendship. What did that mean practically for you?

Nina Totenberg:
What it meant was that my husband, David, was Justice Ginsburg's medical confidante, and I knew that they had confidential conversations, and I knew that I didn't actually even want to know what they were because I would be obligated to report them if I knew. But for 18 months. I knew that her health was precarious. I for a long time thought she might. As she had so often before be able to. Conquer cancer and live as long as she wanted to live, which was definitely past the 2020 election. And I guess in the last couple of months I came to realize that was. Unlikely, although you could never be sure. I mean, we've all known people who we thought were going to die very soon and they didn't. And the one thing I could see with my own eyes was that her brain power was the same. She was often frail, but her brain was not.

Hannah McCarthy:
You describe a court greatly changed over the past ten years and especially recently. And yet you affirm that, like Ruth, you were optimistic. I wonder, do you feel that way today? Do you feel optimistic about the court, about the work that you'll be able to do reporting on it?

Nina Totenberg:
Well, I'll be able to do reporting on it unless I get deathly ill or somebody poisons me. But for a time anyway. But I don't actually know what's going to happen to the court. I think it's a very perilous time for the court and it has, at least for now, lost a good deal of the faith that people had in it, due in large part to the abortion decision. And one decision is not going to end things for the court's cachet, so to speak. But even a decision is important as the Dobbs case. But as I said, this is a court that is more conservative than any other court, I think probably in 90 years. And that runs the gamut from social issues to technology issues to issues of. Some people say weaponizing even the First Amendment to issues involving regulation and all kinds of other things that we don't have time to talk about tonight. And I think that the justices, as I said earlier, don't exactly love each other at the moment and that it's a very perilous time for the group of them as a court. And I don't know where it's going.

Hannah McCarthy:
This has been an excerpt from my conversation with Nina Totenberg, legal affairs correspondent for NPR, longtime Supreme Court reporter and friend of the late Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who in part inspired Totenberg's 2022 book Dinners with Ruth. This conversation was recorded live before an audience at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, for writers on the New England stage. A longer version of this conversation will be available at nhpr.org. And a big thank you to everyone who helped put that show together. The musical executive director, Tina Sawtelle, New Hampshire Public Radio president and CEO Jim Schachter, New Hampshire public radio producer Sara Plourde, the Music Hall production manager, Zhana Morris, The Music Hall Live Sound and recording engineer, Ian Martin, musical director and band Bob Lord and Dreadnaught and the Music Hall literary producer Brittany Wasson. This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy. Nick Capodice is my co-host. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. Jacqui Fulton is our producer, and Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer, producer, designer and all around great things person. Sara Plourde helped produce the show at the Music Hall. Music in this episode by the writers on a New England stage is produced in partnership with the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, and New Hampshire Public Radio, the production house of none other than Civics 101.

Sonix is the world’s most advanced automated transcription, translation, and subtitling platform. Fast, accurate, and affordable.

Automatically convert your mp3 files to text (txt file), Microsoft Word (docx file), and SubRip Subtitle (srt file) in minutes.

Sonix has many features that you'd love including automated translation, automatic transcription software, share transcripts, powerful integrations and APIs, and easily transcribe your Zoom meetings. Try Sonix for free today.


Transcript

Hannah McCarthy: This is Civics 101, I’m Hannah McCarthy. In September of 2022 for a program called Writers on a New England Stage, a partnership between New Hampshire Public Radio and the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. I got to step on stage with National Public Radio's legal affairs correspondent Nina TOTENBERG. Nina had just written a book about her experiences as a journalist, [00:00:30] especially covering the Supreme Court and perhaps most importantly, forming a lifelong friendship with the late Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg. That book is called Dinners with Ruth. I want to share a part of that conversation with the civics one on one audience, because, come on, how often do you get this close to someone who gets that close to the Supreme Court? So here I am with Nina Totenberg for writers on a New England stage. Thank [00:01:00] you. And Nina, thank you so much for being here with us tonight.

 

Nina Totenberg: It's really my pleasure. And I hope everybody gives to their local public radio station.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now, I know that when you first started covering the Supreme Court, it was not considered important enough to be your full time job.

 

Nina Totenberg: Well, when I first was assigned to cover the Supreme Court in my earlier days, I had many other jobs [00:01:30] in print first. And then when NPR hired me, we had only one news program, and it was an hour and a half. It was all things considered in the evening and started at five, not four. And my beat was the Supreme Court, the Justice Department, the House and Senate Judiciary Committees. Any major legal scandal that broke or and live hearings that covered those kinds of things. Confirmation hearings, of course, and the intelligence community. [00:02:00] Oh, and I covered presidential and vice presidential campaigns a little bit also.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Yet you made the conscious decision to carve out a space for yourself covering the Supreme Court. Can you talk about what that was like? You're especially as a young journalist, a woman, a non-lawyer. How did you approach covering the Supreme Court?

 

Nina Totenberg: Well, when I first got assigned to cover the court, I worked for the the late Great National Observer, [00:02:30] which was a weekly publication published by Dow Jones, which at the time also owned The Wall Street Journal. And it was a weekly. And that made it much, again, much easier in the sense that I had time to do research and I would call anybody any time, anywhere to ask any question. There's one good thing about being young as a reporter. You're you understand that if you're going to do anything, [00:03:00] you just have to be willing to ask any question at all. And if it's a stupid question, so be it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Speaking of questions, it's 1971. You were covering a case called Reed V Reed, and you discover that someone named Ruth Bader Ginsburg had written a brief for the ACLU for this case that was supposed to go before the Supreme Court. And you see that this woman's number is right under her name at Rutgers University. And you call this professor up. She's a law [00:03:30] professor at Rutgers. And that conversation is one that Ruth Bader Ginsburg would look back on and say, you know, that was our first conversation and we have been dear friends ever since. What about that conversation? Compelled Ruth to look back and say that was the beginning of that dear friendship?

 

Nina Totenberg: Well, certainly it was the beginning, but we weren't dear friends yet. She probably thought this this girl is asking me dumb questions, but she never [00:04:00] treated any of my questions as dumb. And that day I really didn't understand the the point she was making in the brief that women were covered by the 14th Amendment guarantee to equal protection of the law, because, after all, women didn't even have the vote when the 14th Amendment was enacted. And she spent an hour answering my questions and explaining to me what I needed to know, which basically boiled down to the 14th Amendment covers all persons and women are persons.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And [00:04:30] you were compelled to continue to call her back over and over again. I know. Well, anybody.

 

Nina Totenberg: Who would spend that kind of time with me, somebody was completely new on the beat. And it was just the beginning of what became her battle and the the architecture that she wrought to build the fight for women's rights in the courts. [00:05:00] So I understood that this was somebody I should be in touch with and talk to regularly. And eventually we met. We met at a very boring conference. And it was so boring that we left and went shopping. And I don't remember anything about the shopping, but I do remember a lot about that afternoon. So it was a friendship that grew slowly. I mean, she lived in New York then, so I didn't [00:05:30] see her very often, but eventually she moved to Washington when she was appointed to the Court of Appeals. And we became closer and closer friends over the years, until the last couple of years of her life, we were incredibly close because she needed me at that point. There were earlier times when I needed her in my personal life, and she always stepped right up to the to the plate. And so my husband and I stepped up to the plate for the [00:06:00] last part of her life.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I'd love to talk a little bit about that. You've described Ruth as being consistently stoic and internal and in utmost control, and that it took you a very long time to find that you had, in fact, become intimate friends, friends who needed one another. What was it that led you to see that? When did you truly know how close you had become?

 

Nina Totenberg: It's a really good question, [00:06:30] and I'm not sure I can answer it fully. I do remember that when she turned 50, her husband made a book of. Letters that he asked her friends to write to her and. I was quite surprised. He asked me because I didn't realize I was that. Not much of a friend to her. And so when I was writing the book, [00:07:00] I didn't have a copy of the letter. And my impression always was that it was a really pretty stupid letter. But I called up her daughter and asked her if she had that book. And she did. And she sent me the letter. And to my really great surprise, it was a pretty good letter. But I did sign the letter for some unknown reason. To me, maybe I thought she knew more than one. Nina. I signed it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Nina TOTENBERG And [00:07:30] there's one piece of advice that Ruth passes on to you that I believe she received from her father in law, which was, as she is considering becoming a lawyer herself. He says to her, essentially, if you can do it, you'll do it. And if you can't, you can't. And and she from there on out would always ask herself, well, is this worth it? And if I answer yes, I will proceed and do it. And I wonder if you have applied that same [00:08:00] piece of advice to your life.

 

Nina Totenberg: I think so. You know, you do things that you have to in a in a job. Some things you're thrilled to be able to do and other things just go with the territory. And I don't think it it's that different for a Supreme Court justice even, and that it's a very good piece of advice her father in law gave her her mother in law gave [00:08:30] her even better advice, I think, on the day of their wedding. Her mother in law sat her down. By then, Ruth's mother was had died quite a few years earlier, and she sat her down and she said, Ruth, I want to give you the secret to a happy marriage and successful marriage. And Ruth said, What's that? And she said, It always pays to be a little deaf. And Ruth always said that that [00:09:00] was true on the court as well.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I love that one of your takes of the relationships on the Supreme Court is that it's a little bit like a marriage that's not doing so well, that if you decide to stay inside of it, you find a way to communicate, even if you disagree.

 

Nina Totenberg: Yes, I think that's that's right. I don't know how well they're doing at the moment, but and my sense is they're doing less well than usual. And [00:09:30] that goes not just because just liberals versus conservatives. I think the conservatives are not getting along all that well either because they have different ideas about how to interpret the Constitution, how to interpret statutes. They they don't always agree about that. And what they, of course, would like is a lot of they would like a place in the sun, each of them. And that means that things don't always go. Smoothly, [00:10:00] I guess you would say.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now, I want to sort of pivoting back to your career a little bit. You've got a lot of good journalism stories throughout this book, including one in which you end up with a retaliatory FBI file because of a profile on Hoover. But, you know, after telling what is a great anecdote and admittedly funny you say, you know, now this is funny to think back on, but I, I worked really hard in journalism. I worked really hard in my career. [00:10:30] And I wonder in particular how that hard work ethic applied to reporting on a court, which to so many people is obscure, is, as you call it, the Marble Palace. How did keeping your nose to the grindstone push your way through those doors?

 

Nina Totenberg: Well, first of all, it was fascinating to me. I was never I've never been bored covering the Supreme Court. I'm occasionally bored reading legal briefs because they go on [00:11:00] and on and on and on. But the cases are not boring. And in fact, I sometimes have to say to myself, All right, you're going to have to skip that one. It's interesting to you, but it will not be interesting to most people, at least in the argument stage may be when it's decided. So you have to sort of triage what you're capable of writing about and what people are willing to pay attention to. Even when I was younger, I [00:11:30] was you know, I was almost always until I went to work at NPR, the only woman every place I worked, or one of two women. And even when I was covering the court for NPR, there were when I first started covering the court, there was one other woman. Eventually then she retired and there was, you know, Linda Greenhouse was [00:12:00] the, you know, covered the court quite a bit later than I started covering the court. But I was thrilled when she was there. Now, there are just as many women covering the court as there are men, but that was not true for a very long time. And it was and I wasn't a lawyer, so all I could do was work really hard to make sure I didn't embarrass myself and that I could earn something of a reputation for doing good work. [00:12:30]

 

Hannah McCarthy: And now this book is peppered with dinners. Dinners with Ruth. Yes, but also dinners with your friends and dinners with justices.

 

Nina Totenberg: And where are my friends other times? Who are.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Your friends? Absolutely. But here's what I mean to say. What what compelled you? What gave you the confidence the first time you ever invited a Supreme Court justice over for dinner? As a young reporter.

 

Nina Totenberg: I have no idea. [00:13:00] When I when I went back and I thought about it and I thought, who was the first justice I ever invited for dinner? And it was Lewis Powell, who was a very distinguished Southern gentleman in his sixties, maybe even a little older. But when I invited him to dinner, probably his sixties and his wife, Joe, probably it was because Joe had been so nice to me and had treated me [00:13:30] like a. As they say in Guys and Dolls. A poison. And. And so for some ungodly reason, I called up Justice Powell, and I asked if he and Joe would come for dinner. I was single. I was in my twenties. I. I had a little house I bought that was 13 feet wide. I [00:14:00] had another invited another couple. And I can't remember who they who it was. I made the dinner and served the dinner. And I don't I mean, I'm amazed that they said yes, they came. And you would have thought that I was dining. You know, they were dining at Buckingham Palace. The way they treated me, it was incredibly gracious of them. He he was always very generous with his time. He, like other members of the court, were [00:14:30] happy to eat lunch or dinner with me and. Not to talk about what they were doing at the time, but how they did it, how they ran their chambers, how they thought about things, how they approached them. I mean, I remember a lunch I had with Justice Scalia when he was first on the Supreme Court.

 

Nina Totenberg: I had known him for a good ten years before that. And [00:15:00] I said, So what's different? He'd been on the Court of Appeals. I said, So what's different from the Court of Appeals? And and it was very interesting. What he said was different. He said, well, there are a whole bunch of subjects that I have not given any thought to that don't come before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. I've never I've never even thought about the 11th Amendment. Death penalty cases, by and large, don't come to the to the court. [00:15:30] And there were several other things. And I just had never even thought about that. And and he said, So I really have to think about them and think what I think for the first time. Of course, after a while, justices sort of know what they think about how to interpret this or that or the other thing. But situations change. In the early days when I covered the court, most of the cases were about civil [00:16:00] rights and and about the draft. Actually, there were a lot of big cases about the draft. Those cases don't those kinds of cases don't come up. They're different civil rights cases now. And there are all kinds of cases about now about that people are just starting to think about in a different way, about the First Amendment and technology and social media and the protections under the statutes, [00:16:30] subjects that the court deals with change over time, not just the personnel.

 

Hannah McCarthy: You're listening to an edited version of my conversation with Nina TOTENBERG, NPR legal affairs correspondent and close friend of the late Ruth Bader Ginsburg. We'll get right back to it after this break. But first, there is so very much that does not make it into the average Civics 101 episode. Luckily, [00:17:00] you don't have to miss any of it because our team puts it all together in the civics one on one newsletter. Extra Credit. You can subscribe at our website, civics101podcast.org. It's where all of the fun and or wildly tangential stuff goes that our executive producer, Rebecca Lovejoy, rightfully makes us cut from our episodes. Again, don't miss it. It's really good stuff. It's one of my favorite parts of our job Civics101podcast.org and subscribe to extra credit. We're [00:17:30] back and you're listening to a special episode of Civics one on one. I'm sharing part of my conversation with NPR legal affairs correspondent Nina TOTENBERG. Recorded for a live event called Writers on a New England stage at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. And I asked Nina, essentially, what were conversations like with members of the court when she was not operating as a journalist?

 

Nina Totenberg: I think that most of [00:18:00] the members of the court lead. Relatively, relatively isolated lives. They don't call it, you know, the ivory tower for nothing. And some more than others, like social interaction and not just to talk about. Law, but to have friends and to talk about. Music and theater and maybe what's going on in in [00:18:30] sports, I mean, all kinds of things like that. I guarantee you, Justice Ginsburg did not want to talk about sports, however.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Even though she was quite a sporting woman.

 

Nina Totenberg: Oh, yeah. She was very she was quite the athlete. She was, you know, she golfed. She even went skydiving once. And Scalia said, I think it was in Italy someplace. And he said he saw her up there, this little bit of a thing, and he wondered how she was ever going to get down.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I [00:19:00] had no idea. I'm utterly terrified of skydiving, so.

 

Nina Totenberg: I would not even. It wasn't. It wasn't not skydiving. It was parasailing. It was worse. Okay.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I want to pivot for just a moment to an audience question here. In the early years at NPR. What was it like for you, for Cokie, for Susan, and for Linda working in a male dominated newsroom?

 

Nina Totenberg: It wasn't a male dominated [00:19:30] newsroom. It was a female dominated newsroom. And I have and I have often said that the reason was that it was it was so different from any other place I'd ever worked. And the reason was that they paid so little. No man would take most of those jobs. And, you know, there was a there came a time when we were so. Relatively powerful within [00:20:00] the structure of NPR, within the news structure that some of the guys referred. Cokie, Linda and I sat in a corner and we managed to commission a really old couch from somewhere else and put it in there so that other women would come and we would talk if there was an issue. And they were. And some of the men in the newsroom referred to it as the fallopian jungle. I always thought it was something of a compliment.

 

Hannah McCarthy: So [00:20:30] despite your dominance as women of this newsroom, you you still regularly benefited from the the support and the promotion of this sisterhood in the same way that Ruth Bader Ginsburg did from Justice O'Connor. Can you describe a bit what it was like to support one another, especially when sexism and misogyny were main stage in the workplace?

 

Nina Totenberg: I [00:21:00] never thought of it as misogyny. It was, but I never thought of it that way. I mean, because misogyny suggests you don't like women. Most of the men I knew liked women. They just didn't think that we should compete with them on an equal platform. And most of the men I encountered in the early years of my life in Washington did not consider me or any other woman that I knew as a person to be reckoned [00:21:30] with. They. And they did that at their peril because they said very stupid things. And we quoted them. But also, you know, I mean, you just had to deal with the fact that the sexism was, by today's standards, insane. I mean, nobody would dare, for the most part, do what members of Congress did, and you had to figure out a way to deal with it. So I would get catcalled [00:22:00] in the speaker's lobby when I would walk through and I would just ignore it. Or if sometime I had a very good source, a senator, who really was very helpful to me. And then one day I realized that he was pretty soon going to make a pass at me, and I had to figure out a way to deal with it. And I said to him, Oh, Senator, you remind me so much of my father.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I [00:22:30] read that, I thought I have to take a page out of this book.

 

Nina Totenberg: Yeah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And. And can you just can you describe how how you and Cokie and Linda really did support one another, how you made sure that any attempt to keep women down was skirted by your efforts?

 

Nina Totenberg: I remember at some point Mara LIASSON was off on a fellowship. And, you know, she came to NPR and she was [00:23:00] in the beginning, she was a newscaster. And then I think she had just begun a little bit to cover Congress. And I can't remember the chronology of this, but she goes off on this fellowship and she's in Europe and they post a White House correspondents job. And I knew she would apply for that job if she were there, but I didn't know where she was. And I spent the better part of a day tracking her down in Germany. And I [00:23:30] said, they've just posted this job. They'll undoubtedly close it because you're gone for a couple of months. They'll close it before you come back. You fax me because this was the still the day you fax me your application. And I will take it to the vice president for news, who was, of course, a man. And that way they couldn't just ignore her.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I know this is a question you have been asked many times. Many people prior to my conversation with you said, Are you going [00:24:00] to ask this question? How can you balance a close friendship with a Supreme Court justice of which you had a handful and fair and even reporting on the Supreme Court? I don't want to know the answer to that question. I want to know, is it possible to do the kind of reporting that you did without close intimate relationships with the individuals?

 

Nina Totenberg: I'm not sure. I think my reporting was overwhelmingly enriched by knowing a [00:24:30] large number of Supreme Court justices and knowing them more than that person sitting up on the bench. And I've always I get this. You know, Justice Ginsburg was definitely my closest friend and my longest friend. I, I knew her actually longer than Cokie and Linda, but I had other friends on the court who I knew for for a long time before they were on the court. Some more [00:25:00] and more closer friends like Scalia and others were lesser. So like justice then Chief Justice Rehnquist, who I knew in the Nixon administration. So I had lots of friends on the court. And I'm always interested that people ask me about my. Liberal friend. Justice Ginsburg And they don't ask me, How could you be friends with Scalia? I could [00:25:30] be friends with both of them because they were both, frankly, rather lovable people on a personal basis. And knowing them as a reporter enriched what I did for a living and knowing them on a personal level enriched my personal self.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now, I know you ask the question in your book. Could a a Ruth Nino, as he's affectionately called, relationship happen [00:26:00] today? Could a relationship between Scalia and yourself happen today? And what does the answer to that question tell us. What is your answer to that question?

 

Nina Totenberg: I don't actually 100% know. I do have conservative friends who who are judges and a couple who are now or in the past have been justices. But. I [00:26:30] never have expected that I could be 100% objective. I don't think anybody can be objective. We all have personal opinions, but what we do is a trade. I mean, I know people would like say, oh, journalism to profession. It's also a trade and a craft. And part of that trade is to be fair. And if you write a piece, you really want to get all the basic [00:27:00] viewpoints in. And if you don't do that, you're shortchanging your readers and listeners and you're shortchanging yourself as a professional.

 

Hannah McCarthy: Now, an audience member asks if you know of any current cross ideology friendships on the Supreme Court, anything like Ginsburg's and Scalia's?

 

Nina Totenberg: No, I don't. But. This is a pretty overall new court. [00:27:30] And I know that, for example, Justices Gorsuch and Sotomayor actually have gone out of their way to try to build some sort of a personal bridge. They do that through they both work on Justice O'Connor's. It's called I civics, which is to promote civic education. And I'm not sure how successful they've been beyond that. But you got to start somewhere. [00:28:00] And this is a court that is certainly the most conservative court that I've ever covered. But it's also remarkable in a different way. It's it's probably the most conservative court in 90 years, but it is totally different from any court I've ever covered because it has no center. There always were one, two or three justices who from time to time moved [00:28:30] to one side or another in ideological battles. And that is no longer true, by and large. The chief justice very occasionally does. Not side with the other five conservatives to the extent that he doesn't want to go as far as they do. But beyond that, there is no center, and that makes this a very different court.

 

Hannah McCarthy: And I wonder with a court where you have justices whose [00:29:00] homes are patrolled for fear of violence against their families, who are issuing decisions behind barricades, are relationships like those that you have had with members of the court possible today between journalists and Supreme Court justices?

 

Nina Totenberg: I guess we'll find out. I mean, I do have some. Some members of the court who I think of as friends, they're [00:29:30] not as close friends as I. The relationships are not as close as my relationship with Justice Ginsburg or Justice Scalia or Justice Powell or Justice Brennan, for that matter. But. They haven't been there that long. When Justice Stevens retired, I remembered covering his confirmation hearing. So I have been there a very [00:30:00] long time. So give me a little time.

 

Hannah McCarthy: I do want to ask about a moment with Ruth. She had been in the hospital and she hadn't explained to you much about why she was there, what she was ill with. And when she came out, she said, Well, Nina, I didn't want you to feel trapped between [00:30:30] your your commitment to your your job as a journalist and your friendship with her. And then you tell us that in the last 18 months of her life, you chose friendship. What did that mean practically for you?

 

Nina Totenberg: What it meant was that my husband, David, was Justice Ginsburg's medical confidante, and I knew that they had confidential conversations, and I knew that I [00:31:00] didn't actually even want to know what they were because I would be obligated to report them if I knew. But for 18 months. I knew that her health was precarious. I for a long time thought she might. As she had so often before be able to. Conquer cancer and live as long as she wanted to live, [00:31:30] which was definitely past the 2020 election. And I guess in the last couple of months I came to realize that was. Unlikely, although you could never be sure. I mean, we've all known people who we thought were going to die very soon and they didn't. And the one thing I could see with my own eyes was that her brain power was the same. She [00:32:00] was often frail, but her brain was not.

 

Hannah McCarthy: You describe a court greatly changed over the past ten years and especially recently. And yet you affirm that, like Ruth, you were optimistic. I wonder, do you feel that way today? Do you feel optimistic about the court, about the work that you'll be able to do reporting on it?

 

Nina Totenberg: Well, I'll be able to do reporting on it unless I get deathly ill or somebody [00:32:30] poisons me. But for a time anyway. But I don't actually know what's going to happen to the court. I think it's a very perilous time for the court and it has, at least for now, lost a good deal of the faith that people had in it, due in large part to the abortion decision. And one decision [00:33:00] is not going to end things for the court's cachet, so to speak. But even a decision is important as the Dobbs case. But as I said, this is a court that is more conservative than any other court, I think probably in 90 years. And that runs the gamut from social issues to technology issues to issues [00:33:30] of. Some people say weaponizing even the First Amendment to issues involving regulation and all kinds of other things that we don't have time to talk about tonight. And I think that the justices, as I said earlier, don't exactly love each other at the moment and that it's a very perilous time for [00:34:00] the group of them as a court. And I don't know where it's going.

 

Hannah McCarthy: This has been an excerpt from my conversation with Nina TOTENBERG, legal affairs correspondent for NPR, [00:34:30] longtime Supreme Court reporter and friend of the late Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who in part inspired Totenberg's 2022 book Dinners with Ruth. This conversation was recorded live before an audience at the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, for writers on the New England stage. A longer version of this conversation will be available at npr.org. And a big thank you to everyone who helped put that show together. The musical executive director, Tina Satel, New Hampshire Public Radio president and CEO Jim [00:35:00] Schachter, New Hampshire public radio producer Sara Plourde, the Music Hall production manager. Gina morris The Music Hall Live Sound and recording engineer. Ian Martin, musical director and band Bob Lord and Dreadnought and the Music Hall literary producer Brittany Wasson. This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy. Nick Capodice is my co-host. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. Jackie Fulton is our producer, and Rebecca Lovejoy is our executive producer, producer, designer and all around great things person. Sara Plourde [00:35:30] helped produce the show at the Music Hall. Music in this episode by the writers on a New England stage is produced in partnership with the Music Hall in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, and New Hampshire Public Radio, the production house of none other than Civics. One, two, one.

 




 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Taking The Fifth: When What You Say Could Be Used Against You

What does "taking the Fifth" mean? If you've been suspected of a crime, how and when do you use your rights under the Fifth Amendment?

The Fifth Amendment's self-incrimination clause says that no person "shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself." Basically, it means that the government, or law enforcement, can't force you to talk to implicate yourself in a crime. However, what that looks like in practice... is a little more messy.  When do you have a right to remain silent? When do you become a suspect? What does compulsion look like? Can your silence be used against you? 

We talk about how the Supreme Court has interpreted these questions, and how to exercise Fifth Amendment right when you are interacting with law enforcement, with Tracey Maclin, a professor of Constitutional law and Constitutional criminal procedure at the University of Florida's Levin School of Law, and Jorge Camacho, a clinical lecturer on law and policing at Yale University, where he is the policy director of the Yale Justice Collaboratory



Transcript:

Clip: The department was forced to drop the charges because you forgot to read him his Miranda rights. What possible reason is there for not doing the only thing you have to do when arresting someone?

Nick Capodice: Hannah. Name me one thing you can count on seeing. And just about every movie or TV show that has anything whatsoever to do with crime.

Hannah McCarthy: Bad station coffee. Or, like, good cop, bad cop. Right. You have the right to remain silent. Miranda rights, right? Yes.

Clip: I did read him as I did a version of that. Do you even know the Miranda rights? Yes. Let's hear them then.

Nick Capodice: This Miranda warning is the way that most people understand their right under what is called the self-incrimination clause of the Fifth Amendment. The actual language of the clause is this: A person shall not, quote, "be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself."

Hannah McCarthy: I feel like I plead the Fifth is a part of this, right? I'm actually really excited to talk about this because I think I know on a basic level that if law enforcement arrests someone, they tell the person that that person has the right to remain silent and the right to an attorney. But I don't really know why or how that's supposed to work or in what situations that applies, what the consequences might be. There seem to be a lot of what ifs here, is what I'm saying.

Nick Capodice: I think you might know where I'm going here, Hannah. While we as a public may think we understand what it means to not incriminate yourself, the legal interpretation is a lot more complicated. And in order to understand what that means, we can't just talk about the Miranda warning because that is only a tiny piece of how the self-incrimination clause works. So that is why today we are talking about the Fifth Amendment, but we're not talking about the whole Fifth Amendment. Hannah, we're going to talk about this one clause, the most famous one in the fifth, the self-incrimination clause. It is less than a sentence, but textbooks worth of history.

Jorge Camacho: It becomes complicated when you realize that virtually every word in that sentence is subject to interpretation.

Nick Capodice: I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: And today on Civics 101, we're going to talk about the self-incrimination clause of the Fifth Amendment. When it applies, when it doesn't, and why The answers to these two seemingly simple questions are not so simple after all.

Clip: So do you read Miranda as saying that there cannot be questioning unless the judge says, You know, I don't really want to answer that question. What if he said, Do you want to remain silent? So what if a person says, I'm not waiving, but I'm not saying that I so let's say he's answering the questions. All of a sudden he gets a particular question and he says, you know, I think there are several questions around what if there was no interrogation?

Clip: It's important to have a clear rule here because.

Clip: Invocation does effectively sound like a.

Clip: Clear rule.

Nick Capodice: Before we jump into this one clause, Hannah, we are a show about the basics of how our democracy works. So we'd be remiss if we didn't quickly go through what the whole Fifth Amendment says. So, Hannah, would you do the honors and read the amendment for me?

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, sure. No person shall be held to answer for a capital or otherwise infamous crime unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces or in the militia, when an actual service in time of war or public danger. Nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb, nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process of law, nor shall private property be taken for public use without just compensation. That's a lot of clauses.

Nick Capodice: Sure is. It's a lot. And to put it as simply as possible, you have a right to a trial by jury. With the exception of military cases, you can't be punished for the same crime twice. With some exceptions, you can't be forced to implicate yourself in a crime. You must be treated fairly under the law. And the government can't just take your property for its own use without paying you for it.

Hannah McCarthy: You're already saying things like, with some exceptions in most circumstances, which tells me that there is a lot of potential for interpretation throughout this whole amendment.

Nick Capodice: And I'm trying to avoid a five hour episode for everyone's well being.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay fair. When it comes to how the Constitution is put into practice, there is a narrow interpretation and then there are broader interpretations, like, for example, a narrow interpretation of the rule that a paper is due at midnight would be that you can only submit that paper at midnight, no earlier, no later at midnight, as opposed to how most of us would interpret it, which is just get the paper done any time before midnight. Can we start with what the Supreme Court and lawmakers might see as the most narrow interpretation of this idea that a person cannot be, quote, compelled in a criminal case to be a witness against himself?

Jorge Camacho: In a very narrow sense. That clause just basically means you can't be called to the witness stand at a trial where you're the criminal defendant and be required to testify in that trial.

Nick Capodice: That's Jorge Camacho, a clinical lecturer at Yale Law School and the Yale Justice Collaboratory.

Hannah McCarthy: So if you've been charged with a crime, you can't be forced to sit on the stand and talk to the prosecutors. You can do that, but you can't be forced to.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. And when we were talking about crime, we specifically mean when a law has been broken, we're not talking about civil cases or a dispute between two people or groups. The two sides here are the law. That's the government and you and also the Fifth Amendment only applies to testimonial evidence.

Tracey Maclin: Well, what does that mean? That means that it has to relate to or concern communications coming from the person's mind.

Nick Capodice: This is Tracey Maclin. He's a professor at the Levin School of Law at the University of Florida, where he teaches constitutional law and constitutional criminal procedure.

Hannah McCarthy: What does he mean when he says communications coming from your mind?

Nick Capodice: It might be easier to understand that by talking about what doesn't count as testimonial evidence, meaning physical evidence.

Tracey Maclin: Physical evidence is not testimonial within the meaning of the Fifth Amendment because it doesn't relate to the workings of your mind. It's just about your body. So forcing blood from you or forcing you to stand in a lineup to forcing you to say, put the money in the bag, compelled handwriting or voice exemplars are not are not testimonial within the meaning of the Fifth Amendment. And then finally forcing you to put on a piece of clothing.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. But that narrow interpretation where the self-incrimination clause only applies to testifying on the stand doesn't account for everything that happens before a trial. Like when law enforcement interrogates you after arresting you. And yet we still have the Miranda warning, which says that, quote, You have the right to remain silent. So I'm guessing that this narrow interpretation is pretty obsolete.

Tracey Maclin: But the problem with that interpretation of the Fifth Amendment, it makes no sense because when the Fifth Amendment was placed in the Constitution in 1791, criminal defendants couldn't testify because they were considered to be biased, which they obviously were. So I think the language itself is set out in a broad manner. Now, you could use the language to say, well, only when. Only when a person is actually put on trial and forced to take the witness stand, do you trigger the Fifth Amendment. That's not how we interpret it, and that's not how the court has interpreted the clause for a very, very long time.

Nick Capodice: And that broader interpretation of when the Fifth Amendment is, as Tracey says, triggered, is basically the rest of this episode. But before that, I want to quickly talk about why the framers wanted this right enshrined in the Bill of Rights in the first place. Like so many other things, it all goes back to how the framers resisted recreating the kind of tyrannical government they saw as problematic in England.

Tracey Maclin: In the 16th and 17th century. The self-incrimination clause, what we often refer to as the Fifth Amendment, was designed to protect religious and political dissenters who were called before judges and sometimes legislatures and questioned about their religious beliefs or their political beliefs.

Jorge Camacho: The framers of the Constitution, where this protection is written, were concerned with abuses, abuses of power by the state against individual citizens and individual residents of a country. They were concerned with kind of the the history of abuse that they had seen, especially in England over the course of many centuries, where the crown, the government in England would often use its power in an ultimately unfair way and oftentimes abusive way against individuals, including, for example, forcing those people to offer incriminating evidence against themselves in trials where they're the defendant and they're the ones subject to punishment.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. So this clause is vague. And we've agreed that over the course of history, it is not limited to testifying in a trial. So when does this right to not incriminate yourself actually apply? Does it start the moment law enforcement says you're under arrest?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, This is where the clause starts to get messy. Meaning the way the Supreme Court has interpreted the clause is messy. So let's start with that question of when this Fifth Amendment right kicks in is triggered or in legalese, attaches. Looking at the language of the self-incrimination clause, we mean the point at which you could argue the government is, "compelling you."

Jorge Camacho: I think the clearest answer we have so far, which is still not very clear, is that the right attaches whenever your interactions with the state or with law enforcement specifically become adversarial. What that usually means is that once it's clear to the state that they view you as an adversary, like being a criminal suspect in a case, then your right against self-incrimination certainly attaches, then.

Nick Capodice: This is the point where you start being seen as a suspect. Law enforcement thinks you may have committed a crime. And the reason we have the Miranda warning in the first place is because up until 1966, law enforcement didn't necessarily need to notify you of your right not to speak with them or your right to have legal counsel.

Jorge Camacho: Yeah. So the case that really brought the Fifth Amendment and the self-incrimination clause to the modern era was Miranda versus Arizona. This is a 1966 Supreme Court case, which, again, if you've watched any police procedural in the last 50 years, you've seen you've heard some version of the following. You have the right to remain silent. Anything you say can and will be used against you in a court of law. You have a right to an attorney. If you can't afford one, one will be provided to you free of cost. This is a set of warnings that the Supreme Court has mandated all police officers to say to provide to anyone that they are about to interrogate in a custodial setting.

Hannah McCarthy: A custodial setting, meaning the police have taken you into custody.

Nick Capodice: Right. In 1963, police suspected that a man named Ernesto Miranda had committed a kidnaping and a rape. So they arrested him and interrogated him for 2 hours and eventually got a written confession. The police officers admitted they hadn't told Miranda about his right to have an attorney present during interrogation, but the confession was still used in his trial and he was found guilty. Miranda then appealed, saying that law enforcement had never informed him of his rights to remain silent or his right to an attorney, meaning his confession wasn't voluntary.

Clip: But the question is, is not so much whether he should have a lawyer in the station house with him sitting beside him during interrogation or whether he could telephone, but whether the state is constitutionally obliged to advise him that he has a right to consult an attorney before being questioned.

Nick Capodice: The Supreme Court decided that Miranda was correct. A prosecutor cannot use testimony by a defendant unless law enforcement had informed that person. Of their right to remain silent and their right to an attorney. And they took it a step further by saying that the prosecutor had to prove that the person had voluntarily waived those rights.

Tracey Maclin: Prior to Miranda, police officers would arrest people sometimes on their rights, but sometimes not tell them their rights. And they would say things to them that would suggest that the person would be much better off speaking than not speaking. This is an instance in which the Supreme Court said that where you're under arrest and where you're interrogated, the government has to inform you of your right to remain silent and the knowledge that if you do speak, it can be used against you. So that that was that was a situation where the Supreme Court, if you will, draw a line in the sand and said this is compulsion. And it was a very I don't want to say radical, but it was it changed the approach that police officers and detectives specifically had to take when they interrogate people.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. That makes sense, because that's a pretty clear instance of when your interaction with law enforcement has become adversarial. But once you're in custody, does that mean you just don't have to answer questions like, what if law enforcement is just talking to you casually but not doing something that sounds or looks like they're interrogating you?

Nick Capodice: I think you know what I'm going to say about this, Hannah?

Hannah McCarthy: That it's up for interpretation.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. There have been a number of Supreme Court cases where the main question essentially is what counts as an interrogation and what doesn't.

Jorge Camacho: So, for example, if I ask you a question in a custodial setting and you are, it's clearly that this is a custodial situation. Yes, that almost certainly constitutes interrogation. You're not free to leave. You are my suspect in this case. I'm asking you a question about that case. That's interrogation. But let's say, for example, I don't ask you a question. I just make a comment. I make an observation. And you, after hearing that comment, respond, does that constitute interrogation? I didn't ask you anything. I just said something and you responded to it. The court has struggled with that question. Again, some justices say, well, yes, that can and should be interrogation, because if it's a statement intended to elicit a response from the suspect, then how could it not be interrogation? In other scenarios, however, it may not be considered interrogation.

Hannah McCarthy: What does this look like in real life?

Nick Capodice: One example I'm going to give you is the Supreme Court case, Rhode Island v Innis 1980.

Jorge Camacho: In this case, a man named Thomas Innis was arrested after being accused of robbery by a taxi driver. Mr. Innis was informed of his Miranda rights by the police officers. He exercised his right to remain silent and requested a lawyer. So it was clear that no interrogation could follow before he at least saw his lawyer.

Hannah McCarthy: So if someone says, I want to speak with an attorney, then law enforcement is not supposed to question them.

Nick Capodice: Right. And technically, the officers did not question Innis.

Jorge Camacho: As Mr. Innis was being transported. Officers who were in the car with him started talking to one another with Mr. Innis in the back seat. Even though Mr. Innis had been arrested for this robbery, they couldn't find the gun that he had used in the robbery. Presumably he had discarded it in order to evade having the gun on him. When he was found, one of the officers made a comment within earshot of Innis in the back seat that he wanted to get the gun out of the way because the kids in the area of the school could find it. Upon hearing this, Innis then led the officers to an area near some rocks and pointed them in the direction of the gun where it was recovered and used in evidence against him at his trial. And it's later contested the the admissibility of that gun at trial.

Hannah McCarthy: So what did the Supreme Court decide?

Jorge Camacho: The majority of the court held that this wasn't interrogation, that the officers speaking to themselves, even if they knew that Innis could hear them, and even with the kind of obvious understanding that anything that they might say to one another could elicit a response from him that was not interrogation.

Nick Capodice: Essentially, the Supreme Court said that even though the officers had arrested Innis, informed him of his rights and he had requested an attorney, they could still speak about the crime in his presence without violating his Fifth Amendment right. Requesting an attorney is a way to clearly invoke your Fifth Amendment right to remain. Remain silent and to signal your plan to do so. But that doesn't mean police officers have to remain silent or stop talking to you.

Jorge Camacho: Yeah. So they're saying that the conversation between the two officers about how it'd be a terrible shame if a little girl found this gun and shot herself, that that statement was not interrogation, because in part it wasn't directed at Innis and because it's not necessarily the case that that statement, even if heard by Innis, would prompt any kind of response from him or that he would know to respond to it. It's certainly a play on Innis conscience, an attempted play at his conscience in order to get him to direct them to where the gun is. But it's not as clear as simply asking him, Innis, where is the gun? Can you point us to it? It's less than that. And so it's therefore not interrogation in this case.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. What I'm hearing is that if you have been read your rights, basically anything you say could be held against you, even in a situation where you've invoked your right to remain silent and requested an attorney.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. And it's worth noting here that this case, like Miranda, was pretty controversial, even though the justices agreed on the fact that the Fifth Amendment protects you from being compelled to speak under interrogation. This decision still caused controversy among justices about the definition of interrogation itself.

Jorge Camacho: This decision elicited a very sharp dissent by Thurgood Marshall, who called out the court for kind of the inexplicable nature of their of their holding. And he said, I am substantially in agreement with the court's definition of an interrogation, but I'm utterly at a loss to understand how this standard, as applied to the facts before us, can rationally lead to the conclusion that there was no interrogation. So he's saying we're all on the same page about what constitutes an interrogation. We agree on what that formula or definition is. So why is it that we're coming to two complete different conclusions about whether or not this was an interrogation? In Justice Marshall's view, he had the understanding that any statement you make to someone in custody that you can naturally assume is going to elicit a response from them is interrogation. It's a form of questioning. But here we have the Supreme Court, a majority of the Supreme Court saying, no, it's not an interrogation.

Nick Capodice: My take on what Marshall is acknowledging here is the authority that law enforcement has when they've taken a person into custody. The fact that there is an inherent power dynamic there that must, in his view, be considered when deciding if a person feels compelled to speak whether or not the police are asking questions about a crime. And actually, back to when Miranda was decided, there was criticism from legal scholars that Miranda itself didn't more clearly define what law enforcement could and could not do when they've placed someone in custody beyond informing them of their rights.

Tracey Maclin: The Supreme Court could have said that fact was urged by the ACLU to say police should not be allowed to interrogate anybody who's under arrest until they've had a chance to speak with their lawyer. Because if you really want to protect the Fifth Amendment right, you need to see your lawyer who will tell you in no uncertain terms or a lawyer, he or she will tell you under no circumstances do you talk to the police. No circumstances. But Miranda didn't go that far. They were urged to go that far. And frankly, I think they should have gone that far. But they didn't go that far because they didn't want to choke off interrogation entirely. They wanted to put the ball in the court of the arrestee. And I think it's fair to say that Chief Justice Warren and the majority thought that once these warnings are given to most people, they will invoke their rights and they won't talk. Well, it turns out that the Supreme Court, if this was part of their calculus, miscalculated. 80% of people who are arrested and given Miranda warnings, waived their rights and talk to the police.

Hannah McCarthy: 80% seriously.

Nick Capodice: That is according to a study from 1991. And there are a number of reasons why people might talk to police even after being read their rights, for example, they might not fully understand their rights. There are barriers due to any number of reasons, everything from their lack of familiarity with the law to their age, language skills, level of cognition. And the Supreme Court has given law enforcement a lot of freedom to do everything in their power to get you to waive those rights, including deception and appealing to your emotions. And we're going to get to all of that right after this break.

Hannah McCarthy: But just before the break, we have a fairly new development here at Civics 101. We have a quiz paired with every weekly episode that you can find at civics101quiz.com. It's basically a great way to see what you learn by listening to our Civics 101 episode or a really good excuse to listen again. Again, you can find that at civics101quiz.com.

Hannah McCarthy: We're back. This is Civics 101. And we're talking about the self incrimination clause of the Fifth Amendment. And we were just discussing the fact that, according to Tracey Macklin, 80% of people waive their Fifth Amendment rights to not self incriminate, meaning they decide to speak with police while they are under suspicion of a crime without an attorney present. Nick, what has the Supreme Court said about what law enforcement can or cannot do to get you to waive those rights?

Nick Capodice: Well, one interpretation comes from a case called Berghuis v Thompkins. In 2010.

Tracey Maclin: Thompkins was arrested for murder. He was given his Miranda warnings. He was also told that he could invoke his rights at any time. And he was then asked to decide, as some suspects are, to sign a form acknowledging that he had been given his rights. He refused to sign the form. Okay. But he didn't invoke. He never said, I don't want to speak with you or I want to remain silent. I want to see my word. He just sat there silent, and he sat there silently for 2 hours and 45 minutes. At one point, he may have commented that the chair was uncomfortable and he was asked if he wanted a peppermint or something along those lines, and he said no.

Hannah McCarthy: So he didn't sign the form saying that he had been read his rights, but he also did not talk to police.

Nick Capodice: Right. And since we're talking about laws here, we're going to be really specific for the record. There is some disagreement on exactly how long he was interrogated for. Case law says 3 hours. You'll hear Tracey refer to it as 2 hours, 45 minutes. And in the oral arguments in front of the Supreme Court, justices say two and a quarter hours.

Tracey Maclin: Finally, after 2 hours and 45 minutes, he was asked by one of the detectives whether he believed in God, which Thompkins replied that he did. And then he was asked. And at this point, as I started welling up a little bit in tears, he asked, Do you pray to God? And he said, Yes, I do. And then the detective asked him, Do you pray to God to forgive you for shooting down that boy? And Thompkins answered that he did, and he looked away. And then there was no more no more comment statements from Thompkins. The state took those statements. Do you believe in God? Do you pray to God? And then, of course, the final statement, which was the one that was terminated, do you pray to God for forgiveness for shooting down that boy? That was incriminating. And they used that at his trial and he was convicted of murder. And Thompkins said, well, I had asserted my right to remain silent by being silent for 2 hours and 45 minutes. So you shouldn't be allowed to use that statement. And additionally, Thompkins argued that they never got a waiver. They never got a waiver from me after giving me my Miranda rights. Now, the Supreme Court had two responses. First, they said, no, you didn't remain silent.

Clip: Do we have any case that says that two and a quarter hours is too long? No. And in fact, there can't be a waiver after two and a quarter hours.

Clip: No, there's no case.

Clip: And therefore, there's no clearly established Supreme Court law that two and a quarter hours is too long.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. But what about the waiver? He never signed the waiver that says, yes, I was read my rights.

Tracey Maclin: And then with respect to the question about the waiver, now, again, police detectives had been trained that in order to get a statement from a guy, you've got to give them a word of warnings and also get a waiver. And that is what the Supreme Court had said back in 1966 when they decided Miranda, and that was how much of the lower court approached this issue. Well, the Supreme Court said that the statement, his response, yes, would ask, do you pray to God for forgiveness for shooting down that boy, that act as both an incriminating statement and the waiver in and of itself? And so by answering that question in the affirmative, not only do you incriminate yourself, but you also waived your rights. Now, Thompkins was a 5-4 decision, some would say. I would say that it turns the Fifth Amendment generally and Miranda Doctrine specifically on its head, because Thompkins remained silent for 2 hours and 45 minutes. But the upshot of Thompkins, as far as the Supreme Court is concerned, if you want to remain silent, you better speak, which is a little counterintuitive, particularly to people who don't understand the law and aren't able to do the mental gymnastics that lawyers and law professors do.

Hannah McCarthy: So what I'm getting from this is that at any point when you are in custody, you could waive your rights even implicitly. And that law enforcement really wants you to do that and can sit there with you or talk to you or ask you questions to try to get you to waive them by opening up.

Tracey Maclin: And certainly the police officers are not going to act in your best interests, police officers generally, and certainly detectives, because there's mostly detectives who are doing these interrogations. Their job is to get a statement from you. They may pretend and act as if, well, we're there for your best interest. No, they're not. They are there to get a statement from you or to get you to incriminate yourself, whether you're guilty or innocent.

Nick Capodice: And law enforcement has been given a lot of latitude on how they might go about getting statements from people in custody.

Hannah McCarthy: So is law enforcement allowed to lie to you?

Nick Capodice: Again, this has been interpreted differently in different cases. But essentially, yes. Yes, they are.

Jorge Camacho: There's a lot of criticism of police interrogation techniques and, you know, things like the good cop bad cop routine and whether or not those tactics are coercive to the point of overcoming someone's will and making their statement involuntary under the Fifth Amendment. One of the tactics that Supreme Court has recognized as being permissible, as what they allow to happen, is lying. Police officers are allowed to lie. They're allowed to within within certain bounds, but very few bounds. They're allowed to play on your sympathies. They're allowed to kind of use your silence against you in a psychologically manipulative way. So, for example, let's say I'm a police interrogator and I have a suspect in front of me who has not answered a single question that I'm asking despite my attempts to get them to respond. And I say, hey, listen, I understand that you may not want to talk to me right now, but put yourself in my position right now. Let's say you're the interrogator and you know that I know something about this crime, but I'm just not telling you. What does that make me look like to you? That makes me look suspicious, right? So you understand if I see you as suspicious. Right. But let's say you didn't have anything to do with this, then there's no harm in you. Just answering my questions, and then person responds. And once you get that rapport going, once you get that correspondence going, it can be very, very hard to resist the interrogation tactics of a trained police interrogator. And the Supreme Court has said, well, they didn't do anything to overcome your will. Yes, they may have convinced you to start talking. And yes, while you started talking, you may have made an incriminating statement. But that's not against the Constitution. The Constitution doesn't prohibit that. That can make it really, really, really difficult for you as the person being subjected to interrogation. You can make it difficult for you to know whether or not what the police is doing is proper or improper, whether or not your rights are being violated or respected. And again, for courts, it's oftentimes no clearer for them either.

Nick Capodice: Not to mention the fact that a lot of people are not necessarily legal experts. And aside from reading you your Miranda rights. Law enforcement isn't required to clarify what is and what is not within the bounds of those rights. Furthermore, requesting to speak to an attorney isn't as simple and straightforward as it might seem.

Tracey Maclin: Well,  you have a right to consult with a lawyer after you've been under arrest. But if you ask for a lawyer. Most police departments are not going to give you a lawyer because they don't have counsel standing by, sitting in the back room waiting to advise people. So if you if you're arrested, you're given your Miranda warnings, you ask for a lawyer, they're going to shut it down. And you're going to eventually get to be in front of a judge and the judge is going to appoint you a lawyer if you're indigent.

Nick Capodice: And if you can afford a lawyer, at least in the eyes of the court, you still need to find one and pay for their services.

Hannah McCarthy: To that point on TV and in movies, we see it all the time when someone is arrested and they say, I want to speak to an attorney. And law enforcement might say something like, Why do you need a lawyer if you're innocent? There's this idea that by not speaking to law enforcement, by asking for a lawyer, it makes it look like you're guilty. Can your choice to remain silent or your request for a lawyer be used against you in a court?

Nick Capodice: Well, I got a case just about this. Hannah. Griffin v, California, 1965. The Supreme Court addressed the question of whether the fact that you invoked your Fifth Amendment rights after being arrested can be used against you in trial.

Tracey Maclin: Griffin was a case in which Mr. Griffin was tried for murder. He was the last person to have seen the victim, and Griffin didn't testify. And so the prosecution or the prosecutor said to the jury, well, we don't know what happened to the victim, but we do know that the last person to see the victim alive was the defendant, Mr. Griffin. But Mr. Griffin won't take the stand and tell us what he knows about the victim and what may or may not have happened. And so you should draw an adverse inference. In other words, you should infer some degree of guilt by the fact that Griffin refused to tell us what he knows. Supreme Court said that's compulsion. That's compulsion within the meaning of the Fifth Amendment because it's kind of damned if he does, damned if he doesn't. Because if Griffin were to take the stand, he would be forced to answer questions on the cross-examination, which probably would have incriminated. But if he chooses not to take the stand, if he chooses to rely on the right that the text of the Fifth Amendment gives him, he still being incriminated is still going to be used against him. In this case, the incriminating evidence is the prosecution asking the jury to draw an adverse inference, in other words, to infer his guilt. That's substantive evidence of guilt. So it's damned if he do, damned if he doesn't. Supreme Court said in Griffin that that was compulsion within the meaning of the Fifth Amendment.

Nick Capodice: However, this doesn't necessarily apply if you haven't yet been taken into custody. For example, the police asked to speak with you about a crime as a witness or to gather more information and you volunteer to talk with them. This much more recent interpretation is found in Salinas, v, Texas, from 2013, where law enforcement suspected that a man named Salinas had committed a murder, but they didn't have enough evidence to arrest him. So they asked him to just come down to the station to have a chat. And in that instance, there wasn't a clear compulsion because he came voluntarily. And by the way, Tracey says, you don't have to do this and it's wise not to do so.

Tracey Maclin: Foolishly, Salinas went down to the police station. He went there voluntarily. He wasn't it wasn't under arrest. He wasn't being detained. He wasn't told he must come down to the police station. But he went there voluntarily and they peppered him with a few questions that weren't related to the murder. And then one of the detectives said to them, well, if we take that gun that your father gave us and we run a ballistics test on it, will it show that this was the gun, this was the weapon that was used to kill the victims? At that point, Salinas shut up. He looked down and kind of shuffled his seat, but he refused to answer the question. And the police let him go. He was eventually tried for murder. And at the first trial, the jury hung. At the second trial, the prosecution did something that they didn't do at the first trial. And what they did was they put the officer on the stand and they asked him about Salinas' reaction to the question with respect to the ballistics test. And the officer said, well, he wouldn't answer that question. He remained silent. And then the prosecutor, she argued to the jury during her summation that an innocent person would have answered that question. And an innocent person would have said, Well, of course not that the ballistic test is not going to come back and say that this was a rifle. I didn't do it. Well, this time Salinas was convicted and he appealed his case to the Supreme Court of the United States. And the question was, can a prosecutor use a person's silence as substantive evidence of guilt? It's kind of similar to the question we discussed earlier with Griffin when we we talked about whether or not a prosecutor should be able to tell a jury that a person's refusal to testify is incriminating. The Supreme Court decided, well, we're not going to decide that question because we think Salinas never invoked his right to remain silent. Simply remaining silent is not the same thing as invoking the Fifth Amendment.

Clip: You're giving this Miranda not Miranda custody. Not custody. Gray area. That's what you're arguing. You want a gray area opinion to be written? No, I don't want it.

Tracey Maclin: And the Supreme Court upheld the conviction that said Salinas had never invoked his right. So, no, his Fifth Amendment rights weren't violated when the prosecutor did what she did. And the detective testified as to how I described it.

Hannah McCarthy: To clarify, because I want to be sure I completely understand. It is not really clear when your Fifth Amendment rights come into play, when you have not been arrested or charged with a crime.

Nick Capodice: Right. And Tracey says in those situations, you do not have to talk to law enforcement and you probably shouldn't because there's a really good chance you may end up incriminating yourself. And if you do decide to speak with them voluntarily and then suddenly stop, that could potentially be presented in trial later on as a presumption of guilt.

Jorge Camacho: The takeaway largely has been if you're going to assert a right, you have to do so clearly and unequivocally. The court is much more hesitant to accept the notion that you can implicitly exercise a right. But again, there are some justices who think that it's the correct view and others who think that it's incorrect and that the court should recognize the ability to implicitly exercise your constitutional rights. These are questions that courts struggle with. These are questions that police officers struggle with. These are questions that lawmakers struggle with because it's really hard to know in the moment when that line is where you've crossed into Miranda territory or where you're still kind of in pre Miranda territory. Because what the court has effectively said is that when you are examining the conduct of police officers and when you're examining, for example, the voluntariness of a statement, you can consider every circumstance. It's called the totality of the circumstances test, which means consider everything and then try to strike a balance one way or another. That tells you either, yes, this is on the up and up or no, this isn't. And the statement has to be excluded. Clearly not a scientific test, not one that even reasonable, rational, intelligent people can apply and uniformly arrive at the same conclusion for. And it's the best that we have so far, or at least the best that the Supreme Court has been able to come up with so far.

Hannah McCarthy: What about if you're asked or subpoenaed by the government to testify in an investigation that is not directly about whether or not you've committed a crime? For example, congressional investigations where government officials in this case, Congress people are questioning people but aren't able to file criminal charges themselves.

Clip: Do you plan to continue to assert your Fifth Amendment rights? Is that your plan? Is that your plan?

Clip: Advice of counsel. I respectfully refuse to answer and assert my Fifth Amendment privilege.

Jorge Camacho: Going back to the text of the Fifth Amendment right when we when we focus on the part that talks about a criminal case, that protection applies or can apply whenever the person interrogating you or questioning you has at least the potential to commence some type of criminal case against you. So that's an instance where you don't have a police officer in front of you. You have a congressperson or a congressional staffer asking you questions.

Nick Capodice: It's true that throughout history this clause has resisted a clear interpretation, in part because the clause by nature is about the dynamic between individual liberty and law and order.

Hannah McCarthy: And what's at stake here when we're talking about how civilians experience the law is freedom. The consequence of self incrimination could be incarceration and in some cases execution.

Jorge Camacho: Yeah, what I think a lot about is the tension that's inherent in the Fifth Amendment, the fact that we recognize that police interrogations are really just interrogations by the government generally are fraught with power imbalances and that we're interested in protecting against that power imbalance. We want David to be well equipped against Goliath, but at the same time, we don't want to hamstring Goliath from doing the job that Goliath has to do. So, for example, yes, we are aware that, for example, police officers can be abusive in their power, that they can beat suspects, that they can psychologically manipulate suspects. And we may not like that and we may protect people against that for good reason. At the same time, the police perform of an important function. They investigate crimes and they are tasked with finding offenders and bringing them to justice. So what's the balance that we're willing to accept between protecting someone's rights while also giving the police enough leeway to do the job that we've put on their shoulders to do? That's an issue that we've struggled with for a long time. We continue to struggle whenever the political winds change, either from being ardently pro-reform to ardently pro law enforcement. You can expect similar changes in how we interpret these cases. And you can expect the Supreme Court to shift winds as well. What that means is that we're probably no closer to finding a conclusive answer on this question now than we were 100 years ago. But that's not to say that we won't at some point find a solution.

Nick Capodice: As for where that leaves us now, Tracey offered this.

Tracey Maclin: Well, when you've come under the suspicion of law enforcement, the police do not have your best interest in mind. The only person that has your best interest in mind besides yourself is your attorney. Defendants, suspects, they are not required to help the government make its case. You have the right not to help the government. You can help the government if you wish, and that's fine. But standing on your right to remain silent, there's nothing wrong with that. And that shouldn't be seen as a bad thing. It's enshrined in the Constitution.

 

 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Oaths

From the Presidential Oath of Office to the Oath of Allegiance to sworn testimony, Americans take an awful lot of oaths. Today we explore the history of oaths in the US, the linguistic tinkering that's happened to oaths of office over the last few centuries and the repercussions of breaking an oath.


Transcript

Archival: All members will please rise. The chair will now administer the oath of office. All members will raise their right hand.

Nick Capodice: All right, Hannah.

Hannah McCarthy: All right, Nick.

Nick Capodice: Raise your right hand. Do it. All right, you bumped the mic. Repeat after me.

Hannah McCarthy: Repeat after me.

Nick Capodice: No, not that part.

Hannah McCarthy: No, not that part

Nick Capodice: I, Hannah McCarthy.

Hannah McCarthy: I. Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: Do solemnly swear.

Hannah McCarthy: Do solemnly swear.

Nick Capodice: To record this episode about oaths. [00:00:30]

Hannah McCarthy: To record this episode about oaths

Nick Capodice: I do this without reservation.

Hannah McCarthy: I do this without reservation.

Nick Capodice: And of my own free will.

Hannah McCarthy: And of my own free will.

Nick Capodice: I'm going to try and have a good time.

Hannah McCarthy: And I'm going to try and have a good time.

Nick Capodice: I was going to have you say, so help me God, but I'm going to be talking about that quite a lot today. So who else can help you for this episode?

Hannah McCarthy: I pretty much do everything Jessi Klein tells me to do.

Nick Capodice: So help me, Jessi Klein.

Hannah McCarthy: So help me, Jessi Klein.

Archival: Unmistakable snapshot of American [00:01:00] democracy. One American, a 35 word oath…

Archival: On oath, do solemnly swear or affirm. And I will discharge. So help you God. So help me God.

Nick Capodice: You're listening to Civics. One, two, one. I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy: I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: And today we're going to do a quick episode about Oaths

Hannah McCarthy: Oaths

Nick Capodice: Oaths.

Hannah McCarthy: Oaths. This is kind of a broad category, don't you think?

Nick Capodice: You're not wrong there. And I'm going to talk about the more general history of oath, taking an oath, keeping with no references [00:01:30] to Breanne of Tarth's sword.

Hannah McCarthy: You could put it in the credits, though.

Nick Capodice: Definitely Game of Thrones jokes in the credits. But today we are talking about swearing in front of people that you're going to do something, oaths of office, and it's not just the president who takes one. We're also going to talk about the oath of allegiance, affirmation, which is very different and very important, and possibly the most uttered oath in America.

Archival: Do you solemnly swear to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth? Certainly. What am I going to lose?

Hannah McCarthy: I know you're going to ask me to step into the DeLorean, so [00:02:00] let's have it. How far back did we start taking oaths?

Nick Capodice: You know, there's that bit. They should have called it back to the past because that's what they actually did. But anyways, Mecum Veni Hannah, we're going to ancient Rome. Oaths to various deities were present in many religions, from Judaism to ancient Greeks. But one of the very first oaths to a governmental institution was the sacramentum in ancient Rome

Hannah McCarthy: Sacramentum, is this where we get the word sacrament?

Nick Capodice: It [00:02:30] is. These oaths were made to institutions, but also made before a god. Soldiers had a military sacramentum where they'd swear to, "faithfully execute all that the emperor commands that they shall never desert the service and that they shall not seek to avoid death for the Roman Republic." Gladiators had a much more brutal oath, which I'm not going to get into here, and everyday workaday Romans would use it during legal proceedings. Anyways. As centuries went on, kings [00:03:00] took oaths when they were coronated oaths to rule justly and fairly, and other people took oaths of fealty to those kings.

Hannah McCarthy: And you said these oaths were made before a god. Were they always religious, like God or whatever deity you worshiped was invoked and watching?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, they were watching you. And you might be able to tell where I'm going here. People who took public office in England and interestingly, anybody who went to go study at a university had to take an oath that upheld [00:03:30] the Church of England and that the reigning monarch was the supreme governor of the church. And this posed a little bit of a problem for a group of people who had no king or Supreme Church.

Hannah McCarthy: I know who those people are. It's us.

Nick Capodice: When we were gasping our first breaths as a new nation independent of the British Crown, we were casting aside the trappings of monarchy, and in addition to no more kings, the framers [00:04:00] enshrined no more national church. But we kept and still keep to this day the tradition of swearing an oath of office.

Hannah McCarthy: So we stopped swearing to a God or the head of a church. Who did we swear to?

Nick Capodice: Instead, we swear to uphold a document.

Archival: The people of the United States are governed by the rule of law, a body of law that rests on a single document, the federal constitution.

Nick Capodice: And that brings us to our first oath, the oath of office of the president. [00:04:30] There are three oaths mentioned in the Constitution, but this is the only one the framers bothered to spell out. The exact words are an Article two Section one "before he entered on the execution of his office. He shall take the following oath or affirmation. I do solemnly swear or affirm that I will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States and will, to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States."

Hannah McCarthy: So help me God.

Nick Capodice: No.

Hannah McCarthy: That's not in there.

Nick Capodice: It is not. [00:05:00] And this was a rabbit hole for me, Hannah, albeit a fascinating one. I have never seen so many websites with the phrase now it has been contested and historians disagree whether, for example, historians do not agree on whether or not George Washington finished his oath with So Help Me God. The first published account to say he did was 65 years after the inauguration. There are, however, three separate accounts William Duer, Morton Quincy and [00:05:30] some anonymous writer of a newspaper op ed that say he kissed the Bible after he took the oath. Moving along. There's also an argument about whether or not Abraham Lincoln said so help me God. Some have evidence he did say it in 1865. While there's contrary evidence of a minister who wrote to Lincoln to request, he say, So help me God. And the pastor said Lincoln's reply was, "But God's name was not in the Constitution and he could not depart from the letter of that instrument."

Hannah McCarthy: All that aside, [00:06:00] presidents have said, So help me God for as far back as I can remember.

Nick Capodice: Me too. The first Ironclad published in several accounts usage of So Help Me God was Chester Arthur in 1881. And we know for certain, as in we have the audio that every president since Franklin Delano Roosevelt has so far ended with that line.

Archival: So help me God. So help me God. Help me God. So help me God. So help me God. Congratulations, Mr. President.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. Now, I have to ask you a question about [00:06:30] this distinction that is made that has always kind of confused me, that constitutional clause. Swear or affirm. What is the difference between the two?

Nick Capodice: I am so glad you asked. There are some religions, such as Quakerism, that do not endorse swearing on anything religious that you're going to tell the truth and every president may choose to affirm instead of swear. Same oath, no bible. That said, we have one and only one [00:07:00] president so far who has opted to affirm instead of swearing on a Bible.

Hannah McCarthy: Who was it?

Nick Capodice: Franklin Pierce from our very own New Hampshire opted to affirm his oath on a book of law.

Hannah McCarthy: Was he a Quaker or was he just not very religious or something?

Nick Capodice: We may never know the reason why. He wasn't a Quaker. He was Episcopalian, but he wasn't baptized until a few years before he died. He, frankly, was in a tough spot when he was inaugurated. If you recall, his son had just been killed in a horrible, tragic railroad [00:07:30] accident. But whatever his reasoning was, he didn't swear. He affirmed. Now, there have been Quaker presidents, but they have all sworn on a Bible, including Herbert Hoover and Richard Nixon.

Hannah McCarthy: Nixon was a Quaker?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, I know. Right? Did you know that?

Hannah McCarthy: Did he know that? Okay. So that's one big oath out of the way. What other oaths do we have in our system?

Nick Capodice: We've got a few and we're going to get into those [00:08:00] as well as what happens when those oaths are broken right after this quick break.

Hannah McCarthy: But first, we've got a new quiz. It's great. Every Thursday, Civics 101 has an eight question quiz on our newest episodes to test your trivia skills. You can play it at Civics101quiz.com

Nick Capodice: We also have a wordle. That's right, a wordle. We have a new one every single day. Based on that week's episode, you can play it at Civics101wordle.com

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. [00:08:30] We're back. We're talking about swearing.

Nick Capodice: The only swearing you're going to hear on our podcast, dadburnit. And next, it's not just the president who has to take an oath of office. It's members of the House and the Senate. Now, unlike the president, the words are not written in the Constitution, but they were written in the very first act of Congress in 1789.

Hannah McCarthy: The very first is and the very first thing to come across George [00:09:00] Washington's desk to be signed.

Nick Capodice: Yes. Chapter one, section one. Chapter two, by the way, started with duties and taxes on imports, Jamaican rum at $0.10 a gallon by the by. But the oath they came up with was this "I a B, that's first name last name, do solemnly swear or affirm that I will support the Constitution of the United States.

Hannah McCarthy: So help me God.

Nick Capodice: No, no. So help me God. That came later in 1862

Hannah McCarthy: 1862 So we're talking like civil [00:09:30] war years. Does this have to do with the Civil War?

Nick Capodice: It does indeed. President Lincoln and all of his supporters rewrote the oath of office for all members of Congress to include, and I'm taking chunks of it here because it's very long, "solemnly swear or affirm that I have never voluntarily borne arms against the United States, that I have voluntarily given no aid, countenance, counsel or encouragement to persons engaged in armed hostility thereto, that, I [00:10:00] have not yielded a voluntary support to any pretended government authority, power or constitution within the United States, hostile or inimical thereto."

Hannah McCarthy: So a very thinly veiled anybody who has supported in the past or is supporting now the Confederacy cannot take this oath.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, they can't take the oath, which means they cannot hold office. This was called the ironclad oath, and initially it was proposed that all voters had to take it too. But Lincoln himself vetoed that in 1864, [00:10:30] realizing that would ensure a nation where very few southerners could engage in the democratic process and that's going to stall reconstruction. But this oath resulted in a Republican anti-slavery, biracial legislature in the South. For the first time. Now, Congress began to remove a lot of that 1862 language in the Andrew Johnson administration after Lincoln was assassinated. And it was all pretty much gone by 1870. However, some vestiges remain from that rewrite, [00:11:00] specifically this part swearing to defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic. That I will bear true faith in allegiance to the same that I take this obligation freely without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion, and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I'm about to enter.

Hannah McCarthy: So help me God? Is this the time?

Nick Capodice: This is it, Hannah. So help me God.

Archival: So help you God. Congratulations. You're now members of the 114th [00:11:30] Congress.

Nick Capodice: This oath I just rattled off is called the Constitutional Oath. All new incoming members of the House of Representatives and the new third of the Senate coming in must take it at the beginning of each congressional session.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. We've got executive. We've got legislative. Is there any difference for the judicial branch?

Nick Capodice: Yeah. And I'm going to make it quick because I've gone on a bit here. Supreme Court justices have to take a double oath. First, [00:12:00] they've got to take the constitutional oath that Congress takes. And then they take a second one, which is interesting. It says, I will, "administer justice without respect to persons and do equal right to the poor and the rich. And that I will faithfully and impartially discharge and perform all the duties incumbent upon me. Associate Justice, Chief Justice, whatever...

Archival: Under the Constitution.

Archival: Under the Constitution.

Archival: And laws of the United States and.

Archival: Laws of the United States.

Archival: So help me God.

Archival: So help me God.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. What [00:12:30] about people other than elected and appointed government officials? Do everyday people, American citizens, swear any oaths on a regular basis?

Nick Capodice: Well, there is something that about 50 million people say on a daily basis that sounds a heck of a lot like one.

Hannah McCarthy: is the Pledge of Allegiance an oath?

Nick Capodice: Not technically. And maybe I was cheating a bit there. I mean, the Wikipedia page calls it one. You can call it an oath to the flag and the republic, but [00:13:00] you're not swearing or affirming on anything when you take the Pledge of Allegiance.

Hannah McCarthy: By the way. Nick and I love talking about the pledge. We did a whole episode on the history of it and the flag and the Supreme Court decision surrounding them both. We will put a link to it in the show notes. Check it out.

Nick Capodice: One of my favorite facts about the pledge are that the indivisible part was added after the Civil War. And this is not unlike the ironclad oath. It's like indivisible, looking at you, Confederacy. And since we talked about religion a few times already. [00:13:30] Hannah, do you remember when under God was added to the Pledge?

Hannah McCarthy: It was fairly recent, wasn't it? I can't remember what year, but like not that long ago.

Nick Capodice: 1954. However, there is an oath of allegiance. It is required by law that anyone wishing to become a citizen of the United States take it. And it is usually performed at naturalization ceremonies, [00:14:00] sometimes not always, but sometimes followed by a screening of a patriotic music video of Lee Greenwood's God Bless the U.S.A..

Archival: How about that? Are you proud to be an American? Yes. All right.

Hannah McCarthy: What's the wording of the Oath of Allegiance? Is it pretty similar to the constitutional oath?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, a little bit. You declare an oath or solemnly affirm to defend the Constitution and the laws of the United [00:14:30] States. But then you must renounce and abjure all allegiance and fidelity to any foreign prince, potentate, state, or sovereignty of whom or which I have heretofore been a subject or citizen.

Hannah McCarthy: Potentate.

Nick Capodice: Potentate. Also, there is a provision at the end that when required you will bear arms on behalf of the United States, perform noncombatant services in the armed forces, and perform work of national importance under civilian direction. There is a So [00:15:00] help me God, but you are allowed to stay silent at that part, if you wish.

Hannah McCarthy: And you have got to take this oath.

Nick Capodice: You've got to take it if you want to be a U.S. citizen, unless you're under 14 years old.

Hannah McCarthy: Just out of curiosity, what if you're opposed to war? Do you have to say the part about bearing arms on behalf of the United States?

Nick Capodice: You have to say it unless you qualify for a religious modification. And it's this part not as much the denouncing of allegiance to a foreign country that has caused some legal scuffles in the past. You know, Aldous Huxley.

Hannah McCarthy: As [00:15:30] in Brave New World, Aldous Huxley.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, he had "soma" problems with the military service part. He refused to say it, and he was denied U.S. citizenship even though he lived here for 13 years.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, there's an oath, Nick, that you teased at the very beginning of this episode. Give me the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

Archival: Hold up your right hand. Do you swear to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, so help you God? Yeah.

Hannah McCarthy: Is that my Cousin Vinny?

Nick Capodice: Very good Hannah nice catch. You know, I've talked [00:16:00] to a few law professors who say that movie, My Cousin Vinny, is the most accurate portrayal of courtroom procedures in pop culture, specifically when it comes to cross-examination of a witness. Anyways, that is called sworn testimony, and you can opt to say, instead of so help me God, under pains and penalties of perjury.

Hannah McCarthy: It's interesting. It's the first time so far that an oath includes what happens if you break it because it is against the law [00:16:30] to lie under oath in a courtroom. There will be penalties.

Nick Capodice: The oath you take in a courtroom is an acknowledgment that you understand it is a criminal act to intentionally lie on the witness stand. And if you're found guilty of doing this, this is called perjury. You can be punished with fines and prison time.

Hannah McCarthy: But how common is it that someone's actually caught and punished with fines and prison time?

Nick Capodice: Good point. It is relatively rare because it can be hard to prove. More often perjury is used as a tool. [00:17:00] It's like this implicit threat, this sword of Damocles that will ensure people tell the truth in a courtroom.

Hannah McCarthy: I think my last question about oaths is tied to this. The breaking of an oath. Like, sure, you can be sent to jail for lying in a courtroom. But what about all the other oaths that we've talked about? What happens if a president or a senator violates their oath of office?

Nick Capodice: Well, nothing really.

Hannah McCarthy: Nothing at all.

Nick Capodice: Like, I'm not going to speak [00:17:30] to the spiritual effects. That's your business, Senator. But as far as I can tell, no elected or appointed official has ever been punished in a legal sense for violating their oath of office. Because and here's the thing. Oaths are not legally binding. Pledges either. They're not a contract. You can be punished for doing things that run contrary to the oath, like committing conspiracy or [00:18:00] treason or giving false testimony. You're guilty of lying, not breaking your oath.

Hannah McCarthy: But you do on occasion hear, you know, President X has broken their oath of office by doing this, that or the other thing.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. You can be impeached or expelled for this, that or the other thing, but not for the oath violation. Do you know how many reps and senators have been expelled from Congress in the United States so far?

Hannah McCarthy: I don't.

Nick Capodice: 20 out of the 12,000 odd people who have served in Congress. And 17 [00:18:30] of those 20 expulsions were due to their support of Confederate states during the Civil War.

Hannah McCarthy: So if oaths don't really mean anything, if they don't really have any teeth.

Nick Capodice: Legally.

Hannah McCarthy: Legally, why do we take them?

Nick Capodice: I can't really say. Hannah, you might as well ask why the ancient Greeks or the Romans took them, or why officials from New Zealand to Pakistan to Brazil take oaths. Even before our founding [00:19:00] people asked that question. Noah Webster of Dictionary fame, He said that oaths were a badge of folly, borrowed from the dark ages of bigotry, and that was in 1787. Now, others say that it is a crucial part of our system. It makes our officials proclaim that they serve the Constitution, not some sort of supreme leader. And again, outlining the oath was the very first thing our Congress did.

Hannah McCarthy: I will admit, any time I [00:19:30] had, like, a kid club, I would always devise some oath. You know, I was like, this. This will give this weight. This will take it from just things that kids are doing to something real.

Nick Capodice: Were you ever in the Girl Scouts?

Hannah McCarthy: Duh.

Nick Capodice: How did it go?

Hannah McCarthy: Hold on. On my honor, I will try to serve God in my country to help people at all times and to live by the Girl Scout law.

Nick Capodice: I got kicked out of the Cub Scouts after one day when I was six years old. I don't know what I did.

Hannah McCarthy: So how are you going to end [00:20:00] this?

Nick Capodice: Well, thankfully, Hannah, unlike oaths, our episode conclusions are not predetermined.

Hannah McCarthy: So a Game of Thrones joke, then?

Nick Capodice: Why can't George R.R. Martin use Twitter?

Hannah McCarthy: All right. Why can't he?

Nick Capodice: To tell a story he requires more than 140 characters.

Hannah McCarthy: Oh, okay. Yeah. Although I do think it's. It's 280 characters.

Nick Capodice: Now. Well, the joke still works with that number. What's Breanne made of?

Hannah McCarthy: Metal.

Nick Capodice: Tarth. You [00:20:30] get it?

Hannah McCarthy: It? Yeah. Maid Of Tarth.

Nick Capodice: Yeah.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah.

Nick Capodice: Why is Caitlin Stark like a breakfast cereal?

Hannah McCarthy: I don't know why.

Nick Capodice: She's Raisin' Bran!

Nick Capodice: That's it for oaths. Thanks for letting us swear to you. Jessi Klein. This episode was made by me. Nick Capodice. With you. Hannah McCarthy. Thank you. Our staff includes Jacqui Fulton. Christina Phillips is our senior producer and Rebecca Lavoie, our executive producer.

Hannah McCarthy: Music in this episode by Anitek, Bisou, Derek Stephens, Rambutan, the Grand Affair, Max Anson, Ooyy, Howard Harper Barnes, Phillip Ayers, Jesse Gallagher, and Chris Zabriskie. [00:21:00]

Nick Capodice: Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Federal Courts: The Trial of the Chicago 7

In 1968, a raucous Democratic nominating convention was overshadowed only by the shouts outside to end the war. This is the story of how eight different protestors from very different walks of life ended up before an increasingly indignant judge and walked away scot-free -- but not before putting on a good show. 

Our guests are Victor Goode of CUNCY School of Law, Jeet Heer, national affairs correspondent for The Nation and Jeanne Barr, history teacher at the Francis W. Parker School in Chicago.

 

 

Transcript

Note: the following transcript was machine generated and may contain errors.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:02] By 1968, a lot of Americans were asking the same question.

 

Lyndon Baines Johnson: [00:00:07] It's just something that I don't understand why.

 

Lyndon Baines Johnson: [00:00:16] Why Vietnam?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:21] And a lot of Americans had had enough.

 

Archival: [00:00:25] If you're here for peace, let me hear you say peace. You want peace?.

 

[00:00:29] Let's [00:00:30] get it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:35] I mine in April of that year under the controversy and cloud of the Vietnam War. With the conflict still going strong, with tens of thousands of Americans and millions of Vietnamese dead and a slipping approval rating and a barely won primary victory, incumbent President Lyndon Baines Johnson made an announcement.

 

Lyndon Baines Johnson: [00:00:58] I shall not seek [00:01:00] and I will not accept the nomination of my party for another term as your president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:09] And Johnson is one of only six incumbent presidents to not run for reelection so far.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:15] Giving a deeply divided Democratic Party about six months to come up with a candidate before the August Democratic National Convention and the protesters plenty of time to prepare.

 

Archival: [00:01:27] Well, how much is it worth to you to call it off? Call [00:01:30] off what? A million, would you have done it for a million. The revolution? Yeah. What's your price? My life.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:48] This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:50] I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:50] And today, as part of our series on federal court cases, I've got a little piece of theater for you called The Trial of the Chicago Seven.

 

Archival: [00:01:59] Defendants in the trial [00:02:00] say its outcome could decide the future of free dissent in the United States.

 

Archival: [00:02:05] I think we're being tried with carrying a state of mind across the state border. We're doing quite well. I think we win every single day but the last if it wasn't for the law, we'd win hands down. Because you've seen that case, that's all. Never Neverland of insanity that only the US government and city of Chicago can dwell in.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:24] And that reporter there said it could decide the future of free dissent. Is the Chicago Seven [00:02:30] a trial about protest?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:31] Yes. No, not officially, but yes. Officially, though, it was a trial about conspiracy to incite riots. Unofficially, a lot of people say it was a trial about making an example of some very loud dissenters who flooded into Chicago during the August 1968 DNC, the Democratic National Convention.

 

Archival: [00:02:52] I mean, everybody is allowed to do their thing. If some people storm the amphitheater, they storm the amphitheater. Some people want to swim naked [00:03:00] in the lake. They swim naked in the lake. Other people want to go and tell the cops what we're doing. That's good. The cops want to come down and beat our heads. That's it. I mean, it's all conceived as a total theater with everyone becoming an actor.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:22] All right, let's get into it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:23] Let's shall.

 

Victor Goode: [00:03:28] Ok. I'm a recently [00:03:30] retired professor of law at the City University School of Law. But prior to that, I was the national director of the National Conference of Black Lawyers.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:39] This is Victor Good.

 

Victor Goode: [00:03:40] I was in Chicago in 1968 because I was an undergraduate at Northwestern University. The people that I was talking to and listening to knew that something bad was about to happen. And we knew the Chicago Police and many of my classmates said, look, these kids coming [00:04:00] in from out of town don't know what they're about to get into.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:03] I have an ill divining soul here, Hannah.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:05] Yeah, conflict is coming, and I'm going to get to those kids coming in from out of town in just a minute here. But Victor reminded me of how the country was doing at this time.

 

Victor Goode: [00:04:17] Of course, John Kennedy is assassinated in 1963.

 

Archival: [00:04:20] From Dallas, Texas, the flash apparently official. President Kennedy died at 1 p.m. Central Standard Time.

 

Victor Goode: [00:04:29] Lyndon Johnson, [00:04:30] the vice president, assumes the presidency at.

 

Archival: [00:04:33] At 2:38 in the forward cabin of Air Force One. A necessary ceremony.

 

Archival: [00:04:39] You solemnly swear.

 

Victor Goode: [00:04:40] And he finishes Kennedy's one year, his final year term.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:45] And Johnson ran again, right?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:47] Yeah. Johnson overwhelmingly won his bid for a proper four year presidency.

 

Lyndon Baines Johnson: [00:04:51] I know that this is more than a victory of party or person.

 

Victor Goode: [00:04:58] So Johnson begins a number [00:05:00] of initiatives. Great Society is what he call it Great Society programs. But Johnson also begins to escalate the war from 65 to 68. American troop deployment reached, I think, close to five or 600,000 troops. So it was a massive escalation of the war.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:05:21] And to be clear, a lot of the American public were not thrilled by this.

 

Victor Goode: [00:05:25] Despite the fact that antiwar protests were beginning [00:05:30] in 65, 66, 67, the government was going in the opposite direction. And the government, of course, was led by the president and his party, the Democratic Party. And so with the Democratic Convention in Chicago, all the antiwar groups said this is a time for us to send a message, especially at the point of the election, that we want peace, we want an end to the American involvement in Vietnam.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:08] 1968, [00:06:00] everything is coming to a head.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:06:11] 1968 was the year when everything was falling apart in America.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:16] I'm bringing in another guest. Please meet Jeet Heer, national affairs correspondent for the Nation.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:06:22] It began with the sort of Tet Offensive, which was an American military victory, but not really a sort of Pyrrhic victory, because the very fact [00:06:30] that the Viet Cong got so close to actually taking over that attacked the American embassy really meant that, like, you know, people woke up to the fact that they had been lied to about the Vietnam War.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:42] And I suppose it didn't help the government's case that this was our first televised war. Like Americans were in their living rooms at night watching this war go down.

 

Archival: [00:06:51] The walls of houses. Ricochet... These Vietnamese Marines are spearheading the assault.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:07:01] Adding [00:07:00] to the fuel to the fire, Martin Luther King jr. comes out against the war. Very hard decision because he is obviously very appreciative of what the Johnson administration was doing on civil rights. But the war got so bad and then King being assassinated, Robert Kennedy being assassinated, leading to the convention, which is going to be a sort of coronation for Hubert Humphrey. Various anti war forces and radical forces decide to make the convention a real spot for political protest.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:29] This [00:07:30] is important to remember the people who showed up to protest in Chicago in 1968 were there primarily to call upon the delegates and politicians of the DNC to propose a resolution to end the war. And the Democrats at the convention, by the way, were intensely divided on the subject. Also, it is worth noting that Chicago had been the scene of deadly rioting months earlier following MLK Jr's assassination, during which Mayor Daley [00:08:00] gave the police the authority to shoot, to kill or maim arsonists and looters. Many politicians wanted to move the convention to Miami, but Daley insisted he would keep things peaceful. So before we get into what went down, I want to establish who is actually organizing and showing up to protest because the leaders of some of these movements are going to end up becoming the Chicago Seven. Primarily the Yippies and the MOBE. First, [00:08:30] allow me to introduce the Yippies.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:08:33] The most vividly imaginative, creatively obvious where the Yippies.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:38] This is our third guest, Jeanne Barr, teacher and chair of the Department of History and Social Studies at the Frances W Parker School in Chicago.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:08:45] This is the Youth International Party, which had been formed. As you know, today's audience might think of it as almost like a mockumentary in the vein of Spinal Tap or Best in Show.

 

Archival: [00:08:59] See, I can. [00:09:00] I could hold you off forever just by using theatrical techniques. Oh, sure. You see.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:09:08] These are kind of a theatrical street performers. They were sort of real pioneers of something that we see much more commonly now, sort of politics as street theater, politics as mass entertainment. But as an example, to mock the convention, they nominated their own alternative candidate, Pigasus, a pig to be president.

 

Archival: [00:09:28] Why [00:09:30] did you decide to become a candidate?

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:09:37] But these guys were very serious political actors, and they were using the mechanisms of politics as theater and theater as politics, and showing just the absurdity that was present in the military industrial complex, in modern racism, in solidarity with the civil rights movement, but definitely with their own agenda.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:09:58] The Yippies are led by [00:10:00] two wildly enigmatic people. There was Abbie Hoffman.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:10:04] Abbie Hoffman organized an event where he rained dollar bills down on the stock market back in the days when they used to, like, be down on the floor shouting at each other. And the traders were just grasping for the money. And it created this visual of these traders grasping for money that was sort of indelible. You know, they took photos and those pictures went out. So it was sort of like really early propaganda in the vein of using television and media long before digital [00:10:30] media of the way that we know it now.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:32] And the other leader, that would be Jerry Rubin.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:10:35] Jerry Rubin is the Berkeley Free Speech Movement. He organized protests at the Pentagon. They would march to the Pentagon famously, and they got way more people than people realize. You know, that was one of the visible moments of, you know, using the tactics of the civil rights movement to get the bodies into the street and show the visible signs that they were not alone. And then people who feel like they are alone start to recognize, like, oh, you know, there's other people who have my point of view and a movement is formed. He later [00:11:00] famously tried to levitate the Pentagon levitating the evil spirits out of the Pentagon. And there's Jerry Rubin, running back and forth between the thousands of people out there levitating the Pentagon, which he said had been possessed by speeches.

 

Archival: [00:11:13] The task of writing and conducting the actual ritual of exorcism fell to Ed Saunders of the New York group The Fugs. He invoked a wide variety of forces... In the name of Zeus and the name of Anubis, God of the dead in the name of Seabourn Aphrodite. [00:11:30]

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:30] So that is the Yippies, the other major movement who organizes to go to Chicago. That would be the MOBE.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:11:38] We should talk about the MOBE. Dave Dellinger is they sort of characterize him as the granddaddy. I think of him as one of the hearts and souls of the peace movement of the 20th century.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:11:50] Dave Dellinger, by the way, is of a different generation than a lot of the people who showed up to protest in '68. In contrast to the mostly young crowd, Dellinger [00:12:00] was in his fifties and he'd been antiwar since World War Two, which back then was not the most popular of positions.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:09] And Dave Dellinger, is he the MOBE? Does he call himself that?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:13] I'm sorry. I can see how that was confusing. No. The MOBE is shorthand for the National Mobilization Committee to end the war in Vietnam. Its members included Dellinger, Dr. Martin Luther King Jr, Coretta Scott King and Dr. Benjamin Spock.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:28] Dr. Spock is in like the baby [00:12:30] guy.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:30] Yeah, the very same.

 

Archival: [00:12:31] The easiest thing in the world for a doctor or for a doctor. Writing a book is to scare the bejesus out of people. And the previous books on child care all were along the general lines, Look out, stupid. If you don't do exactly what I say, you'll kill your child, or at least make your child very sick.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:47] As a quick aside, everyone. Dr. Spock's baby and child care was literally the only baby book my parents owned. This guy revolutionized the idea of how we parent.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:12:58] Yeah, pro babies, and [00:13:00] antiwar. So. All right, here we are. We're in Chicago. And there's a Chicago office of the mob that is overseeing this major protest planning. And it was headed by two paragons of youth protest. First, Tom Hayden. He'd been a leader of the Students for Democratic Society, a huge national activist organization.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:13:20] There were a lot of student groups. This was maybe the Uber student group, or at least Tom Hayden would like you to think so. They organized much of them at the University of Michigan, and a lot of it was their [00:13:30] protest that kind of the same what we might call the dead white man canon was being sort of, they thought, shoved down the throats of students who wanted different teachers and different voices and different resources. Most campus professors were white. Most of them were male. Not all, but there was a certain liberal bent in their politics, but not necessarily in their representation. And so this was confronted. Hayden was a big part of this.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:56] Tom Hayden's right hand man was Rennie Davis, who, by the way, [00:14:00] when you look at pictures of these guys together, especially if proudly unshaven, Abbie Hoffman or Jerry Rubin are around, Rennie stands out as this clean cut, bespectacled son of a Truman administration economist, which he was, but he was also the real deal and apparently a master organizer and recruiter for the movement.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:14:21] All right. I want to do a quick recap. I've got five so far, Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, Dave "the MOBE," Dellinger, Tom Hayden and the bespectacled Rennie Davis. [00:14:30]

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:30] Yeah, those. Were the major organizers of the DNC protests, the MOBE and the Yippies. The way I feel, I should point out, the MOBE was kind of organizing one protest while the Yippies were organizing another. Specifically, they were organizing the Festival of Life.

 

Archival: [00:14:49] The Democratic Party represented death. So the Yippies decided to hold a festival of life during the Democratic convention with free concerts, workshops [00:15:00] in Parks, Yippie Olympics, a week long, joyful presentation of an alternative lifestyle.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:09] Which advertised, according to the Chicago Sun-Times, Come All You Rebels, Youth Spirits, Rock Minstrels, Truth Seekers, Peacock Freaks, Poets, Barricade Jumpers, Dancers, Lovers and artists. We are there. There are 500,000 of us dancing in the streets, throbbing with amplifiers in harmony.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:28] And by contrast, is [00:15:30] the mob doing a more like stereotypical protest with speakers and lectures and that sort of thing?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:36] Yeah, it was just. It was a little.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:39] No peacock freaks.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:40] No peacock freaks.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:42] So slightly different approaches towards the same problem.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:45] Yeah, you could say that.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:46] All right. And you said that the leaders of these groups, the Yippies and the MOBE, eventually would become the accused in the Chicago seven trial. But again, I counted five. So who were the other two?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:57] Okay, the other two. You had John [00:16:00] Froines and Leigh Weiner. These guys are considered the kind of forgotten defendants of the Chicago seven trial. They were not movement leaders. They were professors. And they weren't even given the exact same charges as the others. Some who have analyzed the trial suspect that what was going on with them is that the government brought them in as a warning to other academics who might consider joining in on protest. So that's hour seven, right? But actually, Nick, there is one more critical [00:16:30] defendant because the Chicago seven, it was originally the Chicago eight. Here's Victor Goode again.

 

Victor Goode: [00:16:39] The Black Panther Party was brought in even though the Black Panther Party was not a major factor in those demonstrations. They went after Bobby Seale because the Black Panther Party had voiced their support for the demonstrations.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:53] Bobby Seale, co-founder of the Black Panthers, a revolutionary group originally devoted to protecting black Americans from [00:17:00] police brutality. It then grew to become a nationwide Marxist black power movement.

 

Victor Goode: [00:17:05] The Black Panther Party was not active in the antiwar movement. The Black Panther Party, of course, had their own platform in their own program.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:15] Still, the Black Panthers realized that the same government forces that were trying to shut down the antiwar movement were trying to shut down the Black Panther Party.

 

Victor Goode: [00:17:23] So they believed in coalition work. And so they said, look, you know, we support you guys [00:17:30] because you folks are trying to change the government that's trying to oppress us, not trying to, but has been oppressing us for four decades. So they supported the struggle without actually being an active participant in the entire planning process.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:17:46] But Bobby Seale is not a member of the final Chicago seven.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:50] That's right. He is at a point removed from the case.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:17:54] Hannah?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:54] Yes, Nick.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:17:55] I think it's time we've got our defendants. And how did they end up being [00:18:00] in a federal trial?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:01] That's coming up after the break.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:03] But real quick, listeners, I know for a fact that this episode is half as long as Hannah wanted it to be. If you want to see the stuff that didn't make it in all the fun side ephemera and trivia, just head on over to our website, civics101podcast.org and subscribe to Extra Credit. It's free. It's fun. You're going to love it.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:24] We're back and we're talking about the trial of the Chicago Seven, nay eight. [00:18:30]

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:30] Now, at the top of the episode, Hannah, you said that this was a trial about conspiracy.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:34] Correct. Most of the defendants were brought up on the charge of conspiracy to incite a riot.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:40] But it's also kind of a case about protest.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:44] That's the sort of simmering question in the courtroom. What is really on trial here? But to get to that courtroom, we have to start in the streets of Chicago in the months leading up to the 1968 Democratic National Convention. Here is Victor Goode again.

 

Victor Goode: [00:18:59] Richard J. Daley [00:19:00] is mayor of Chicago, and some referred to him at that time as the emperor of Chicago. He had been mayor of Chicago, I think, for at least a dozen years. And not only was he mayor of Chicago, he was head of the county Democratic machine of Cook County. And so Daley was a key political operative in the overall Democratic Party. And so, first of all, he was very pleased that the Democratic Party was hosting its convention in [00:19:30] his city, and he really meant his city.

 

Archival: [00:19:33] We respect the constitutional rights and the human rights of everyone, but no one will take the law in their own hand or be law and order in Chicago as long as I'm mayor.

 

Victor Goode: [00:19:44] So he had both an ego and a kind of a political interest in making everything go smoothly. So the idea that protesters were coming to his town and potentially disrupting this political [00:20:00] moment that he was about to have as the organizer and convener of this convention was something that infuriated Daly. So was he planning to stop the demonstrations? To the extent that he could, the answer is yes.

 

Archival: [00:20:16] The peace groups are demanding permission to march on convention hall the night the Democrats nominate their candidate for president. The city says no. That would endanger security. There is a possibility of mass arrests unless the city allows the demonstrators [00:20:30] to camp out in public parks. There is nowhere else for them to stay. At a news conference this morning, the mayor read a ringing statement of welcome to the protesters as if nothing was about to happen.

 

Victor Goode: [00:20:42] And you know what I say to the extent that he could. Therein lies the tension between the First Amendment on one hand, that guarantees persons a right to petition, government, to protest, to demonstrate, and on the other hand, certain limitations that are imposed on protesters so that [00:21:00] it's not an absolute right. There are some limitations to what they call in a legal terms time, place and manner in which a protest can take place.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:09] Time, place and manner restrictions. In other words, if there is legitimate government interest to limit protest in public places, like if a protest would disrupt traffic or block the entrance to a building or result in public harassment, then it is constitutional for that government to limit protest. Even [00:21:30] then, they have to provide, quote, alternative channels of communication. Another way to exercise your constitutional right to petition your government when you are dissatisfied. Now the organizers of the DNC protests knew that bringing thousands of protesters to Chicago parks and streets had the potential to obstruct the normal flow of things. They knew they would probably need a permit.

 

Victor Goode: [00:21:55] The city responded by giving them the most limited permit that they [00:22:00] could. They limited where they could protest. They steered them away from the actual Democratic convention. And so the protesters goal, of course, was to to be seen and to be heard by the people going to the convention. And the city's objection was to prevent that from happening. And so the limitations were put on the protest. And the protesters agree, basically, we're not going to follow these these limitations. We [00:22:30] have to be able to move along our our own protest route toward the convention hall so that the delegates to the convention would hear what we are saying and see what we were asking them to do.

 

Archival: [00:22:44] I take one look at the troops in Vietnam. I know what American foreign policy is about America now. That's America, the Democratic Party. Most of us here didn't come to support McCarthy, so.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:00] Hey [00:23:00] Now Daley had about 12,000 cops and 6000 National Guard members on the streets, and they were joined by 6000 Army troops, all to keep protesters docile and away from the convention at Chicago's International Amphitheater.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:23:17] And how many protesters were there total?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:20] Well, the estimate at the most pivotal gatherings that week was around 10,000 people. But there are about 25,000 protesters in total in Chicago. Now, far [00:23:30] fewer than Abbie Hoffman had said there would be, but about a 1 to 1 ratio of law enforcement to demonstrators. Arrests started to happen on August 23rd. You remember how Jeet here mentioned the Yippies nominating a pig to be president.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:23:45] Pigasus, a not so subtle way of saying that politicians are pigs.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:48] Yeah. And when they gathered in this place in Chicago called Civic Center Plaza to stage this spectacle and release the pig, the cops started arresting people, including Jerry Rubin. That [00:24:00] is the beginning.

 

Archival: [00:24:02] We are not even on the street yet, although it is certainly our intention to march to the amphitheater in the street, because we think that the street is necessary to accommodate this many people. We may be nonviolent, but we're stubborn. And so we are appealing publicly through the press, through Deputy Commander Reardon on the sidewalk. We don't march today. [00:24:30] Made very clear that.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:36] Now this does eventually escalate into a riot, correct?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:24:41] It would eventually be called a riot, yes. But I also want to be very clear, initial investigation did not blame the riot on the protesters over the course of days. There were clashes with police, many of them violent protesters. And members of the media were tear gassed and [00:25:00] beaten. Surges of angry shouting protesters were met with brutal force on the part of the police. This all culminated in the bloody battle of Michigan Avenue.

 

Victor Goode: [00:25:27] Initially the police were pushing protesters [00:25:30] out of Grant Park and Michigan Avenue was just a few blocks away from the park. So as they began to get corralled onto Michigan Avenue, some of the protesters began to respond by breaking windows. And the police, of course, responded by escalating their violence against the protesters. So this was the beginning of a series of escalations that ultimately coalesced in front of the Democratic National Convention itself in Grant Park, [00:26:00] in which the police made a massive sweep against the protesters, in which and these, of course, of course, are the famous scenes that I'm sure many of your listeners have seen many times, both in video or in still shot photos of police wading into the crowds and beating and arresting anyone in everyone they encounter.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:29] At some point, [00:26:30] officers pushed a group through a plate glass window and then beat them with billy clubs. And a lot of this, just like the war that these groups had come to protest, was caught on film and broadcast across the country. Again, this is Jeet here.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:26:44] One of the chants that the protesters had is the whole world is watching. And that's exactly the case. Perhaps maybe even give a sort of broader sense of how polarized the period was. One of the networks, [00:27:00] I believe CBS had William Buckley Junior and Gore Vidal as the commentators of the Chicago. This is what's going on there. And Vidal was defending this protesters and Buckley was taking the the side of the cops.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:27:15] Oh, I have seen these conversations. William F Buckley and Gore Vidal, they had these televised debates during both the Democratic and Republican National Conventions, and they were super heated. These two hated each other.

 

Archival: [00:27:28] Any point of view you want, they shut [00:27:30] up a minute. No, I won't. Some people were pro-Nazi, and the answer is that they were they were well treated by people who ostracize them. And I'm for ostracizing people who egg on other people to shoot American Marines and American soldiers. I know you don't say anything but pro or crypto-Nazi I can think of as yourself failing that.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:27:50] So this is the state of American political discourse in Chicago in 68.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:55] So both inside and outside the convention, there's deep division, there's anger, [00:28:00] there's violence. It is a perfect microcosmic expression of the state of dissatisfaction and disagreement in America in 1968. And immediately following this mess. Nick, Mayor Daley claims that the violence was caused by the protesters who unleashed it on the cops. However, President Johnson's National Violence Commission requested an investigation and report on these events. The investigation reviewed tens [00:28:30] of thousands of pages of witness statements, thousands of eyewitness accounts, thousands of photographs, and nearly 200 hours of film of the events of these days. It concluded that most cops behaved responsibly, but that those who hadn't needed to be prosecuted. It said that some protesters were provocative and violent, but that most were peaceful. And most importantly, Nick, this report concluded that the violent events that had occurred in the streets [00:29:00] during the 1968 DNC was a police riot.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:29:04] So the president received a report saying that this was a police riot and that some police ought to be prosecuted.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:10] That's right.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:29:13] How did that turn into eight protesters being charged with conspiracy?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:18] Well, based on Mayor Daley's report, again, which definitely indicted the protesters. A judge in Illinois convened a grand jury to investigate protesters and law enforcement alike. [00:29:30] This grand jury process took six months. And in that time, Hubert Humphrey, the Democratic presidential candidate, lost to Richard Nixon.

 

Archival: [00:29:40] At almost midday Eastern Time, NBC News project projected Richard Nixon, the 37th president of the United States, when it became evident he had carried Illinois. Final returns may well reveal that indeed it was Mayor Richard Daley's Illinois and Mayor Richard Daley Chicago, which averted a deadlock and a political constitutional [00:30:00] crisis of incredible proportions.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:30:02] Johnson wasn't president anymore. The violence commission was terminated. President Nixon appointed a new attorney general, and that AG strengthened the case against the protesters. This is despite the findings of Johnson's Violence Commission, despite the fact that these protesters attempted to obtain permits. The Illinois grand jury finally decided to charge seven officers [00:30:30] with assault and one with perjury and eight protesters with conspiracy to use interstate commerce to incite a riot. Six of them also with crossing state lines to start a riot, and two of them with teaching demonstrators how to create incendiary devices for civil disturbance.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:30:48] Just to be clear, is that legalese for Molotov cocktails?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:30:51] Sure is.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:30:58] I think that the the government decided [00:31:00] to make an example of this and decide to really prosecute the people who are the instigators of the trial. And then I think it's a very telling point that they also went after the Black Panthers, a real source of anxiety and fear in the ruling class. The idea of sort of militant black organization that was armed and and preaching multiracial revolution. And so they have this kind of, you know, the leaders of the other anti war protesters and the Black Panthers. And they had this [00:31:30] big kind of trial and it became a spectacle.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:31:33] A spectacle in part because these defendants knew how to use media coverage and a stage, and they had both in that courtroom and a spectacle because of who presided over it all. Judge Julius Hoffman. Here's Gene Barr again.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:31:51] He is, you know, thinks he's a liberal, thinks he's a defender of what is good and true in the American way. And he's under assault by this new generation, this new sort [00:32:00] of way of thinking and his own complicity and his own, you know, blinders on. What what's confronting him is inability to read the room, as we might say today.

 

Archival: [00:32:09] Judge Julius Hoffman ordered the family of Bobby Seale out of his courtroom today for sitting in the press section while the defendants family was barred. Other coveted press seats were occupied by social friends of the court who are not reporters. As the Black Panther Party chairman's wife and five other relatives entered the courtroom, the judge leaned over to a U.S. marshal and said, [00:32:30] Find out who these people are. If they don't have press credentials, get them out of here. The family was ordered to leave. Seale jumped up. Judge Hoffman, what about other black people who are not allowed to come into this courtroom? The judge relented, allowing Seale's family to sit in the back row. What the judge did not say is that private arrangements were made for people who are not reporters to sit in the press section throughout this trial.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:32:55] Throughout the trial, Judge Hoffman, no relation to Abbie, by the way, is met [00:33:00] with the scoffs, mocking and legitimate calls for meaningful due process by the eight defendants.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:33:06] Going to a courtroom. You're supposed to like everyone rises as the judge rises and you're supposed to pay deference to the judge. Now, the brilliance and madness and genius of Abbie Hoffman and Jerry Rubin was that they realized, like, well, what if we did that? Like, what have we did not respect the majesty of the law or whatever. We just turn this into a circus. And what are they going to do?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:33:28] What what did Abbie Hoffman [00:33:30] and Jerry Rubin do?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:33:31] Well, they did things like show up in judge's robes. One day when asked to remove the robes, they revealed Chicago police uniforms underneath as they wiped their feet on those judge's robes. Abbie did a headstand on the defendants table. Jerry Rubin told Judge Hoffman that he was the laughing stock of the world. He called him synonymous with Hitler. Tom Hayden read the names of those recently killed in the war. Abbie Hoffman brought in a Vietcong flag.

 

Archival: [00:33:59] There was a [00:34:00] physical fight in the federal courtroom in Chicago, where eight leaders of last year's anti-war demonstration at the Democratic National Convention are on trial for conspiring to incite a riot. A Viet Cong flag was. From the grasp of Abbie Hoffman touching off the most tumultuous incident of the trial, Judge Hoffman ruled that he would not allow enemy flags in his courtroom.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:34:28] This is just utter chaos. You just [00:34:30] you don't hear about this kind of thing happening in a courtroom. It doesn't sound real.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:34:35] Well, part of the point is that the defendants thought this whole trial was baseless in terms of conspiracy. The Yippies and the MOBE did not plan together and they did not do anything in secret. Never mind the fact that they asked for permits to do it or the fact that Bobby Seale had no connection to these groups. So the defendants believed this trial was political, that what was actually [00:35:00] on trial was the First Amendment right to petition, the right to, quote, appeal to government in favor of or against policies that affect them or in which they feel strongly that it was the US government trying to make a point about demonstrators who do not demure. And the defense lawyers, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, they were with them on that.

 

Archival: [00:35:24] One final indication of what our attitude is. We've [00:35:30] decided to call our legal and political defense committee the conspiracy. We are people whose work against war, poverty, racism, corporate and military power is being called a conspiracy. We're proud of this work. We're going to continue it.

 

Jeet Heer: [00:35:47] The whole premise of their defense strategy was, well, this is already a farce, and if we treat it as if it's serious, then we're kind of like, you know, admitting that there's some sort of plausible claim here. We're conceding too much. [00:36:00]

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:36:00] Meanwhile, Judge Hoffman is just throwing out one contempt of court charge after another. And in the midst of all of this, by the way, is Bobby Seale. Bobby Seale, who was not a member of the Yippies or the MOBE. Bobby Seale, who is not a friend and collaborator of any of the other defendants. Bobby Seale, who was at the Chicago protests to make a speech and then go home the next day. Bobby Seale, who had his own lawyer.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:36:27] Right. You know, he has a long history. He's not it doesn't come out of nowhere. [00:36:30] He's got a whole persona. He's got a whole political organization. He's a known public entity. He's got his own lawyer. Right. So he's had his brushes with the law over the years and his lawyer is ill at the time of the trial, has just had gallbladder surgery and it's a convention of American trials. The judges usually say, oh, okay, well, we'll postpone out of courtesy to a lawyer who is ill legitimately. And he was and this judge didn't. And so he said that Bobby couldn't have his own lawyer. And Bobby was like, no, I'm not. I'm not going to trial without my own lawyer. That's my right. I have a Sixth Amendment right to have counsel [00:37:00] out of this. Bobby becomes enraged and incensed, rightfully by his treatment by this judge. Really, really just an unfortunate turns. He ends up making the decision, long story short, to bound and gagged Bobby at the witness stand. He gets basically carried out of the taken out of court forcefully one day and then carried back in, tied to a chair with a gag.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:37:21] Here's Bobby Seale speaking with Democracy Now! In 2018.

 

Bobby Seale: [00:37:25] I was bound up my head. The only thing you could see [00:37:30] is my my eyes and my nose. I was bound up with ace bandages. You know, the ace bandage you put around the knees when you're playing basketball, all stuff that tighten up. That's what I was. And then right around here, all the arteries just going down. And they brought me in the courtroom. My arms are strapped down to the wheelchair. My legs are strapped to the to the legs to the big, heavy wooden chair. The last day of gagging. And when I got in, I mean, I was losing blood pressure circulation. [00:38:00]

 

Nick Capodice: [00:38:01] So Bobby Seale is incensed at the sheer lack of justice and constitutionality and the response to his anger. The judge has him bound and gagged.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:38:14] Three days in a row. Bobby Seale is the only black defendant in the room, and he's bound and gagged on the order of an indignant white judge. It was shocking. It was galling. And it was really bad optics.

 

Jeanne Barr: [00:38:29] Right. So that that [00:38:30] was the atomic bomb. And then the judge issued a whole ton of contempt citations that were subject of protests outside the courtroom as lawyers around the country flew in to protest against the way the lawyers were being treated. So part of the legal breakdown of the trial certainly was a piece of the Bobby Seale part. They end up severing his case. So the Chicago eight becomes the Chicago seven. He ends up having his own trial. He's still alive. He sells barbecue sauce, among other things.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:39:03] The [00:39:00] trial began on September 24th, 1969. It ended in late February 1970. Over the course of the trial, Allen Ginsberg was called to the stage here at poetry and chanted Ohm. Timothy Leary was called to the stand. Jesse Jackson testified. Norman Mailer testified. What? Nick It was theater. And like Jean said, it was real. Judge Julius Hoffman issued over 170 [00:39:30] contempt of court charges against the defendants. When it came time for the jury to deliberate, Judge Hoffman on Brand didn't exactly stick with protocol.

 

Victor Goode: [00:39:41] At the end of any trial, a judge charges the jury at the charging phase. The judge says this is what the legal statutes require for a conviction. And if you find that these elements have been met, you can find a [00:40:00] verdict of guilty for these these defendants.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:40:03] Basically, the judge says, here's how the law works. Use all the information you've learned during this trial to apply that law and find a verdict.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:40:12] Yeah, but Hoffman didn't do that.

 

Victor Goode: [00:40:15] Hoffman, however, described the law and charge the jury in such a way so that rather than merely describing the charge to the jury, describing the law, actually in some ways began to argue [00:40:30] for conviction of guilt. There's no precedence for that at all.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:40:35] In other words, Judge Julius Hoffman sent the jury away with a strong bias. But did it have the desired effect?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:40:43] Well, first, Nick, the jury goes away to deliberate on the trial charges and Judge Hoffman goes ahead and convict everyone of his many, many contempt charges that he issued over the course of the trial. And this is something a judge does most certainly have the power to do in the United [00:41:00] States, issue sanctions when that judge determines that someone has been disruptive or disrespectful in the courtroom. And Judge Hoffman, he goes with some serious sanctions, indeed, sentencing the defendants anywhere up to four years in prison.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:41:16] Wait. So before they even know if they're going to be found guilty of conspiracy, they've got prison sentences based on just contempt of court.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:41:23] That's right. The jury came back, though, and acquitted everyone of conspiracy and Froines and Weiner [00:41:30] of all charges. They did find Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, Dave Dellinger, Tom Hayden and Rennie Davis, guilty of traveling between states with the intent to start a riot. It didn't stick.

 

Victor Goode: [00:41:45] The appellate court took a look at what Judge Hoffman had done and basically tossed all the convictions and, of course, admonished Judge Hoffman for the way in which he had conducted that trial.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:41:57] Wait. After all that, [00:42:00] after the violence in the streets, the conspiracy charges, the outrageous courtroom drama, did anything come out of it? Hanna Like what happened to the cops who were charged with assault and perjury?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:42:13] Nothing. Seven acquittals and one dropped case.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:42:16] And we know the war didn't end.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:42:17] It had another five years.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:42:19] So here's my question. Is there, there, there, or was this case just a loud disruption that didn't change anything like the antiwar protests [00:42:30] in Chicago in 1968?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:42:32] This is an important question. Does political theater, which I think we can safely say this case proved itself to be both on the part of the government and the defendants result in change?

 

Jeet Heer: [00:42:49] Well, I think that the basic lesson, which I think that the defendants all shared was an awareness of that the legal system is not just about laws, that there's also a sort of politics [00:43:00] implicit in it, and that the consequences of a legal trial aren't just like the decisions that are made, but exactly like it is. It got a huge amount of attention and changed a lot of attitudes and polarize a lot of people in different directions because the defendants realize that the courtroom is a state, the courtroom is an avenue of political theater, and that there are ways in which you can use the courtroom to reach a far wider audience than otherwise. And I think [00:43:30] that, you know, there's always been kind of significant, important trials. But I'm hard pressed to think of one where the courtroom was used so effectively to convey the message that the defendants wanted.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:43:41] And as far as law and policy goes, I asked Victor good about this. And he said, you know what? No, no laws changed following the riots or the case. But he also brought the whole thing back to the reason these eight men ended up in court to begin with protest whether they were allowed to do it, where they were allowed to do it, and how [00:44:00] they were allowed to do it.

 

Victor Goode: [00:44:01] What it did do is it caused other courts and other jurisdictions to say, well, look, maybe we need to apply this concept of time, place and manner and where your demonstrations can take place in a more balanced way. So we don't use these permits to create conflict and to create a situation where there is police abuse. Instead, let's try to allow the First Amendment to have its flowering [00:44:30] and to have its space.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:44:33] So this is the last thing, Hannah And we haven't actually called it out up until this point. You got thousands of young, angry protesters taken to the streets because of their dissatisfaction with violence, with government, brutal police violence, questions about constitutional rights, a massive divide in a party. So many of the events and problems that led to the Chicago seven eight trial are happening [00:45:00] in America today, over 50 years later. So did we actually learn anything from the wildness and spectacle and violence of the 1960s or of this trial? Or I guess can we learn anything looking back at it today?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:45:17] It's funny you should ask. Victor and I had this moment at the end of the interview when we were speaking about constitutional rights, about the government's role in upholding them, about our role and making sure the government does. And per usual, [00:45:30] Nick, when I talk about the weight of fundamental rights, I get a little bit overwhelmed. It really means something to me. I feel it on a deep level. And when I mentioned this to Victor. He essentially said, well, that's pretty much the whole point. That was the point in 1968 and that is the point now.

 

Victor Goode: [00:45:51] This is something that we have to feel. We have to not just think about it, we have to feel it. Because when you feel it, it makes it real. It causes you to [00:46:00] look around at things a little bit differently than you might have before. My experience in 1968, both in campus protests and demonstrations and being part of antiwar demonstrations and movements. Caused me to change my career approach when I went to law school. I joined the organization called the National Conference of Black Lawyers, and I joined them because their [00:46:30] declaration of commitment was to be the legal arm of the Black Revolutionary Movement. I didn't know where to go. I didn't know what to do. I didn't know what my life was going to become. But I knew that I wanted my life to become a life of meaning. I knew I wanted to have something to do with social justice. I knew I couldn't go back to the world that my parents grew up in. I knew that being a lawyer could be a tool in some ways. And [00:47:00] of course, as a lawyer, I quickly learned the limitations of that tool as well. But I hope, as some young people hear this podcast and many, many others, many, many others, I don't I don't claim to be unique in that respect that they will begin to ask some of the same questions of who am I and where are we going? As I began to ask in 1968 and let me underscore that not just who am I and where am I going, but who [00:47:30] am I and where are we going?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:47:43] That does it for the Chicago seven and eight eight here on Civics 101. Special thanks to the American Bar Association for working with us on this series. If you want a good dramatization of the trial of the Chicago Seven, Nic and I watched the Aaron Sorkin movie of the same name. And although Jeet here will rightfully tell [00:48:00] you that he did indeed ninety's Sorkin ize the series of events behind the trial of the Chicago Seven. It's still a pretty good movie, and it's got Mark Rylance in it, which should be argument enough. This episode was produced by me and McCarthy with help from Nick Capodice. Kristina Phillips is our senior producer. Jackie Fulton is our producer. Rebecca Lovejoy is our executive producer. If you like this episode, please consider leaving us a review on Apple Podcasts or wherever you get your podcasts. It actually means a lot to us and it's how you can tell us what you think. [00:48:30] Music In this episode by Viscid, Lars Eriksson, Ketsa, Ian Luxton, Vincent Vega, Anemoia, Blacktop Banks and Elliot Holmes. You can get transcripts, additional resources in everything else we have ever made at our website civics101podcast.org. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.

 


 
 

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

How Powerful is the President's Veto?

The presidential veto is a powerful tool, but just how powerful it is depends on political context, timing, and party alignment. We'll pull back the curtain on the origin of the veto, how it works, and discuss moments when vetoes have had a real impact on our history. And yes, we'll even find out what the deal is with that pen. 

Our guests are Dr. Gisela Sin of the University of Illinois, and Ken Kato, a former historian at the U.S. House of Representatives. 


TRANSCRIPT

Note: the following transcript was machine generated and may contain errors.

Barack Obama: I am not signing the piece of legislation that came down to me today. I am signing a veto.

Nick Capodice: The President is sometimes referred to as the most powerful person in the world. And just think about the kinds of power they have. They are the commander in chief of the armed forces, for example.

Hannah McCarthy: They have access to the nuclear codes.

Nick Capodice: And what about this? They have the power to block a bill from becoming law. Fun etymological fact: the word veto comes from the Latin for "I forbid."

Hannah McCarthy: Hmm.

Bill Clinton: Congress has sent me the tax bill I have repeatedly pledged to veto.

Hannah McCarthy: This is Civics 101. One, I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice: And I'm Nick Capodice. And today we are talking videos. We're going to take a closer look at the history of vetoes, the process and the different ways the President uses that veto pen to make a political point. But first, let's talk about why the President has veto power in the first place.

Dr. Gisela Sin: So vetoes are an important element of the constitutional design of checks and balances.

Nick Capodice: That is Dr. Gisela Sin. She's associate professor of political science at the University of Illinois.

Hannah McCarthy: And that constitutional design of checks and balances, that is the way the Constitution gives each branch of the government - legislative, executive and judicial - the ability to check the other branches, in other words, to prevent them from collecting too much individual power.

Dr. Gisela Sin: So the veto power is one of those institutions that translates this principle of checks and balances into concrete rules and procedures. First, a proposal can receive a majority in the House and the Senate. And the President consents or receives support from a majority of the House, a majority in the Senate.

Nick Capodice: Now, Congress may still override a veto from the President, even if the President vetoes the law. That's something we'll get to in a minute.

Hannah McCarthy: So basically, the President can check Congress and then Congress can check the President back. But where did the concept of veto originate?

Nick Capodice: It first appeared in the early Roman Republic constitution.

Dr. Gisela Sin: In this Republican Constitution, there were two executive official two consoles, and they were granted the right to veto the actions of each other. And the arrangement was basically designed to curb the exercise of arbitrary authority that had occurred before with the monarchy.

Hannah McCarthy: What does she mean by arbitrary authority?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, that's the way in which monarchs could make unrestricted decisions without consulting the people at all.

Dr. Gisela Sin: And then with time, the plebeians also have representation for themselves in the political institutions of the Roman Republic.

Nick Capodice: Now in Rome, there were also enslaved people who had no political representation. Those who did were known as plebeians. They were considered free commoners.

Dr. Gisela Sin: They were represented by officers that were called tribunes, who were also granted a veto power over the actions of the consuls. And originally, they can only they could only be used to protect the plebeians from injustice and violence.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. So the veto started as a means of checking the arbitrary exercise of political power in ancient Rome. Now. How did it become a part of the American system?

Nick Capodice: Well, the framers of the Constitution were certainly inspired by the historical republics. We've covered that in past episodes, and we've talked about the language of the Constitution and the structure of the democracy. But they were also thinking a lot about their own, much more recent history.

Ken Kato: For the late 18th century. There was the time of the founders. There really was a sense of trying to avoid tyranny.

Nick Capodice: That is Ken Kato, former associate historian of the US House of Representatives. He spoke with Civics one on one in 2017.

Ken Kato: So they created a system of mixed government the one, the few, the many.

Hannah McCarthy: Which is how we ended up with an executive, a leader. That's the one. But then you also got the judiciary, the few, and then the representational democracy of Congress, the many. So if the founders were afraid of tyranny of the kind of authority granted to the king, why did we still end up with a veto?

Nick Capodice: Well, we'll get to the reasons why Presidents utilize their veto authority in just a little bit, but let's go back to their constitutional beginnings. While the veto existed in some form, in some early state constitutions, it was frankly a controversial topic. During the Constitutional Convention, some delegates argued it would give the President too much power, and others argued it was essential to preserving the balance of power between the executive and legislative branches. And ultimately, the delegates reached a compromise. The President would have the power to veto laws, but Congress could override the veto with a two-thirds majority.

Hannah McCarthy: Which is about representing the will of the people. That's what Congress is there for. So if two thirds of them strongly support something, even if the President vetoes it, Congress can still say, no, this is what the people want and it's going to happen.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, it's all about political context and timing, and the veto isn't always as powerful as he might think.

Dr. Gisela Sin: So sometimes the ability to veto legislation gives the President a lot of influence, but other times it gives him little or no influence at all. So as we know, to enact legislation, a simple majority in the House and the Senate is needed and veto override requires two-thirds majority. So if the President does not like a bill, but knows that more than two-thirds of House members and senators are willing to vote for it, then the President's ability to veto legislation is not very useful because, you know, two-thirds will override it. So it gives him no power at all.

Hannah McCarthy: How often does this happen, the veto override?

Nick Capodice: Not very often, because as you and I both know, Hannah, one party doesn't always control both the House and the Senate. And even when they do, there still has to be a lot of bipartisan political consensus on a bill or strong party majority in these chambers to get to that two-thirds vote count. For example, there was only one veto override during Donald Trump's administration, one during the Obama administration, and four during the George W Bush administration. And of course, the President generally knows when the override is likely to happen, based on the consensus around the original passage of the bill.

Hannah McCarthy: Why would the President bother issuing a veto knowing that it will be overridden? Kind of seems like a pointless exercise.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. On the surface it may seem pointless, but there are political points to be made scored by vetoing a bill. The President is sending a strong message to Congress and the American people that they disapprove of the legislation and the veto might also put pressure on individual members of Congress, maybe those in the President's own party, to reconsider their position on the bill. And finally, Hannah, a veto gives the President an opportunity to offer alternatives on a bill. We'll get into veto overrides in more depth later on.

Hannah McCarthy: And can we talk about those vetoes that actually stick?

Dr. Gisela Sin: So the President veto has power when the coalitions that want to do something in Congress commands a majority in both houses, but it is not large enough to get the two-thirds vote.

Nick Capodice: A coalition, by the way, is a group of lawmakers who come together to support a piece of legislation.

Hannah McCarthy: So that's kind of the sweet spot for the President's veto pen when they just get to say no to a bill. And that's that.

Nick Capodice: Yeah, exactly. But don't forget, while the President does have this power to keep bills from becoming law, the veto can't be used to keep members of Congress from debating the bill in the first place. A veto cannot interrupt the normal process of legislation. Now, veto can be used to some extent to score political points like members of Congress can say to their constituents, Hey, this is the law we wanted, but it was the President that kept it from happening. They can even brag about passing a bill, even if it was a bill they knew was going to be dead in the water.

Hannah McCarthy: I could even see a legislator using the threat of a veto or the veto itself to their own political advantage, right?

Nick Capodice: Yeah. If the President has already signaled they're going to veto a bill, it won't stop legislators from debating it on the floor, talking about it with the press, and letting their constituents know that they were trying to serve the people's needs. But the President was getting in the way. It's like members of Congress are saying, look how hard we tried to represent you and look how your President is stopping us. And another thing that determines the power of the veto. This is an old joke. Hannah, ask me, what's the most important element in comedy?

Hannah McCarthy: Nick. What's.

Nick Capodice: The timing? My dad loved that joke.

Dr. Gisela Sin: If the President faces a veto decision at the end of a congressional term, there is not enough time for negotiations. That is at the beginning or at the middle of the term. The President can use his veto to negotiate a bill he likes more, a bill closer to what he wants.

Nick Capodice: For instance, if the President vetoes a bill at the beginning of the term, then Congress has time to go back to the drawing board and come up with legislation that the President might accept. And these are some back and forth negotiations over a bill, you know, the President vetoes and then Congress passes something new to try to get a compromise in the middle.

Dr. Gisela Sin: But at the end of the term, there is not enough time for this bargaining with the additional pressure. Also that at the end of the term, there's always, you know, legislators have to go campaign. And also there's the additional pressure that the next Congress might be different, that the President might also be different, that the priorities might have changed. So at the end of the term, the vetoes are not really a powerful negotiation tool.

Nick Capodice: After the break, we'll discuss the different types of vetoes and times when vetoes have actually been used to strategically shape the laws of the United States, as well as some interesting facts about the veto pen itself.

Hannah McCarthy: Before the break, over the course of every one of these episodes, Nick and I discover a lot of information that ends up on the cutting room floor. Luckily, we have a place to sweep all those cuttings in to tell you about. It is called Extra Credit. It is our newsletter. We also put in updates about the show, things that are going on in the world. It's basically a little glimpse into what we talk about behind the scenes, and it's a way to keep in touch with you. It is a super not-annoying thing to look forward to in your inbox and I warmly recommend that you subscribe. You can do that at civics101podcast.org.

Barack Obama: You know, I haven't used the veto pen very often since I've been in office, partly because legislation that I objected to was typically blocked in the Senate even after the House took over, Republicans took over the House. Now, I suspect there are going to be some times where I've got to pull that pen out.

Hannah McCarthy: This is Civics 101. And today we were talking about the Presidential veto. Just really quick, I've watched coverage of vetoes and legislation signing ceremonies, and everyone seems to be really interested in the pens for some reason. There's always this moment where after the President signs something, he then takes a stack of pens and just hands them out to important people in the room. What is the deal with the pen?

Nick Capodice: What is the deal with the pens? What's the deal with the veto pens? Hannah, absolutely. That is for sure. There's a big deal with the pens. Since the veto power is such a powerful check on the government, the pen itself symbolizes its importance. Pen Vibe, a go-to site for pen and pencil enthusiasts, reports the CEO of Cross Pens presented President Gerald Ford with a desk set of 12 karat gold pens and pencils in the 1970s, and Ford became a fan of that brand of pen. And after that, most Presidents have stuck with that brand from Cross Townsend. The pens, by the way, are produced at a plant in Rhode Island that's been around for more than 170 years now. The Cross Townsend collection that former President George W Bush amassed is on exhibit at the Presidential library. President Bush also utilized official White House sharpies to sign stuff.

Hannah McCarthy: Yeah, I've heard that President Donald Trump also like to use the Sharpie. What about the tradition where we see the President using a whole bunch of pens to sign something and then giving the pens away? Is that something that happens with vetoes?

Nick Capodice: Well, here's Ken Kato again. He worked as an historian at the House of Representatives.

Ken Kato: Presidents and members of Congress love to claim credit. Lyndon Johnson was was the master of that. He could sign something with as many as two dozen pens.

Hannah McCarthy: To sign just one thing.

Nick Capodice: Just one thing, one signature, sometimes different pens for different letters of their name. And then they just hand each of those pens over to one of the people in the room who'd been a supporter of whatever they were signing. And it would become a souvenir.

Ken Kato: And you can go on Capitol Hill and go into an office and you'll see a pen framed with a facsimile of the bill that had been signed into law. Vetoes don't usually make that, but they certainly can. And of course, there's the rhetorical one. I will use this pen to veto any legislation you send me.

Nick Capodice: But there are a number of steps that bill has to take before it reaches the President's desk. Whether the President plans to sign it or veto it, whether that pen is going to come out of the drawer at all. For example, the President is not always making the decision to veto on their own. They get advice from elsewhere in the executive branch.

Ken Kato: The Office of Management and Budget in the modern time would review the bill and decide which departments and agencies should have the option of making a recommendation to sign the bill into law or not.

Nick Capodice: The Office of Management and Budget is extremely complicated, but in simplest terms, the OMB evaluates a bill and reports on budget implications, policy points and other issues. The bill might raise ripple effects, if you will, if it were to become law, and then the OMB sends it out to the departments that need to weigh in before making a recommendation as to whether the President should sign it.

Hannah McCarthy: So a President could decide to veto because they don't like a bill. It goes against their goals as President or their ideology. But they could also decide to veto a bill because the OMB says it's not a good idea. Does the President have to explain to the public why they are vetoing a bill?

Ken Kato: The Constitution requires a written justification for not approving the bill.

Nick Capodice: The President's veto statement is a document that formally explains why the President vetoed a bill. And sometimes that statement is written by the OMB or the agency that recommended the veto for policy or budget reasons. And these statements vary in their length and complexity.

Hannah McCarthy: And sometimes the President makes kind of a spectacle of the veto process, right? Like I'm thinking of the times we see the President presenting their rationale for their veto or potential veto on television.

Barack Obama: We can't put the security of families at risk by taking away their health insurance or unraveling the new rules on Wall Street or refighting past battles on immigration. When we've got to fix a broken system and if a bill comes to my desk that tries to do any of these things, I will veto it. It will have earned my veto.

Nick Capodice: Yeah. We don't actually see every veto on TV. The more politically divisive or controversial or high-profile bills, those are the vetoes the President often likes to do in front of a crowd. But the lower profile ones, they just get the statement.

Hannah McCarthy: So what happens next?

Nick Capodice: Well, then the bill goes back to either the Senate or the House, whichever part of Congress it started in. And then the legislators can try to override the veto.

Ken Kato: To override a veto. That would be an attempt to pass the law as they originally passed it. If they really feel strongly about a bill. They will debate it. Vote on it. The Constitution requires two-thirds of each house by the yeas and nays, which means a roll call vote. It has to be recorded.

Hannah McCarthy: And if both the House and the Senate pass it by two-thirds, then it becomes law.

Nick Capodice: Yes, the President can't do anything to stop it.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, what if members of Congress know that they won't get this two-thirds to override the President's veto, but they really want the bill to become law? Does the President get to make suggestions for the bill? Do they get to say, I'll sign it if you do these things.

Nick Capodice: If the bill has already reached the President's desk and been vetoed? Congress basically has to start over.

Ken Kato: Once they start tinkering, then there they have essentially started the legislative process back at square one.

Nick Capodice: So it is essentially a new bill.

Hannah McCarthy: So what is the time frame for how long the President has to veto a bill?

Dr. Gisela Sin: If Congress is in session, the President has ten days to veto legislation. If he does not veto legislation, within ten days, the legislation becomes law.

Nick Capodice: That again, is Professor Gisela Sin from the University of Illinois.

Dr. Gisela Sin: However, if Congress is not in session and the President does not sign the bill, that bill is considered a veto. And that's what we call a pocket veto.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. So a pocket veto is when the President takes no action at all before Congress ends its session. As long as the session has ended within that ten day time frame or has already ended when the bill reaches the President's desk. So, in essence, the President gets the veto without having to go through the veto process at all.

Nick Capodice: Right. The President essentially just lets the clock run out. And again, if ten days pass and Congress is still in session, not including Sundays, yes, that bill becomes law. But if Congress isn't in session after those ten days, it does not become law. This pocket veto is a tool that President James Madison first used in 1812.

Hannah McCarthy: Now I know that bills passed by Congress can often have a lot of stuff in them, right? Like items that have little or nothing to do with the main part of the bill. What happens when one of these huge, weighty bills gets to the President and the President maybe likes parts of it, but not all of it.

Archive: The other was intended to help small farmers, but the way it was written, most of the tax break would have gone to one sugar beet refinery and its major stockholder, Texas multimillionaire Harold Simmons, a Republican donor.

Nick Capodice: For a very short time from 1996 to 1998. The President did have the power to do something called a line item veto, and that allowed them to veto certain sections of a bill passed by Congress.

Archive: President Clinton used his line item veto muscle to knock off three provisions in the new balanced budget.

Dr. Gisela Sin: But they are a type of veto in which the executive can get rid of parts of a bill. So maybe an article, maybe a whole section. And in the most extreme, sometimes it can just get rid of a word. So imagine if it gets rid of a you know, you cannot do that and it gets rid of the "not" and it means you do that.

Hannah McCarthy: It sounds like the most important thing about the line item veto is that everything that doesn't get changed becomes law.

Nick Capodice: Right. Although Congress approved the line item veto. It was struck down by the Supreme Court in 1998 in the case Clinton v City of New York.

Hannah McCarthy: What was the rationale there? Why did the Supreme Court say the line item veto was unconstitutional?

Nick Capodice: Well, the Supreme Court said that line item vetoes violated the pre sentiment clause of the Constitution. That is the clause which says that the President can sign or veto an entire bill but not amend the bill.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. So what happens now with these big bills since line item vetoes are no longer a thing? Do they have to live or die as they are?

Nick Capodice: Yes and yes. These so-called omnibus bills with myriad items have become more and more prevalent and with them has grown this kind of politicking between the White House and Congress, which seems to just be making these bills bigger and bigger.

Dr. Gisela Sin: So lately we have had the omnibus, a lot of omnibus bills where there are a lot of issues inside. And also in many in many bills, what you get is a lot of earmarks and pet projects for different legislators, which are needed, in fact, to gather support for a bill, something that I don't care much about. But it will - okay, if you give me something there, I'll vote for it. And the President, in fact, I mean, many times it says I'm going to veto the bill unless you unless you remove X, Y and Z. But then there's a lot of influence by the President simply because he or she threatens to veto a bill.

Hannah McCarthy: What I'm hearing is that a President can have an impact on legislation long before it reaches their desk for signature.

Dr. Gisela Sin: The veto really forces members of Congress to consider the President's preferences when they write and when they vote on the legislation. So many times legislative outcomes are different because the President's veto power.

Hannah McCarthy: So the veto power means that negotiations happen with the White House before a bill is even voted on by the legislature. But does that mean the President is affecting the work of Congress, especially when they threatened to veto unless Congress does what the President wants?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, you can think of it that way, but you can also think of it as just sort of a way to get stuff done. Because with this two-branch process of passing laws, especially in a politically divided government, when the executive and legislative branches are controlled by different parties, vetoes are likely to happen a lot more frequently. And even when the government isn't divided, it can be difficult because within the same party, political agendas aren't always in alignment. So negotiations are kind of a test where the President and the legislature will ultimately have to agree. So the veto gives the President some influence, but it also gives the legislature a place at the White House bargaining table.

Hannah McCarthy: All right. Can we talk a little bit about some of the most historically significant Presidential vetoes, like the vetoes we remember, because they changed the course of government, maybe?

Ken Kato: Andrew Johnson is probably the father of some of the most important ones. Soon after Lincoln's assassination, Johnson vetoed Republican legislation for civil rights for African-Americans and the Freedmen's Bureau, which was supposed to provide education and welfare support for freed slaves to become full citizens. Johnson's successful veto of this legislation in many ways condemned the United States to another century, where African-Americans were second class citizens.

Hannah McCarthy: Now, how did Johnson justify that?

Nick Capodice: Andrew Johnson, who was a Southern Democrat, essentially said that formerly enslaved black Americans shouldn't get the help that white people in poverty never had, and that it would make them too dependent on the government. And I want to add here that Johnson vetoed this Freedmen's Bureau act not once, but two times. Congress couldn't really rally together to get that two thirds majority to override it. So a few months later, they proposed a more moderate version of the act. Johnson vetoed it again, but this time Congress got the two thirds majority and overrode the veto. That override notwithstanding, this was a pretty clear message to Southern Democrats that Johnson was going to support them and keep pushing against the Freedmen's Bureau, resulting in its eventual abandonment in 1872.

Hannah McCarthy: Okay. Well, in that case, clearly, the lawmakers in President Johnson's own party were aligned with him on that particular veto. But the President's ever faced legislators in their party who wouldn't agree with their veto.

Ken Kato: That's what the focus of checks and balances has always been on. Representatives, senators and the President all have, in their own way, different constituents that can create conflict, even if they all belong to the same party.

Hannah McCarthy: What does that conflict within the party look like?

Nick Capodice: Yeah, I have an example. In 2006, President George W Bush ran into this issue.

Archive: President Bush today defended a decision to entrust some of the operation of six U.S. seaports to a company owned by Dubai, one of the United Arab Emirates. The President reacted to growing criticism from lawmakers, including members of his own party.

Ken Kato: A company from Dubai won the contract to be in charge of all the ports on the East Coast. Four House members, many of them Republicans, were up in arms about someone from the Middle East taking control of all our ports, even though Dubai was and is an ally of the U.S. in the war against terror.

George W. Bush: I think it sends a terrible signal to friends around the world that it's okay for a company from one country to manage the port, but not a country that is plays by the rules and has got a good track record from another part of the world. Can't, can't manage the port.

Ken Kato: George W Bush threatened to veto any legislation preventing Dubai from being in charge. He had to give up his veto threat, had to be swallowed because the public opinion and the members of the House were just not going to go along with the President.

Nick Capodice: So sometimes the threat of the veto isn't strong enough to stand up to the might of Congress, but it is still a very powerful tool of the office. It allows the President to have authority over which laws are passed, and it gives the President leverage in negotiations with Congress.

Ken Kato: It's almost inevitable there very few Presidents since the early, early Presidents who haven't vetoed legislation at some time or another. In fact, Franklin Roosevelt was once quoted as saying, "find me a bill to veto because he didn't want to be taken for granted by Congress."

Nick Capodice: One last trivia tidbit, Hannah. Can you guess which former US President's veto pen was busier than any other?

Hannah McCarthy: You have a pretty good guess. It's FDR. It's got to be, right?

Nick Capodice: How many times do you think he did a veto?

Hannah McCarthy: I don't know. Like. Yeah, like 400, 500,

Nick Capodice: 635.

Hannah McCarthy: Whoa. Well, I mean, when you're President for that long, what are you supposed to fill your time with? Right? Veto here. Veto. There.

Hannah McCarthy: This episode was produced by Jacqui Fulton with help from executive producer Rebecca Lavoie. Civics 101 is hosted by me, Hannah McCarthy and Nick Capodice. Christina Phillips is our senior producer. If you were just discovering civics one on one now, welcome. We're glad you're here. And we have a lot more where this comes from. You can follow us on Apple Podcasts, Spotify or wherever you get your podcasts.

Nick Capodice: Music in this episode by Blue Dot Sessions, Anna Moya, Mike Franklin, Max Anson, Faruk, Dex 1200 Bonneville, Peerless and Cirque Nouvelle. Civics 101 is a production of NHPR, New Hampshire Public Radio.


Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

Disinformation and Misinformation

In preparation for the upcoming midterms, we talk about lies. This is the true story of the fake world created in disinformation campaigns. The voting populace spreads it like there's no tomorrow, without ever knowing what's real. We tell you what it is and how to avoid it. Our guests today are Samantha Lai of the Brookings Institute and Peter Adams of the News Literacy Project.

 

 

Transcript

Misinformation and Disinformation: Audio automatically transcribed by Sonix

Misinformation and Disinformation: this mp3 audio file was automatically transcribed by Sonix This transcript may contain errors.

Hannah McCarthy:
I either have a cold or this is a really bad deepfake.

Nick Capodice:
I'm Anna McCarthy.

Hannah McCarthy:
Do you know what genuinely chills me? Maybe I fervently believe something that is not true, and I probably do. I'm probably guilty of that and I don't even know it. Like, what have I defended in my life that is simply false? Or worse, what have I defended that is indefensible? You know, that is a mortifying thought.

Nick Capodice:
Yeah, it shakes me to the core when I'm disabused of myths that I believed were true like that people's names got changed at Ellis Island, for.

Hannah McCarthy:
Example, or something, you know, way more serious, like saying there's a human trafficking ring led out of the basement of a pizza place.

Nick Capodice:
Yeah, like that.

Hannah McCarthy:
Which we're going to talk a bit about all in good time, because the name of the game today? It's lies.

News archival:
Some of the most brazen acts of voter fraud to date. Sworn affidavit saying people are forging signatures, growing examples and frankly, affidavits of ballot irregularities and outright illegality, tampering allegations to the the dead people voting. We don't know how many votes were stolen on Tuesday night. We don't know anything about the software that many say was rigged. We don't know. We ought to find out.

Hannah McCarthy:
This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy.

Nick Capodice:
I'm Nick Capodice.

Hannah McCarthy:
And today we are talking about one of the most insidious and uncontainable obstacles facing any American who wishes to vote their conscience in this year's midterm election. We're talking about misinformation.

Nick Capodice:
And just to be crystal clear, because sometimes I feel like the word misinformation actually sort of skirts the truth of the matter. Misinformation is false information, like you said, lies.

Hannah McCarthy:
Okay. I did use the word lies. And honestly, that was a little misinformation, because in truth, doesn't a lie imply intention?

Nick Capodice:
Yes, a lie implies an active choice. There is an intent to mislead somebody else.

Hannah McCarthy:
So misinformation is actually a little bit different.

Samantha Lai:
I'm going to take a second to just set up some definitions. So I'm going to use both misinformation and disinformation during these podcasts.

Hannah McCarthy:
This is Samantha.

Samantha Lai:
My full name is Samantha Lai L-A-I. I am a research analyst at the Brookings Institution Center for Technology Innovation.

Nick Capodice:
Okay. And I've heard the term disinformation, but I've always pretty much equated the two misinformation and disinformation as being kind of the same thing.

Samantha Lai:
These are slightly different terms. So misinformation refers to false information that people might promote or spread, not intentionally to deceive someone, because often a lot of us might see things on the Internet and think that it's real. But turns out it's not disinformation. However, people who spread it often spread it intentionally to deceive people. So that's the key difference between these two terms.

Nick Capodice:
So disinformation is the lie part of the information chain, correct.

Hannah McCarthy:
And probably the bad actor part, especially when it comes to elections. Disinformation is the purposefully misleading statement or claim that is conjured up and shared in order to make people believe something other than the truth, and often to make them believe it fervently. So when that has to do with an election, the end goal tends to be to influence the election's outcome.

Nick Capodice:
Okay. And then misinformation is when other people encounter that disinformation lie and spread it around thinking it's actually real.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah, believe it's real or think that maybe it has some credence to it or, you know, it sort of smacks of truth. That is the simple, ugly way that it works.

Samantha Lai:
There are a couple of kinds of disinformation that bad actors can post to confuse or discourage voters. So one approach would be to spread false information on voting dates and polling locations. So, for example, during the 2020 elections, a tweet on Super Tuesday targeted supporters of Kentucky candidate Matt Bevin and said inaccurately, Bevin supporters don't forget to vote on Wednesday, November sith, which is the day after the election.

Nick Capodice:
And that wasn't a mistake.

Hannah McCarthy:
Nope.

Nick Capodice:
And I'll take it that tweet wasn't from the people who wanted Bevin elected.

Hannah McCarthy:
You take it correctly. This tactic comes in many forms. It's subtle tweaking a single piece of information, often in a way that seems helpful in an attempt to keep people away from the polls. Sometimes it's Hey, text this number to vote by text. You text that number. Your vote you probably get your vote has been submitted. Good for you. Text back. Easy. It's done. Now, I want to make very clear right here, right now that there is not a state in the nation that permits voting by text. This is not real. You may also see news that you know Candidate X has dropped out of the election last minute. Oh, what a shame. Or Candidate Y has already won. There's no need to vote. All of it is made up, all of it designed to keep you from voting.

Samantha Lai:
Another approach here in terms of messaging is intimidation, which often primarily targets historically marginalized groups. So this includes threats of people bringing guns to the polls or law enforcement presence at polling places. So, for example, before the 2018 elections, ICE had to publicly refute rumors on social media that they would be conducting enforcement operations at polling places. We also have messaging, exploiting common doubts, particularly among black and Latino voters, on the efficacy of the political process. So this can include messages on how the system doesn't work for you, your vote doesn't matter, and other attempts to just disenfranchise voters of color. And this echoes interference strategies deployed in 2016 by the Kremlin backed Internet Research Agency, who disproportionately targeted African Americans during their interference in the 2016 US presidential elections.

Nick Capodice:
I feel like you covered this in our episode on election security. There's a difference between how messed up the system actually is and how messed up bad actors want you to believe the system is.

Hannah McCarthy:
And like Samantha said, for many people or groups, this type of disinformation is specifically designed to play on totally legitimate and experience based fears and concerns.

Samantha Lai:
Because you have to have some doubt in order to be convinced. Like, if I looked at you and was like, Did you know that the sky is actually green? You would simply say No, because you can verify with your own eyes. That is not the case. Misinformation. The reason why is what makes it so effective. It's because it exploits people's common doubts and common fears. For example, looking at misinformation, targeting historically marginalized groups, why is it so effective and why is it so devastating? And why is that a civil rights concern? Because historically marginalized groups have been historically disenfranchised, and there are a lot of narratives that also carry some grain of truth in it, in sense of their underrepresentation.

Nick Capodice:
In other words, disinformation aimed at discouraging groups who already feel discouraged by voting.

Hannah McCarthy:
Exactly. Voters who are in seemingly gerrymandered districts, or for whom it is difficult to obtain an ID or to get time off work or to even make it to their polling place. Or, you know, people who have to stand in absurdly long lines. These are chronic real obstacles, and bad actors will exploit this sense that those voters have of being disenfranchised disinformation will say, You know what, you're right and it's worse than you think. Why don't you just stay home?

Samantha Lai:
We see right now that there is a heightened level of distrust towards our government, towards news agencies. There's a lot of resentment and polarization where you have people turning to alternative news sources, not trusting mainstream news sources that allows misinformation and disinformation to thrive because of a lot of fears and uncertainties people have about how what is actually going on.

Nick Capodice:
It's so insidious, Hannah, this idea that you might be targeted with disinformation that carries a grain of truth, and then that little grain of truth is rooted in historic disenfranchisement, right?

Hannah McCarthy:
Among groups of color groups who might have barriers to physically accessing the polls. Now, I want to introduce someone here. This is Peter Adams.

Peter Adams:
You can introduce me as the either the head of research and design at NLP or the senior Vice President of Research and Design.

Nick Capodice:
NLP?

Hannah McCarthy:
The News Literacy Project, which is a company entirely dedicated to teaching people how to separate fact from fiction. So those people who already feel underserved by the system, they are going to be increasingly vulnerable as we near Election Day.

Peter Adams:
Someone telling you that your vote is going to be changed or lost or subverted if you vote by mail. I've got some particularly pernicious rumor because it winds up disenfranchising people who maybe can't vote that day decide not to vote by mail, or they think they're going to vote on Election Day and they don't make it to the polls. There are also rumors that localized rumors like the lines are impossibly long at this polling place when they're not, you know, just view all that with a grain of salt. There are bad actors out there who will try to dissuade people from voting, targeting certain districts that tend to vote one way or another, and trying to dissuade people in that district from even turning out in the first place by circulating rumors. So just don't take election information from social media and, you know, do your very best to vote on Election Day, I think is sound advice.

Nick Capodice:
All right. That is sound advice. And I want to talk about social media in a minute here, Hannah, but what about the other kind of lie? Like not the lie designed to further disenfranchise marginalized groups, but the lie designed to stoke a different kind of fear and anger?

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah, well, let's start with a major fear and major anger. One that plays on the deepest sense of good and evil. In 2016, just before the presidential election, a conspiracy theory made its way around social media, claiming that several people high up in the Democratic Party were running a human trafficking ring out of several restaurants. One of these was a pizzeria called Comet Ping Pong.

Peter Adams:
There are lots of stories about people losing loved ones to QAnon beliefs that are entirely baseless. But I think the incidents like the one in Cincinnati or at Comet Ping Pong back in 2016, I think the pizzeria in Washington are tragic and alarming and good reminders that even though they're not exceedingly common, that this kind of stuff is very serious and it can result in people taking real action. Edgar Welch, who went to the pizzeria based on QAnon falsehoods. Right. Thinking that there was something nefarious happening in the basement there, when in fact, there's no basement in the building, you know, brought a rifle shot at once and figured out there was no basement and surrendered. It was much more tragic in Cincinnati. Right. But this person took action at an FBI office based on something they believe about the recent raid on Mar a Lago.

News archival:
A deadly end to a standoff in Clinton County. This story started hours earlier at 915. And Sycamore Township police say a man tried to break into the FBI building.

Peter Adams:
You know, again, I think these are reminders of how serious it can be, but we shouldn't lose sight of the everyday impact on ordinary folks who sort of fall down rabbit holes with the best of intentions, looking for answers, trying to interpret complex realities. But they fall for four simplified narratives. Conspiracy theories are very attractive because they give people kind of a good, bad version of the world as complicated as they can be. They're very simple at their base.

Nick Capodice:
That is an interesting point, because conspiracy theories can be wildly complicated. In this case, it wasn't just a nonexistent trafficking ring in a nonexistent basement of a pizza joint. It was a Hillary Clinton run trafficking ring. So what the theory did was take the person who many people politically and socially disagreed with and made that person pure, unadulterated evil. Disagreeing is nuanced. It's how we do politics. Condemning evil is not.

Peter Adams:
They're very simple at their base, right? There are bad people trying to just, you know, dupe everyone and subvert our democracy is basically the the storyline of QAnon. And it's attractive to think that that things are that simple and that there is some enemy cabal that you could that you could just root out. But the reality is much messier.

Nick Capodice:
So what about other examples of conspiracy theories like a stolen election, or even the idea of a poll worker tampering with ballots or widespread voter fraud?

Hannah McCarthy:
These are still examples of conspiracies born of disinformation, which is then followed by the spreading of misinformation. And a lot of them involve being unhappy with election results and or not understanding how elections work. Lo and behold, the simple answer is provided to you on a silver platter the disinformation that vindicates you and gives an appealing explanation for why things seem a certain way.

Peter Adams:
I think, you know, the biggest concern is just just misperceptions about fraud or mis-recognized things that are totally normal parts of of elections being perceived as fraud, because people have now been primed to believe that fraud is common when it's not.

News archival:
Just make sure your vote gets counted. Make sure. Because the only way we're going to lose this election is if the election is rigged.

Peter Adams:
Remember that they are primed to believe it's easier to pull off than it is, and it has an impact on election workers. It has an impact on people who might be designated agents, who deliver ballots to boxes from, say, nursing homes, who might be confronted by people who have decided they're going to monitor those boxes for anyone dropping more than one ballot.

Hannah McCarthy:
And Peter says you also have to consider the motivation of the bad actor, the person at the top of the disinformation to misinformation pipeline.

Peter Adams:
Of all the allegations of improprieties. None of them were really borne out by evidence, you know, case by case by case, especially in I mean, again, these tended to cluster in swing states, right? So number one, that was an attempt to to sort of move electoral votes in key places. There's zero evidence at the end of the day that there was any kind of significant voter fraud that could come anywhere close to changing the outcome in any given state, much less the election overall. All the audits that have taken place, all of the reviews, all of the accusations have all come to naught. And the evidence is just not there and evidence matters.

Hannah McCarthy:
And all of this accusations of tampering, of destruction, of ballots, of devious poll workers, etc., Peter says it's coming for us again in 2022.

Peter Adams:
You know, most experts who are looking at election disinformation believe that we're just going to see a lot of the same narratives get pushed because they've now taken root almost as conventional wisdom among among some folks. And so they're still very effective.

Nick Capodice:
Alright. So we've got bad actors with appealing ideas running rampant, and you're telling me it only gets worse around an election? So what are we supposed to do? What are we supposed to look for? How do we separate the lies from the truth?

Hannah McCarthy:
That's coming up after the break.

Nick Capodice:
But first, we cannot tell a lie. We need you know, really, we do civics. One on one is public radio. It's yours, it's your radio. And we're sustained by the public, which is you if you have some spare change and a willing heart. Head on over to Civics one one podcast at npr.org and click the donate button to contribute to the show or just click the link in the show notes. It doesn't just keep us going. It tells us you're out there and this show means something to you.

Hannah McCarthy:
We're back. This is Civics 101. And we're talking disinformation and misinformation.

Nick Capodice:
Which, as Samantha Lai told us earlier, disinformation is the lie purposefully spread by a bad actor who's trying to interfere with things. And misinformation is what we call other people spreading that lie, often believing it's true or thinking, Huh, this sounds like it could be true. One is an evil act. The other is relatively innocent.

Hannah McCarthy:
A lot of this, Nick, it is, of course, going down on social media. Speaking of Samantha, here she is again.

Samantha Lai:
Social media is a wild, wild west. So even really drawing the line, sometimes it's really hard. Like maybe the first person who posted this intended for this to be disinformation and the other people spreading it are misinformed and they don't intend to deceive people, but they very genuinely believe that this is the case. So it's a little bit of both. In a lot of cases, it's often kind of hard to be completely clear about how it happens, but both can be damaging and hurtful and could mislead people into making certain decisions or not showing up on the right day to vote. And that's a problem.

Hannah McCarthy:
And here's Peter Adams from the News Literacy Project.

Peter Adams:
Again, influencers will take individual incidents or make a claim, and that will spread down to their followers, obviously. And those followers then look for that. Right. So if you're following somebody with who's massively influential on social media and they say this is happening at polling places, you may go to polling places and look for that, but also people who provide that at the grassroots level and share it, those are filtering up and having an influence on the influencers. So it's not just a top down influencer to people on the ground dynamic, it's also folks in polling places all across the country creating videos that are then filtering up and forming these sort of false evidence collages, if you will, on the part of influencers who then strengthen their their false claims and convictions.

Nick Capodice:
So there's a whole ecosystem of sustaining and growing the lies, like a little garden.

Hannah McCarthy:
And the kind of lie you run into, it has all to do with what corner of the internet you inhabit. For example, I am a certain type of millennial, so I am on Instagram, and Instagram has figured out that I will engage with content involving East and South Asian cooking, running and moody bodies of water during the fall.

Nick Capodice:
What?

Hannah McCarthy:
So I get a lot of information specific to say dumpling recipes, running posture and where to camp in New England. So it feels like I am an expert on that niche. But in actual fact, I have no idea whether these people are cooks, running experts or have ever been camping. I think I know a lot because I consume their content, but what's the source of that information?

Samantha Lai:
There are a lot of people who sometimes believe certain things because they're like, Oh, I've seen this on social media 20 times, 30 times. It's not just one thing and that's another problem altogether with just the information ecosystem at large where you can be very solidly convinced or because of the way social media algorithms work, they give you what you generally want to see, that you end up seeing a lot of the same content. So you might end up doing as much research as you would for buying a new computer. And as far as you're concerned, you're doing a lot of research. But if you're stuck in a certain corner of the Internet, that experience can be very, very different from someone else.

Nick Capodice:
And then you, Hannah, rather innocently, might go out and tell people how to make their dumplings and run around and where to find the best lakes. But it could literally be the worst advice ever.

Hannah McCarthy:
Yeah, and I've actually I've probably done that honestly. The same goes for election information, except in that case it is far, far more likely to be purposeful disinformation that you are consuming because so many people stand to gain from influencing who votes and who gets elected.

News archival:
Welcome to the Washington Week Extra.

News archival:
I'm Robert Costa. The role of social media in the 2020 election has come under scrutiny as bipartisan voices have sought to address the spread of disinformation on their platforms. Democratic.

Hannah McCarthy:
And that disinformation will seek you out based on what the social media platform knows about you. It's all about that algorithm.

Samantha Lai:
These algorithms collect a lot of data about your online activity, your browsing activity, purchasing history, location data, how long you spend on everything. So in terms of micro-targeting, when someone like a campaign or even like a commercial actor sets up an ad campaign, you can choose certain things that you can target someone with. So for example, zip code, gender, so on and so forth.

Hannah McCarthy:
Peter reminded me, as obvious as it may seem, what social media is, it is a by and large free platform that monetizes engagement designed to get instant reaction, as in, Hey, oh, cool running tip. I'll take that and I'll share that. And then instant scrolling done with that tip onto the next see the stuff you like engage go scroll for more stuff you like like engage, scroll like engage, scroll a little fraud here, a little ballot stuffing there.

Nick Capodice:
You know what they say, Hannah. If something's free, you're the product.

Peter Adams:
That's their business model. It's what they do. But it can be sort of invisible, right? We can sort of lose track of of. How that all works. And it's tempting to like and share recklessly or too quickly. And it's also easy to think, well, this is just a tap on a screen, right? It's a like it's a share. I'm not, you know, and I think a lot of people share things that they're they're sort of thinking, I'm not sure if this is true or not, but, you know, whatever, it's interesting. It might be true. The downstream effect of that two, three, four layers out you share with someone who shares with someone and they take action based on something that's false, you know, can can have a real impact.

News archival:
Good morning, Robin. This case shows how fake news can lead to a dangerous situation. Edgar Welch, 28, of Salisbury, North Carolina, has been arrested and charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. And police say that Welch told them that he showed up at the D.C. pizza restaurant to get to the bottom of what appears to be an utterly bogus story about child abuse promoted on the Internet. How scary was the situation? He allegedly pointed the gun in the direction of an employee and fired the weapon inside the restaurant.

Nick Capodice:
Now I'm thinking, too, Hannah, about the disinformation that looks and sounds real, like a step beyond the clickbait meme or headline, the picture or the video of something happening. That kind of thing must be harder to be skeptical about.

Peter Adams:
We're all sort of evolutionarily hardwired to believe our senses, to believe what we see in here. It can be hard to resist that that allure, especially if you're inclined to to believe that or you want to believe it already. You know, video based evidence or photographic evidence that feels compelling and feels convincing often may not be, especially when it's from a user generated source.

Hannah McCarthy:
Sometimes it's a real doctored image or video with a misleading caption. Sometimes it is a little more than that.

Samantha Lai:
Deepfakes, which use artificial intelligence technology or even just basic video editing like any thing to like make images or videos of fake events that haven't actually happened with politicians faces like put on them. And you can see how that would cause that would enable the spread of fake information.

Tom Cruise Deep Fake:
I'm going to show you some magic. It's the real thing. I mean, it's all the real thing.

News archival:
It looked a lot like Tom Cruise, but it was not. Tom Cruise, he's not in that video in any way. It's what's called a deepfake.

Hannah McCarthy:
And it doesn't stop at deepfakes. There are the bots.

Samantha Lai:
Bots and trolls. So bots are automated and trolls are real users and they can just generally be used to spread fake news about candidates or election details.

Hannah McCarthy:
There's the geofencing.

Nick Capodice:
What's geofencing.

Samantha Lai:
So how this works is that when a mobile device enters or exits a virtual boundary set up around a geographic location, that information will be collected. So if you have physically won in and out of a place and it has, there's like a virtual boundary set, they will know that you have been there. So that technology was used for the 2020 elections by a private company called Catholic Vote, which set up this boundary around a church to target churchgoers with pro-Trump messaging.

Hannah McCarthy:
Oh, yeah. And then there's every other way people can influence you.

Samantha Lai:
There are TV networks, there is radio, there are podcasts on Spotify, depending on the social groups people are in, depending on their personal experiences and the communities they live in. All of this interacts together in a perfect storm, which is why it's incredibly difficult to disassemble in some ways, even in a perfect world where we can suddenly take down all COVID related misinformation, for example, from the Internet, just like press a magic button, get rid of all of it. There are still going to be anti-vaxxers. They're still going to people who might not believe that COVID is real because of who they are. So really, all of this is not just a question of social media content regulation. It's also about people and the way we think, which is what makes this both so worrying and so fascinating.

Nick Capodice:
All right, Hannah, you have thoroughly flooded this episode with your information campaign.

Hannah McCarthy:
That's my job.

Nick Capodice:
Now give me the antidote. What are we supposed to do about misinformation and disinformation.

Samantha Lai:
In terms of on a personal level, what you can do? I think to inoculate yourself against myths and disinformation is to first keep in mind that confirmation bias is a thing. We're all people. We have opinions. We are all vulnerable to thinking certain ways, especially if we see certain information that aligns with our worldviews. So it's like whenever you see something online that you're like, Oh my gosh, like before spreading it. Take a second. Take a look. Google it. See if any other reputable news source has reported on it. If it's a one off tweet or if it's a meme, make sure to double check and see who else is talking about this. And you can kind of tell from who else is talking about this and who else is reporting on this, what's going on there? Another useful part, especially in the context of voting, is always relying on official information on government websites as to details of where you're going to vote, what's open, what's closed, what are the hours? Don't rely on someone else's information. Always make sure to go back to the source and always recognize that every source has a motive to convince you of something.

Hannah McCarthy:
Which I'll acknowledge is more work. It is more work than scrolling and liking and sharing and consuming exactly what you're fed. Which is why I appreciate Peter's take on this. His whole thing is, hey, people are actively trying to take away your right. So isn't it worth putting in a little more work?

Peter Adams:
Don't let someone sort of hijack your civic voice by misinforming you and misinforming you. You know, no one wants to be misled. No one wants to hold false beliefs. And I think we all have to be more vigilant than ever on those fronts, because there are more ways for people to to try to manipulate us than ever before.

Hannah McCarthy:
And I should mention the whole point of the company that Peter works for, the News Literacy Project, is to make free resources for people who want to sift out the truth from the lies and just know the truth, especially leading up to the election. We're going to put a link to that in the show notes and on our website. Civics one one podcast dot org so you can prepare ye.

Nick Capodice:
I feel like there's an elephant in the room here, Hanna.

Hannah McCarthy:
Can we make it like a nonpolitical animal?

Nick Capodice:
I feel there's a right whale here in the room, Hanna.

Hannah McCarthy:
Let's talk about it.

Nick Capodice:
Disinformation, misinformation, social media targeting, geo fencing. Now, it sounds like these are effective vaccines we can all access. But what about just eradicating the disease itself?

Samantha Lai:
Because there are no data privacy laws. Anything and everything you do on the Internet can be collected. And there are data brokers who are buying massive amounts of information about your address, your online activity, your purchasing history. Every everything. It's out there.

Hannah McCarthy:
On June 21st, 2022, the Data Privacy Act was introduced in Congress. Now, this bill doesn't say no more lies on the Internet, everybody. Because. Yeah, right. But if passed, it would limit the way businesses can use your information, allow you to opt in or opt out, revise or delete collected information, among other things.

Nick Capodice:
And then how does our government in practice actually help to stop election lies?

Samantha Lai:
There are a couple of government agencies dedicated to combating dissent, misinformation. Most of this was pretty recent. There is the US Department of State's Global Engagement Center that proactively monitors and addresses foreign adversaries, disinformation attempts. The Department of Homeland Security's Cyber and Infrastructure Security Agency during the last 2020 election cycle did invaluable work protecting America's election infrastructure and finding ways to centralize information and make sure to keep tabs on what kind of rumors and misinformation is going on. Earlier this year, there was a creation of the very short lived Disinformation Governance Board whose work was put on hold after a public backlash. We have Congress that's also working hard on bills to combat social media, algorithms, amplification of fake news, taking, for example, the Banning Micro-targeting Political Ads Act, the Social Media Nudge Act calls to reform Section 230. A lot of these are still in progress because there's a lot of bipartisan disagreement over the definitions of disinformation and who should be the one to say what is and is not disinformation. So that's another can of worms altogether. But there is work being done.

Hannah McCarthy:
So the agencies are being created. Nonprofits are addressing the problem. The public is constantly being warned about disinformation from those who are fighting the good fight. There are conversations happening about how to handle this and misinformation. What I find really interesting about all of this, Nick, is that these disinformation campaigns wouldn't work unless people really cared about these issues, really cared about politics, really cared about elections. And that's the tricky thing, because from where I stand, getting people to care can be half the battle. I don't see it as a bad thing that people care.

Peter Adams:
People want to share important things with friends and family. So elections are important. Politics are, you know, very polarized right now. People are hyper engaged and paying a lot of attention to to these these races and their hometowns. And it's good for people to want to be civically engaged. But, you know, again, have to be really careful that, you know, civic engagement only works if we have a common set of facts. And, you know, civic engagement is really driven authentically by accurate information so that everybody can can make authentic civic decisions for themselves, for their family members and for their community.

Nick Capodice:
There might not be a lot that all of America agrees on right now. But but deep down, I think I can safely say we are all Holden Caulfield when it comes to being lied to. Nobody likes a no good phony or wants to be one for that matter.

Hannah McCarthy:
Fortunately, the truth is out there, but it probably isn't on Instagram or TikTok. Tiktok is too much for me. I've accepted slow descent into the out of Tech Touch three and I'm fine with it. Has it occurred to you, Nick, that there are social media platforms out there that neither of us even know exist?

Nick Capodice:
This may be the only time I'm going to say this on the show, Hannah, but sometimes ignorance is bliss.

Hannah McCarthy:
This episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy with help from Nick Capodice. Our senior producer is Christina Phillips. Our producer is Jacqui Fulton. Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. A very special thanks to Retro Report, who has been partnering with us throughout this mid-term series. We're working together on a Teach the Midterms webinar coming up on Wednesday, September 14th. You can check that out and register at Retroreport.org Music in this episode by Anemoia, Spring Gang, Nul Tiel Records, HoliznaCo, Kirk Osemayo, Metre and Martin Clem. You can get the transcript for this episode and listen to, well, everything else we have ever made at Civics101podcast.org Civics 101 is a production of HPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

Nick Capodice:
The story where the call was coming from your own house.

Hannah McCarthy:
That's never I mean, like, it's never really. Oh, actually, there was this one time I was on AIM, AOL Instant Messenger and my friend made up a fake screen name and pretended that she was someone who was seeing me inside.

News archival:
Oh, that's.

Hannah McCarthy:
The computer room.

Nick Capodice:
I don't have that. That's too creepy. Let me think. What else chills you to the bone?

Sonix is the world’s most advanced automated transcription, translation, and subtitling platform. Fast, accurate, and affordable.

Automatically convert your mp3 files to text (txt file), Microsoft Word (docx file), and SubRip Subtitle (srt file) in minutes.

Sonix has many features that you'd love including collaboration tools, automated subtitles, enterprise-grade admin tools, world-class support, and easily transcribe your Zoom meetings. Try Sonix for free today.


This transcript was created using a combination of an automated transcription service and human editors. There may be slight discrepancies between the audio and the text.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:01] I either have a cold or this is a really bad deepfake.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:05] I'm Anna McCarthy.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:10] Do you know what genuinely chills me? Maybe I fervently believe something that is not true, and I probably do. I'm probably guilty of that and I don't even know it. Like, what have I defended in my life that is simply false? Or worse, what have I defended that is indefensible? [00:00:30] You know, that is a mortifying thought.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:33] Yeah, it shakes me to the core when I'm disabused of myths that I believed were true like that people's names got changed at Ellis Island, for.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:41] Example, or something, you know, way more serious, like saying there's a human trafficking ring led out of the basement of a pizza place.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:00:50] Yeah, like that.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:00:51] Which we're going to talk a bit about all in good time, because the name of the game today? It's lies.

 

News archival: [00:01:02] Some [00:01:00] of the most brazen acts of voter fraud to date. Sworn affidavit saying people are forging signatures, growing examples and frankly, affidavits of ballot irregularities and outright illegality, tampering allegations to the the dead people voting. We don't know how many votes were stolen on Tuesday night. We don't know anything about the software that many say was rigged. We don't know. We ought to find out.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:28] This is Civics 101. I'm Hannah McCarthy. [00:01:30]

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:30] I'm Nick Capodice.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:31] And today we are talking about one of the most insidious and uncontainable obstacles facing any American who wishes to vote their conscience in this year's midterm election. We're talking about misinformation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:01:44] And just to be crystal clear, because sometimes I feel like the word misinformation actually sort of skirts the truth of the matter. Misinformation is false information, like you said, lies.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:01:58] Okay. I did use the word lies. [00:02:00] And honestly, that was a little misinformation, because in truth, doesn't a lie imply intention?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:09] Yes, a lie implies an active choice. There is an intent to mislead somebody else.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:15] So misinformation is actually a little bit different.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:02:19] I'm going to take a second to just set up some definitions. So I'm going to use both misinformation and disinformation during these podcasts.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:02:26] This is Samantha.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:02:27] My full name is Samantha Lai L-A-I. I [00:02:30] am a research analyst at the Brookings Institution Center for Technology Innovation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:02:36] Okay. And I've heard the term disinformation, but I've always pretty much equated the two misinformation and disinformation as being kind of the same thing.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:02:44] These are slightly different terms. So misinformation refers to false information that people might promote or spread, not intentionally to deceive someone, because often a lot of us might see things on the Internet and think that it's real. But turns out it's not disinformation. [00:03:00] However, people who spread it often spread it intentionally to deceive people. So that's the key difference between these two terms.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:06] So disinformation is the lie part of the information chain, correct.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:12] And probably the bad actor part, especially when it comes to elections. Disinformation is the purposefully misleading statement or claim that is conjured up and shared in order to make people believe something other than the truth, and often to make them believe it [00:03:30] fervently. So when that has to do with an election, the end goal tends to be to influence the election's outcome.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:03:37] Okay. And then misinformation is when other people encounter that disinformation lie and spread it around thinking it's actually real.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:03:45] Yeah, believe it's real or think that maybe it has some credence to it or, you know, it sort of smacks of truth. That is the simple, ugly way that it works.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:03:57] There are a couple of kinds of disinformation that bad actors [00:04:00] can post to confuse or discourage voters. So one approach would be to spread false information on voting dates and polling locations. So, for example, during the 2020 elections, a tweet on Super Tuesday targeted supporters of Kentucky candidate Matt Bevin and said inaccurately, Bevin supporters don't forget to vote on Wednesday, November sith, which is the day after the election.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:24] And that wasn't a mistake.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:25] Nope.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:04:25] And I'll take it that tweet wasn't from the people who wanted Bevin elected.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:04:30] You [00:04:30] take it correctly. This tactic comes in many forms. It's subtle tweaking a single piece of information, often in a way that seems helpful in an attempt to keep people away from the polls. Sometimes it's Hey, text this number to vote by text. You text that number. Your vote you probably get your vote has been submitted. Good for you. Text back. Easy. It's done. Now, I want to make very clear right here, right now that there is not a state in the nation [00:05:00] that permits voting by text. This is not real. You may also see news that you know Candidate X has dropped out of the election last minute. Oh, what a shame. Or Candidate Y has already won. There's no need to vote. All of it is made up, all of it designed to keep you from voting.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:05:16] Another approach here in terms of messaging is intimidation, which often primarily targets historically marginalized groups. So this includes threats of people bringing guns to the polls or law enforcement presence [00:05:30] at polling places. So, for example, before the 2018 elections, ICE had to publicly refute rumors on social media that they would be conducting enforcement operations at polling places. We also have messaging, exploiting common doubts, particularly among black and Latino voters, on the efficacy of the political process. So this can include messages on how the system doesn't work for you, your vote doesn't matter, and other attempts to just disenfranchise voters of color. And this echoes interference strategies deployed in 2016 [00:06:00] by the Kremlin backed Internet Research Agency, who disproportionately targeted African Americans during their interference in the 2016 US presidential elections.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:06:09] I feel like you covered this in our episode on election security. There's a difference between how messed up the system actually is and how messed up bad actors want you to believe the system is.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:06:20] And like Samantha said, for many people or groups, this type of disinformation is specifically designed to play on totally legitimate [00:06:30] and experience based fears and concerns.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:06:33] Because you have to have some doubt in order to be convinced. Like, if I looked at you and was like, Did you know that the sky is actually green? You would simply say No, because you can verify with your own eyes. That is not the case. Misinformation. The reason why is what makes it so effective. It's because it exploits people's common doubts and common fears. For example, looking at misinformation, targeting historically marginalized groups, why is it so effective and why is it so devastating? And why is that a civil [00:07:00] rights concern? Because historically marginalized groups have been historically disenfranchised, and there are a lot of narratives that also carry some grain of truth in it, in sense of their underrepresentation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:07:09] In other words, disinformation aimed at discouraging groups who already feel discouraged by voting.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:07:14] Exactly. Voters who are in seemingly gerrymandered districts, or for whom it is difficult to obtain an ID or to get time off work or to even make it to their polling place. Or, you know, people who have to stand in absurdly [00:07:30] long lines. These are chronic real obstacles, and bad actors will exploit this sense that those voters have of being disenfranchised disinformation will say, You know what, you're right and it's worse than you think. Why don't you just stay home?

 

Samantha Lai: [00:07:48] We see right now that there is a heightened level of distrust towards our government, towards news agencies. There's a lot of resentment and polarization where you have people turning to alternative news sources, not trusting mainstream [00:08:00] news sources that allows misinformation and disinformation to thrive because of a lot of fears and uncertainties people have about how what is actually going on.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:09] It's so insidious, Hannah, this idea that you might be targeted with disinformation that carries a grain of truth, and then that little grain of truth is rooted in historic disenfranchisement, right?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:22] Among groups of color groups who might have barriers to physically accessing the polls. Now, I want to introduce someone here. This [00:08:30] is Peter Adams.

 

Peter Adams: [00:08:30] You can introduce me as the either the head of research and design at NLP or the senior Vice President of Research and Design.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:08:39] NLP?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:08:40] The News Literacy Project, which is a company entirely dedicated to teaching people how to separate fact from fiction. So those people who already feel underserved by the system, they are going to be increasingly vulnerable as we near Election Day.

 

Peter Adams: [00:08:58] Someone telling you that your vote is [00:09:00] going to be changed or lost or subverted if you vote by mail. I've got some particularly pernicious rumor because it winds up disenfranchising people who maybe can't vote that day decide not to vote by mail, or they think they're going to vote on Election Day and they don't make it to the polls. There are also rumors that localized rumors like the lines are impossibly long at this polling place when they're not, you know, just view all that with a grain of salt. There are bad actors out there who will try to dissuade people from voting, targeting certain [00:09:30] districts that tend to vote one way or another, and trying to dissuade people in that district from even turning out in the first place by circulating rumors. So just don't take election information from social media and, you know, do your very best to vote on Election Day, I think is sound advice.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:09:47] All right. That is sound advice. And I want to talk about social media in a minute here, Hannah, but what about the other kind of lie? Like not the lie designed to further disenfranchise marginalized groups, but the lie designed [00:10:00] to stoke a different kind of fear and anger?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:10:02] Yeah, well, let's start with a major fear and major anger. One that plays on the deepest sense of good and evil. In 2016, just before the presidential election, a conspiracy theory made its way around social media, claiming that several people high up in the Democratic Party were running a human trafficking ring out of several restaurants. One of these was a pizzeria called Comet Ping Pong.

 

Peter Adams: [00:10:30] There [00:10:30] are lots of stories about people losing loved ones to QAnon beliefs that are entirely baseless. But I think the incidents like the one in Cincinnati or at Comet Ping Pong back in 2016, I think the pizzeria in Washington are tragic and alarming and good reminders that even though they're not exceedingly common, that this kind of stuff is very serious and it can result in people taking real action. Edgar [00:11:00] Welch, who went to the pizzeria based on QAnon falsehoods. Right. Thinking that there was something nefarious happening in the basement there, when in fact, there's no basement in the building, you know, brought a rifle shot at once and figured out there was no basement and surrendered. It was much more tragic in Cincinnati. Right. But this person took action at an FBI office based on something they believe about the recent raid on Mar a Lago.

 

News archival: [00:11:25] A deadly end to a standoff in Clinton County. This story started hours earlier at [00:11:30] 915. And Sycamore Township police say a man tried to break into the FBI building.

 

Peter Adams: [00:11:35] You know, again, I think these are reminders of how serious it can be, but we shouldn't lose sight of the everyday impact on ordinary folks who sort of fall down rabbit holes with the best of intentions, looking for answers, trying to interpret complex realities. But they fall for four simplified narratives. Conspiracy theories are very attractive because they give people kind of a good, bad version of the world as complicated as they can be. They're very simple at their base. [00:12:00]

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:00] That is an interesting point, because conspiracy theories can be wildly complicated. In this case, it wasn't just a nonexistent trafficking ring in a nonexistent basement of a pizza joint. It was a Hillary Clinton run trafficking ring. So what the theory did was take the person who many people politically and socially disagreed with and made that person pure, unadulterated evil. Disagreeing is nuanced. It's how we do politics. [00:12:30] Condemning evil is not.

 

Peter Adams: [00:12:33] They're very simple at their base, right? There are bad people trying to just, you know, dupe everyone and subvert our democracy is basically the the storyline of QAnon. And it's attractive to think that that things are that simple and that there is some enemy cabal that you could that you could just root out. But the reality is much messier.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:12:51] So what about other examples of conspiracy theories like a stolen election, or even the idea of a poll worker tampering with ballots [00:13:00] or widespread voter fraud?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:13:02] These are still examples of conspiracies born of disinformation, which is then followed by the spreading of misinformation. And a lot of them involve being unhappy with election results and or not understanding how elections work. Lo and behold, the simple answer is provided to you on a silver platter the disinformation that vindicates you and gives an appealing explanation for why things seem a [00:13:30] certain way.

 

Peter Adams: [00:13:31] I think, you know, the biggest concern is just just misperceptions about fraud or mis-recognized things that are totally normal parts of of elections being perceived as fraud, because people have now been primed to believe that fraud is common when it's not.

 

News archival: [00:13:47] Just make sure your vote gets counted. Make sure. Because the only way we're going to lose this election is if the election is rigged.

 

Peter Adams: [00:13:56] Remember that they are primed to believe it's easier to [00:14:00] pull off than it is, and it has an impact on election workers. It has an impact on people who might be designated agents, who deliver ballots to boxes from, say, nursing homes, who might be confronted by people who have decided they're going to monitor those boxes for anyone dropping more than one ballot.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:14:19] And Peter says you also have to consider the motivation of the bad actor, the person at the top of the disinformation to misinformation pipeline.

 

Peter Adams: [00:14:28] Of all the allegations [00:14:30] of improprieties. None of them were really borne out by evidence, you know, case by case by case, especially in I mean, again, these tended to cluster in swing states, right? So number one, that was an attempt to to sort of move electoral votes in key places. There's zero evidence at the end of the day that there was any kind of significant voter fraud that could come anywhere close to changing the outcome in any given state, much less the election overall. All [00:15:00] the audits that have taken place, all of the reviews, all of the accusations have all come to naught. And the evidence is just not there and evidence matters.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:13] And all of this accusations of tampering, of destruction, of ballots, of devious poll workers, etc., Peter says it's coming for us again in 2022.

 

Peter Adams: [00:15:25] You know, most experts who are looking at election disinformation believe that we're just going [00:15:30] to see a lot of the same narratives get pushed because they've now taken root almost as conventional wisdom among among some folks. And so they're still very effective.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:41] Alright. So we've got bad actors with appealing ideas running rampant, and you're telling me it only gets worse around an election? So what are we supposed to do? What are we supposed to look for? How do we separate the lies from the truth?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:15:55] That's coming up after the break.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:15:58] But first, we cannot tell a lie. [00:16:00] We need you know, really, we do civics. One on one is public radio. It's yours, it's your radio. And we're sustained by the public, which is you if you have some spare change and a willing heart. Head on over to Civics one one podcast at npr.org and click the donate button to contribute to the show or just click the link in the show notes. It doesn't just keep us going. It tells us you're out there and this show means something to you.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:28] We're back. This is Civics [00:16:30] 101. And we're talking disinformation and misinformation.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:16:33] Which, as Samantha Lai told us earlier, disinformation is the lie purposefully spread by a bad actor who's trying to interfere with things. And misinformation is what we call other people spreading that lie, often believing it's true or thinking, Huh, this sounds like it could be true. One is an evil act. The other is relatively innocent.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:16:55] A lot of this, Nick, it is, of course, going down on social media. Speaking [00:17:00] of Samantha, here she is again.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:17:02] Social media is a wild, wild west. So even really drawing the line, sometimes it's really hard. Like maybe the first person who posted this intended for this to be disinformation and the other people spreading it are misinformed and they don't intend to deceive people, but they very genuinely believe that this is the case. So it's a little bit of both. In a lot of cases, it's often kind of hard to be completely clear about how it happens, but both can be damaging and hurtful [00:17:30] and could mislead people into making certain decisions or not showing up on the right day to vote. And that's a problem.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:17:37] And here's Peter Adams from the News Literacy Project.

 

Peter Adams: [00:17:40] Again, influencers will take individual incidents or make a claim, and that will spread down to their followers, obviously. And those followers then look for that. Right. So if you're following somebody with who's massively influential on social media and they say this is happening at polling places, you may go to polling places and look for that, but also people [00:18:00] who provide that at the grassroots level and share it, those are filtering up and having an influence on the influencers. So it's not just a top down influencer to people on the ground dynamic, it's also folks in polling places all across the country creating videos that are then filtering up and forming these sort of false evidence collages, if you will, on the part of influencers who then strengthen their their false claims and convictions.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:27] So there's a whole ecosystem of sustaining and [00:18:30] growing the lies, like a little garden.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:31] And the kind of lie you run into, it has all to do with what corner of the internet you inhabit. For example, I am a certain type of millennial, so I am on Instagram, and Instagram has figured out that I will engage with content involving East and South Asian cooking, running and moody bodies of water during the fall.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:18:55] What?

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:18:56] So I get a lot of information specific to say dumpling recipes, [00:19:00] running posture and where to camp in New England. So it feels like I am an expert on that niche. But in actual fact, I have no idea whether these people are cooks, running experts or have ever been camping. I think I know a lot because I consume their content, but what's the source of that information?

 

Samantha Lai: [00:19:20] There are a lot of people who sometimes believe certain things because they're like, Oh, I've seen this on social media 20 times, 30 times. It's not just one thing and that's another problem altogether [00:19:30] with just the information ecosystem at large where you can be very solidly convinced or because of the way social media algorithms work, they give you what you generally want to see, that you end up seeing a lot of the same content. So you might end up doing as much research as you would for buying a new computer. And as far as you're concerned, you're doing a lot of research. But if you're stuck in a certain corner of the Internet, that experience can be very, very different from someone else.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:19:57] And then you, Hannah, rather innocently, [00:20:00] might go out and tell people how to make their dumplings and run around and where to find the best lakes. But it could literally be the worst advice ever.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:07] Yeah, and I've actually I've probably done that honestly. The same goes for election information, except in that case it is far, far more likely to be purposeful disinformation that you are consuming because so many people stand to gain from influencing who votes and who gets elected.

 

News archival: [00:20:29] Welcome [00:20:30] to the Washington Week Extra.

 

News archival: [00:20:31] I'm Robert Costa. The role of social media in the 2020 election has come under scrutiny as bipartisan voices have sought to address the spread of disinformation on their platforms. Democratic.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:20:42] And that disinformation will seek you out based on what the social media platform knows about you. It's all about that algorithm.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:20:51] These algorithms collect a lot of data about your online activity, your browsing activity, purchasing history, location data, how long you [00:21:00] spend on everything. So in terms of micro-targeting, when someone like a campaign or even like a commercial actor sets up an ad campaign, you can choose certain things that you can target someone with. So for example, zip code, gender, so on and so forth.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:21:17] Peter reminded me, as obvious as it may seem, what social media is, it is a by and large free platform that monetizes engagement designed to [00:21:30] get instant reaction, as in, Hey, oh, cool running tip. I'll take that and I'll share that. And then instant scrolling done with that tip onto the next see the stuff you like engage go scroll for more stuff you like like engage, scroll like engage, scroll a little fraud here, a little ballot stuffing there.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:21:51] You know what they say, Hannah. If something's free, you're the product.

 

Peter Adams: [00:21:59] That's [00:22:00] their business model. It's what they do. But it can be sort of invisible, right? We can sort of lose track of of. How that all works. And it's tempting to like and share recklessly or too quickly. And it's also easy to think, well, this is just a tap on a screen, right? It's a like it's a share. I'm not, you know, and I think a lot of people share things that they're they're sort of thinking, I'm not sure if this is true or not, but, you know, whatever, it's interesting. It might be true. The downstream effect of that two, three, four layers out you share [00:22:30] with someone who shares with someone and they take action based on something that's false, you know, can can have a real impact.

 

News archival: [00:22:36] Good morning, Robin. This case shows how fake news can lead to a dangerous situation. Edgar Welch, 28, of Salisbury, North Carolina, has been arrested and charged with assault with a dangerous weapon. And police say that Welch told them that he showed up at the D.C. pizza restaurant to get to the bottom of what appears to be an utterly bogus story about child abuse promoted on the Internet. How scary was the situation? He allegedly pointed the gun in the direction of [00:23:00] an employee and fired the weapon inside the restaurant.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:23:08] Now I'm thinking, too, Hannah, about the disinformation that looks and sounds real, like a step beyond the clickbait meme or headline, the picture or the video of something happening. That kind of thing must be harder to be skeptical about.

 

Peter Adams: [00:23:26] We're all sort of evolutionarily hardwired to believe our senses, [00:23:30] to believe what we see in here. It can be hard to resist that that allure, especially if you're inclined to to believe that or you want to believe it already. You know, video based evidence or photographic evidence that feels compelling and feels convincing often may not be, especially when it's from a user generated source.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:23:49] Sometimes it's a real doctored image or video with a misleading caption. Sometimes it is a little more than that.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:23:57] Deepfakes, which use artificial intelligence technology [00:24:00] or even just basic video editing like any thing to like make images or videos of fake events that haven't actually happened with politicians faces like put on them. And you can see how that would cause that would enable the spread of fake information.

 

Tom Cruise Deep Fake: [00:24:14] I'm going to show you some magic. It's the real thing. I mean, it's all the real thing.

 

News archival: [00:24:31] It [00:24:30] looked a lot like Tom Cruise, but it was not. Tom Cruise, he's not in that video in any way. It's what's called a deepfake.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:24:39] And it doesn't stop at deepfakes. There are the bots.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:24:42] Bots and trolls. So bots are automated and trolls are real users and they can just generally be used to spread fake news about candidates or election details.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:24:51] There's the geofencing.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:24:53] What's geofencing.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:24:54] So how this works is that when a mobile device enters or exits a virtual boundary [00:25:00] set up around a geographic location, that information will be collected. So if you have physically won in and out of a place and it has, there's like a virtual boundary set, they will know that you have been there. So that technology was used for the 2020 elections by a private company called Catholic Vote, which set up this boundary around a church to target churchgoers with pro-Trump messaging.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:25:23] Oh, yeah. And then there's every other way people can influence you.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:25:28] There are TV networks, [00:25:30] there is radio, there are podcasts on Spotify, depending on the social groups people are in, depending on their personal experiences and the communities they live in. All of this interacts together in a perfect storm, which is why it's incredibly difficult to disassemble in some ways, even in a perfect world where we can suddenly take down all COVID related misinformation, for example, from the Internet, just like press a magic button, get rid of all of it. There are still going to be anti-vaxxers. [00:26:00] They're still going to people who might not believe that COVID is real because of who they are. So really, all of this is not just a question of social media content regulation. It's also about people and the way we think, which is what makes this both so worrying and so fascinating.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:23] All right, Hannah, you have thoroughly flooded this episode with your information campaign.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:26:27] That's my job.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:26:28] Now give [00:26:30] me the antidote. What are we supposed to do about misinformation and disinformation.

 

Samantha Lai: [00:26:35] In terms of on a personal level, what you can do? I think to inoculate yourself against myths and disinformation is to first keep in mind that confirmation bias is a thing. We're all people. We have opinions. We are all vulnerable to thinking certain ways, especially if we see certain information that aligns with our worldviews. So it's like whenever you see something online that you're like, Oh my gosh, like before spreading it. Take [00:27:00] a second. Take a look. Google it. See if any other reputable news source has reported on it. If it's a one off tweet or if it's a meme, make sure to double check and see who else is talking about this. And you can kind of tell from who else is talking about this and who else is reporting on this, what's going on there? Another useful part, especially in the context of voting, is always relying on official information on government websites as to details of where you're going to vote, what's [00:27:30] open, what's closed, what are the hours? Don't rely on someone else's information. Always make sure to go back to the source and always recognize that every source has a motive to convince you of something.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:27:42] Which I'll acknowledge is more work. It is more work than scrolling and liking and sharing and consuming exactly what you're fed. Which is why I appreciate Peter's take on this. His whole thing is, hey, [00:28:00] people are actively trying to take away your right. So isn't it worth putting in a little more work?

 

Peter Adams: [00:28:07] Don't let someone sort of hijack your civic voice by misinforming you and misinforming you. You know, no one wants to be misled. No one wants to hold false beliefs. And I think we all have to be more vigilant than ever on those fronts, because there are more ways for people to to try to manipulate us than ever before.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:27] And I should mention the whole point of the company that Peter works for, [00:28:30] the News Literacy Project, is to make free resources for people who want to sift out the truth from the lies and just know the truth, especially leading up to the election. We're going to put a link to that in the show notes and on our website. Civics one one podcast dot org so you can prepare ye.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:47] I feel like there's an elephant in the room here, Hanna.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:49] Can we make it like a nonpolitical animal?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:51] I feel there's a right whale here in the room, Hanna.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:28:54] Let's talk about it.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:28:56] Disinformation, misinformation, social media targeting, geo fencing. [00:29:00] Now, it sounds like these are effective vaccines we can all access. But what about just eradicating the disease itself?

 

Samantha Lai: [00:29:09] Because there are no data privacy laws. Anything and everything you do on the Internet can be collected. And there are data brokers who are buying massive amounts of information about your address, your online activity, your purchasing history. Every everything. It's out there.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:29:29] On June [00:29:30] 21st, 2022, the Data Privacy Act was introduced in Congress. Now, this bill doesn't say no more lies on the Internet, everybody. Because. Yeah, right. But if passed, it would limit the way businesses can use your information, allow you to opt in or opt out, revise or delete collected information, among other things.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:29:53] And then how does our government in practice actually help to stop election lies?

 

Samantha Lai: [00:29:57] There are a couple of government agencies dedicated [00:30:00] to combating dissent, misinformation. Most of this was pretty recent. There is the US Department of State's Global Engagement Center that proactively monitors and addresses foreign adversaries, disinformation attempts. The Department of Homeland Security's Cyber and Infrastructure Security Agency during the last 2020 election cycle did invaluable work protecting America's election infrastructure and finding ways to centralize information and make sure to keep tabs on what kind of rumors and misinformation is going on. Earlier [00:30:30] this year, there was a creation of the very short lived Disinformation Governance Board whose work was put on hold after a public backlash. We have Congress that's also working hard on bills to combat social media, algorithms, amplification of fake news, taking, for example, the Banning Micro-targeting Political Ads Act, the Social Media Nudge Act calls to reform Section 230. A lot of these are still in progress because there's a lot of bipartisan disagreement over the definitions of disinformation and who should be the one to say what [00:31:00] is and is not disinformation. So that's another can of worms altogether. But there is work being done.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:31:14] So the agencies are being created. Nonprofits are addressing the problem. The public is constantly being warned about disinformation from those who are fighting the good fight. There are conversations happening about how to handle this and misinformation. [00:31:30] What I find really interesting about all of this, Nick, is that these disinformation campaigns wouldn't work unless people really cared about these issues, really cared about politics, really cared about elections. And that's the tricky thing, because from where I stand, getting people to care can be half the battle. I don't see it as a bad thing that people care.

 

Peter Adams: [00:31:56] People want to share important things with friends [00:32:00] and family. So elections are important. Politics are, you know, very polarized right now. People are hyper engaged and paying a lot of attention to to these these races and their hometowns. And it's good for people to want to be civically engaged. But, you know, again, have to be really careful that, you know, civic engagement only works if we have a common set of facts. And, you know, civic engagement is really driven authentically by accurate information so that everybody can can make authentic [00:32:30] civic decisions for themselves, for their family members and for their community.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:32:42] There might not be a lot that all of America agrees on right now. But but deep down, I think I can safely say we are all Holden Caulfield when it comes to being lied to. Nobody likes a no good phony or wants to be one for that matter.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:32:58] Fortunately, the [00:33:00] truth is out there, but it probably isn't on Instagram or TikTok. Tiktok is too much for me. I've accepted slow descent into the out of Tech Touch three and I'm fine with it. Has it occurred to you, Nick, that there are social media platforms out there that neither of us even know exist?

 

Nick Capodice: [00:33:17] This may be the only time I'm going to say this on the show, Hannah, but sometimes ignorance is bliss.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:33:41] This [00:33:30] episode was produced by me, Hannah McCarthy with help from Nick Capodice. Our senior producer is Christina Phillips. Our producer is Jacqui Fulton. Rebecca Lavoie is our executive producer. A very special thanks to Retro Report, who has been partnering with us throughout this mid-term series. We're working together on a Teach the Midterms webinar coming up on Wednesday, September [00:34:00] 14th. You can check that out and register at Retroreport.org Music in this episode by Anemoia, Spring Gang, Nul Tiel Records, HoliznaCo, Kirk Osemayo, Metre and Martin Clem. You can get the transcript for this episode and listen to, well, everything else we have ever made at Civics101podcast.org Civics 101 is a production of HPR New Hampshire Public Radio.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:34:24] The story where the call was coming from your own house.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:34:28] That's never I mean, like, it's [00:34:30] never really. Oh, actually, there was this one time I was on AIM, AOL Instant Messenger and my friend made up a fake screen name and pretended that she was someone who was seeing me inside.

 

News archival: [00:34:43] Oh, that's.

 

Hannah McCarthy: [00:34:44] The computer room.

 

Nick Capodice: [00:34:46] I don't have that. That's too creepy. Let me think. What else chills you to the bone?

 


 
 

Made possible in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

Follow Civics 101 on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or wherever you get your podcasts.

This podcast is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.